Question:

Hi doc. Can you recommend a liposuction specialist in Orlando..winter park..or greater Orlando...? Only need small.amount for hips andb buttocks only .if not where on he can u find one that is really specialized in it? Thank you.

Answer:

Scott Greenberg MD 1925 Mizell Avenue Suite 303 Winter Park, Florida 32792 407.644.3137 Armando Soto MD 7009 Dr Phillips Blvd Orlando, Fl 32819 407.218.4550 James Baker MD 400 West Morse Blvd Suite 203 Winter Park, FL 32789 407.674.1383

Question:

Dr., is neck/chin liposuction ever recommended? What makes this a successful procedure. Assuming that a person is not overweight, but carries weight in that area, would it make a difference at all? Specifically, male, 50`s, in good shape, just can`t seem to get that defined jaw/chin.

Answer:

It can be done but in some people, it can leave some loose skin, every patient is different. JG 9.22.13

Question:

Dr., is neck/chin liposuction ever recommended? What makes this a successful procedure. Assuming that a person is not overweight, but carries weight in that area, would it make a difference at all? Specifically, male, 50`s, in good shape, just can`t seem to get that defined jaw/chin.

Answer:

' '

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia I had lipo on my abdomen and flanks 3 years ago with decent results however the lipo on my abs changed the shape of my belly button drastically. It appears that there is more fat above my belly button than below causing it to look like a slit as opposed to a circle. In your opinion do you think that having cool sculpting done to my upper abs would help the issue or make matters worse. Thank you all of your help!

Answer:

it is worth a try in my opinion. If it is fat it should improve, but if it is skin, then it will likely not change by much.

Question:

How long do you advise your patients to wear a garment after liposuction. There are some differences of opinion on the length. Thank you.

Answer:

first two weeks 23 hrs per day, weeks 3-4 for 10-12 hours per day. JG 9.4.13

Question:

Hello again Dr, Thank you for answering my previous question on methods of removing excess fat on the knees. What is the recovery time for liposuction on the knee area only? I have a job where I have to stand most of the day. Thank you

Answer:

should be back on your feet in a day or so ad full activity in about 2 weeks, swelling will resolve slowly and final results might take 6 months to see although 50% of the visual improvement should be seen in 6 weeks or so. Standing will make the resolution of the swelling slower but in time it will go away. Best of luck. JG 8.28.13

Question:

Hello Dr, Instead of having liposuction to remove excess fat on the knees, I have been reading about other methods such as Lipolysis (injection) or ultrasound. Any views on these or any other procedures which could help? Many thanks

Answer:

I am not a believer in those other modalities` efficacy. JG 8.27.13

Question:

Is it true that we`re all born with a specified number of fat cells that can only be altered through liposuction or lipolysis? I am tiny but had a fair amount of fat liposuctioned from abdomen and thighs and since then have noticed that my waist is thicker. It`s firm, not jiggly, but I take it that this is a bad sign, since it means that I the fat is now intra-abdominal, wrapped around my organs, increasing my risk of cardiovascular disease. I work out constantly and extensivly (cardio, weight training and interval), and am a vegetarian on a high protein, low carb diet with only a small amount of olive and coconut oil. Daily calorie inttak 1000-1100 calories. Any suggestions for reducing the intra-abdominal fat, other than cutting my calorie intake to 500 or so/day? Thank you for your advice, Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

the number of fat cells you have can increase in number and they can also change in size until after puberty. After that they will not grow in number but they can get larger or smaller.If areas that gained fat are reduced by the permanent removal of some fat cells through liposuction, then the excess calories that used to create fat in the original place will be stored in new locations. Intra-abdominal fat is the same, if there is an excess amount of calories, if you have nowhere else for the fat to go, it will go there.Having said that calories alone is not the problem. Hormones such as cortisol will also increase fat and if you are over-training it can increase cortisol. I think cutting the cardio, keeping the other workouts to 4 times per week and nothing over 45-60 minutes, along with getting your hormones checked is a good idea. And birth control are hormones so they can affect things too. All the best. JG 8.19.13

Question:

hey dr, recent smartlipo arm girl again. so its been 4 days im young (24 yrs) great skin elasticity and slim but flabby arms. i still se flab and to me it seems impossible that that will shrink down or tighten. so will it? : ur the expert plz advice.

Answer:

Got to give it a bit more time. A few more weeks. JG 8.18.13

Question:

Just had smart lipo on arms 3 days ago. When can I see 80% of results atleast?

Answer:

2-3 months. JG 8.17.13

Question:

I have sleep apnea and during the consultation with surgeon for liposuction he indicated that I need to have the operation at a hospital and stay over for the night. Why would this be the case. Thank you.

Answer:

He is just being cautious because the pain pills will also sedate you and lessen the depth of breathing at times. As long as the patient is not having anything done on the face, I have done patients that use CPAP and send them home. There is no problem with being more careful. JG 7.21.13

Question:

What is the difference between "Smart Lipo"/"Cool Sculpt"/ and just regular liposuction? Does one work better on some areas, and not others?

Answer:

' '

Question:

I had abdomina Lipo about five weeks ago. It has left a scar about 3 inches long on one side that is slightly indented. Do you think this is something that can be smoothed out with a laser? Is this something that happens sometimes or did I have a bad surgeon? Thanks

Answer:

Not sure why there would be a scar that length after liposuction. Is it where the cannula entered you body or away from that? Without knowing more or seeing pictures I cannot say what would be needed, but I doubt a laser will correct it entirely, especially if he scar is depressed. JG 7.7.13

Question:

In answer to the question about the scar after Lilongwe In answer to your question about my scar on abdomen after lipo--i believe that is where the cannula entered. Is there any other way to treat the star? Thanks

Answer:

Laser might help the color but if is depressed it might need fat injections to lift it up. JG 7.7.13

Question:

Thank you for answering the Cool Sculpt question. Since it is non-invasive and no anesthesia required, it would be my choice. Does it work? Does work only for the abdomen, or can chin/neck fat be reduced. I don`t want to be scammed by the unethical practitioners out there!

Answer:

It is done for the abdomen and love handles, you can expect about a 20-24% reduction in the fat layer per session in most patients.It cannot be done on the neck though, sorry. JG 7.8.13

Question:

What is the difference between Smart Lipo / Cool Sculpt / and just regular liposuction? Does one work better on some areas, and not others?

Answer:

CoolSculpt is anon-invasive way to reduce fat on the abdomen and love handle area where the fat layer is reduced by freezing and hereby damaging the fat. SmartLipo involves small laser wands placed below the skin to destroy the fat and then it is removed with a cannula, it can be done all over the body, and traditional liposuction is the second part of SmartLipo.Liposuction can be performed without melting or injuring the fat first. The latter two are termed invasive and some type of anesthesia is involved and incisions are made and fat physically removed. jG 7.7.13

Question:

I had abdominal Limpopo 5 weeks ago. Pannus reduction was my main concern but now it is still numb and looks bigger than ever. Is this normal or should I be concerned?

Answer:

Normal at this point, the more fat that was removed, the greater the amount of swelling and then the longer it takes to resolve. Got to give it more time. JG 7.5.13

Question:

Is there ever any benefit from liposuction of the area under the chin/jaw? It seems when my husband gains any weight, it appears to show in that area. He does not have the gobbler look...it`s not wrinkled or loose (yet, I presume), but just undefined between chin/neck area. He`s not a very vain kind of guy, so I know he would never even consider any type of surgery. I`d like to suggest lipo in that area, but will it even address the problem?

Answer:

that is a common area to do liposuction on, but one has to be careful with the skin quality and patient age as an aggressive fat removal can lead to loose skin afterwards in some patients. If the fat is underneath the platysma muscle though, then liposuction will not help and it would require an open surgical procedure to remove that fat. Hope that answers your question. JG 6.26.13

Question:

Hi Dr., I have always had a relatively flat stomach. Between 48 and 50 years of age, and after 3 c-sections, I recently noticed there seems to be fat collecting above the scar of the c-sections, and just chunkiness in general in the belly area. Will liposuction address this, or is this more of a tummy tuck procedure? I may add that I am also a bit lopsided as there has always been a great deal of scar tissue more on one side than the other. I was told by a regular surgeon, (not plastic surgeon) that scar tissue is very difficult to fix. That excessive scar was caused by a pretty big cyst that happened after the healing of one of my c-sections went a bit awry. Never have I noticed such big changes in my body as when I approached 50, and the sad thing is I work out religiously and have maintained almost same weight as 10-15 years ago.

Answer:

If the fat is above the muscle, then liposuction would be an option. With this scar tissue issue though, it might require liposuction and possibly a small amount of skin removal, like a mini tummy tuck. JG 6.25.13

Question:

I have always had these ugly fat pockets next to my mouth, can they be safely lipo`ed? And would it make my mouth look saggier if I got rid of it? Here is a pic: http://i.realself.com/full/8e30a659c31b53017073692309ab0da1/533476-51530...

Answer:

I think getting a smooth result might be difficult in that area, I am not sure I would try it at your age. JG 6.12.13

Question:

Good evening.just had smart lipo triplex neck and jaw. Am sore and swallowing is rather difficult. Is this normal..I realize my Comfort Wear compression garment must be tight. I am hoping this discomfort is because my surgery is only about 5 hours past. I can swallow it just hurts. Notice also the left side of the compression does not cover all the way to the left ear where the right one does..seems like some shin on left is squished out...Dr Garcia is this all normal. have Antibiotics, and pain, pills...still taking arnica Montana . Thank you so much. Your Canadian admirer.Jg Ottawa

Answer:

All normal, use a little ice and adjust the compression to make it even. Should be better tomorrow.All the best. JG 6.11.13

Question:

When having abdominal Lipo can a panus be reduced or removed as well? Thank you

Answer:

as long as the skin where the liposuction is performed is not separated form the underlying tissues it should be OK. Liposuction on an area that is going to be undermined and shifted can lead to poor blood supply and healing problems. JG 6.6.13

Question:

Luvitra and Mabel Plus lipo duo? at only $149 for 1 treatment (I want it on my belly) sound like a good deal??? I exercise daily, but still can`t get rid of the pocket of belly fat. Thank You for your time

Answer:

Sorry, the only thing smaller will be your wallet. JG 5.19.13

Question:

I am considering Lipo for my abdomen but I have heard that fat can move elsewhere. Does this usually happen and where would it mostly go? Thanks

Answer:

fat cannot move, but if you gain weight and you have had liposuction in an area, the fat might accumulate in a different area than before. JG 4.22.13

Question:

Well, I seem to have inadvertently given myself a breast augmentation. I had a small amount of fat suctioned from my hips two years ago, but all the fat now has migrated to my breasts. I used to be a 32A and am now a 34C/D! Some women might welcome this but not me. I feel like I`ve suddenly got two extra limbs that need to be managed. My weight has remained stable. Have you ever seen this happen before? Can I have liposuction for my breasts and underarms? Will it cause scar tissue that will interfere with mammagrophy readings? And where would it be best to remove the fat so as not to leave me with sagging breast tissue (which I never had before)? Laterally -- under the arms and by the chest wall? I can`t wear any of my old clothes and, as a runner, now have to bind my chest. Suggestions? Thanks so much for your insights.

Answer:

liposuction can be done on both areas and any small amount of scar tissue should not interfere with a mammogram to any large extent. Depending on how firm your skin is, the fat removal might leave you small to large amount of sagging, depending on how much fat is removed. It would be best to remove it from the more superficial layers as the supporting ligaments of the breast tissue are attached to the muscle, the skin lends minimal support. Best of luck. JG 4.20.13

Question:

Hello. A close friend of mine is going for a neck liposuction/lift revision for asymmetry. She`s worried that she will be numb for longer than she was when she had the original procedure a year ago. The numbness is greatly diminished, but still present. She goes for the repeat procedure next month. I know there`s no way to predict, but if anyone has the knowledge/experience, it`s you. What do you think?

Answer:

I doubt it would end up any worse, but it will be more numb for a while, just like the first time. Final return of sensation is by 18 months after the last surgery. JG .1.29.13

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had Smartlipo on my lower abdominal area to smooth the area out some after a previous Smartlipo procedure,and have been out about a year and a half. I don`t know what went wrong, but i now have a very pronounced line across the lower abdominal area about half way between my navel and pubic area. It look really awful, and there seems to be more fatty area on the lower portion in the upper pubic region than above where the line is, up towards the navel. It looks really odd and am very unhappy with the result, after spending a few thousand dollars. I don`t know if there is anything i can do to fix it that doesn`t involve surgery, and would appreciate any suggestions, TIA. I can`t go back to the original PS that did the procedure because i have since moved overseas.

Answer:

' '

Question:

Dr. Garcia, is liposuction of the neck ever a good idea, without neck lift surgery? I say this specifically for a male who has lost the definition between chin/jaw line and neck. Not over weight, but many years of doing neck exercise to strengthen the neck muscles during football years I suspect have contributed to this.

Answer:

it can be done, the older one sis the less likely the skin will shrink though, and that can leave you with looser skin. Sounds like in your case that liposuction alone is not the ticket. JG 11.9.12

Question:

Dr. G., Why does it take up to 6 months before real result can be seen with lipo? I had lipo done on my arms on July 2nd, and I don`t see any change. I am so discouraged. Does this mean I will need another procedure because the doctor didn`t take out enough fat? Thank you for sharing your knowledge.

Answer:

because the swelling has to go down and the skin needs time to shrink, before that there will likely not be total skin contraction although most of the swelling, 60-70%, will be gone in about 6 weeks. Should be seeing some improvement by now in your case. Might need another session, yes. I wish you the best. JG 10.4.12

Question:

I am a 52yr old female and am not happy at all with the way my body and face look. I am not a fat person and never have been. I am 5ft 6 and weigh 120, but to me it looks like I use to way alot more and have sagging or excess skin on my abdomen area around my middle and my legs are all jiggly and have dimply places in them. My but is also very jiggly and have dents on my butt cheeks also. My arms have loose wrinkly skin too. I have read alot about different procedures like exilis and lipodissolve for the abdomen area and exilis to tighten up the skin and help with the cellulite problems. Are these two procedures of any help and if not, is there anything at all u could suggest to help this problem?

Answer:

I do not think either one will help, if anything the lipodissolve could make it worse if it works at dissolving fat. It might be surgery time, and the scars from that might not be thin lines that are easy to hide. JG 10.1.12

Question:

I was wondering how long it takes to see the results for Cellulaze. It is supposed to help with cellulite long term. I had work done on the fron and back of legs 2 months ago, as well as a bit of the upper stomach area (around the waistline). Thank you.

Answer:

It is as good as it is going to get. JG 9.3.12

Question:

Hi Dr. I had liposuction 2 months ago. How long before I can expect the results I will see long term? I hope you`re enjoying the long weekend.

Answer:

Another 2-4 months for the final result. JG 9.3.12

Question:

Hi Dr. I am almost 4 weeks out from liposuction and I know I won`t see final results for months. But really, how many months before I see anything. I am kind of depressed to not see any improvement, after all the money I spent, the inconvenience, pain and discomfort. It`s not like I have unrealistic expectations. Thank you!

Answer:

you should see about 50% of the end result by 4-6 weeks or so.I wish you the best. JG 7.25.12

Question:

Thanks for your answer to my question about liposuction of the cheeks. What is your fee for that? And are the incisions visible? Do you place them intraorally? If you place them externally, where would you make them on the face? Thank you very much.

Answer:

The incisions are made near the hair close to the ear but it will depend on the shape of your face, at times a second decision is required. The fees aré $1,750. JG 6.5.12

Question:

Hi, Dr. Garcia. I had fat grafting to my cheeks 5 years ago, and it was way overdone. It hasn`t gone away with time either. In fact, my cheeks look like small trampolines,,,or like that pre-packaged biscuit dought that pops out a can! If you poke my cheeks, they bounce back up. I believe I`ve read here that you do small canula liposuction to correct such problems -- something my plastic surgeon doesn`t do. He wanted to inject kenalog, but I`m afraid that other soft tissues will be damanged. I had the fat put in in the first place to augment my bony face, so I don`t want to go back to being bony and saggy. Anyway, do you do this procedure? If so, what are your fees? I assume it`s an office procedure and would only require me to be there for one day. Thank you!

Answer:

I do perform that procedure and it is done in the office under local anesthesia, correct. JG 6.5.12

Question:

Hi, doctor. I had a relatively small amount of fat liposuctioned from my abdomen, outer thighs and hips 2 years ago in a plastic surgeon`s office. (A total of 350 cc`s was removed. Is that considered small or moderate? I know it wasn`t a large volume.) I am 5`3 and 100 pounds, so even a small amount of fat spread over those areas was really noticeable. It`s been great to have it gone. Since then, my weight has continued to remain stable -- just up or down by a half pound or so from day to day -- but my breasts have almost doubled in size, particularly the upper two thirds. While many women might welcome this, I don`t. I`m a runner, so it`s uncomfortable, and many of my clothes don`t fit. I`m 30 and have never been pregnant, so it`s not hormonal. Have I essentially just caused my fat stores to move to my breasts? Is this a known or expected phenomenon following liposuction or does this seem strange? I would have my breasts liposuctioned, but I don`t want to cause scarring that would interfere with mammography readings. Thanks for enlightening me on this matter. Hey, this is a beautiful thing you do. You are wonderful to be so generous with your time!

Answer:

That was a small amount of fat to be removed. Once that fat is removed,new fat will tend to go to new places like .it sounds has happened in your case. Liposuction might be an option for you if the amount of fat is small and it should not interfere with good breast screening, certainly no worse than regular surgery to reduce your breast size. Thank you for the kind words and I wish you the best. JG 6.2.12

Question:

I`m a very thin and fit woman (5`6 , 108 pounds). As I`ve aged (now 55), the one place on my body that seems to be collecting fat is the mons pubis. Is this common in aging women? I have no idea if this is to be expected or not. Can I have conservative liposuction? Obviously, I don`t sagging skin to replace the puffiness. Thank you for your time and expertise.

Answer:

Not uncommon and liposuction works well in that area. JG 6.2.12

Question:

Well, here`s a new and particularly embarrassing low in the endless surprises of aging. I am a very thin and fit woman, but I now have a fat -- and not just pudgy but actually fat and jiggly -- pubis. It`s actually making my clothes not fit. What`s up with THAT? Is this common in aging women? I mean, is this a condition that plastic surgeon regularly see and treat, like saggy breasts, or am i a rare case? I`ve never heard of this lovely side effect of aging before until it has come up for me in the past year. (I`m 54.) Can I have it liposuctioned? Have you done that for any of your own patients, Dr. Garcia? i`m humiliated even to seek out a consultation for this problem because it`s pretty embarrassing and also because I have absolutely no idea if any plastic surgeon will ever have even seen such a thing before. Oh, the indignities of the body in decline! God bless all of you brave and apparently fearless women and men who hover over us in various states of decay and try to slow it all down, even just a little. Thanks for listening and for letting me know your thoughts.

Answer:

it is not uncommon for that to develop, it is an accumulation of fat that can be removed with liposuction and a plastic surgeon would be the one to do that for you. Best of luck. JG 5.15.12

Question:

Happy Friday, Dr. Garcia. Just curious: I had liposuction to my upper back/bra area last week. My plastic surgeon told me he removed 400 cc`s of fat (200 from each side). Is that considered a small, medium or large amount for that area? Have a great weekend!

Answer:

that is a medium amount but should yield significant visual difference. All the best. JG 4.27.12

Question:

Hello, I have no fat left due to three fat graft surgeries to fill in the rippling of my breast reconstruction. My surgeon does not do butt implants, but he does do the Brazilian Butt Lift, which, without fat, I am not a candadite for. I am so embarrassed to ask my next question to him for he brings many people into the exam room on my visits, and you are always so kind to answer. My butt is flat, and it looks even MORE so, since the 500 cc implants. CAN the fat FROM my butt be taken out and reinserted to a more firmer,rounder form? I`ve never heard of it, but to me it seems like it would be as simple as leaving the air out of the balloon and blowing it up again. Do you see any problems with this?

Answer:

it is very difficult to shape fat injections into a particular shape.Sorry. JG 4.24.12

Question:

I had lipo to my anterior axilla 10 days ago. The pressure dressings were removed on Friday, and when the tape was pulled off, many layers of my skin came with it both on my chest and on my back. They bled profusely and scabbed. Frankly, these cuts are far more painful than the lipo; they are even preventing me from wearing any shirts that touch my skin. I`m pretty sure that they will leave big scars, especially in light of their location. It`s upsetting because I`ve spent a lot of money to improve the appearance of my arms and chest, hoping to wear short sleeves this summer; and now I`ll have to cover up my scars. My questions for you are 1) any suggestions for treatment and 2) do you think they are likely to scar badly? Anything I can do to reduce that chance? Thanks very much for any help you can offer.

Answer:

I would suggest some copper peptide creams and once healed change to squalene oil, hopefully they will heal with minimal problem. I wish you the best. JG 4.3.12

Question:

Prior to having tumescent lipo down on my thighs I did not have any cellulite on my legs. The lipo was done over 2 years ago. Anyhow, the front of my legs are bumpy and pitted and appear as though I have cellulite. Is there anyway to fix this? Thank you.

Answer:

the fist thing I would try is fat injections if they are dents from uneven fat removal. JG 1.31.12

Question:

One last question about the liposuction under my eye. You say a small canula will be used. Will the suction be done only manually or will the canula need to be attached to a vacuum compressor? I ask because I fear too much may be removed if it`s done mechanically rather than manually. I don`t want to be left with a big depression where I know have a speedbump on my face! Thank you again and sorry for so many questions!

Answer:

in most cases it is by hand pressure only. All the best. JG 1.30.12

Question:

Thank you for the quick answer to the question about micro-liposuction of the face. What gauge needle would typically be used for that procedure? I`m trying to estimate the amount of visible trauma the procedure willcreate--and so, the amount of time off I`ll need from work.Thank you again and have a great weekend!

Answer:

they are actually called cannulas and they are about an 18 gauge needle size. They are blunt in order to minimize bleeding. Figure about 5-7 days of swelling and bruising in that area though. JG 1.27.12

Question:

I had fat grafted to my face 5 years ago. I was left with a raised deposit of fat at the lid-cheek junction (at the bottom of the tear trough) about 4-5 mm long x 3 mm wide. It`s not a distinct or hard lump, just a bit too much fat. Though it`s small, it causes quite a deformity; in fact, it has created the appearance of a deep bag beneath that eye, since the bottom of the lid is raised above the upper part of the lid. I don`t want the fat injected with a steroid because I`m afraid it will migrate and I`ll end up with tissue atrophyin the mid-face. So my PS is recommending micro liposuction. I`ve never heard of that being done to the face. Is it safe? Is it effective? Is it likely to cause more of a problem than it resolves? He can`t remove it transconjunctivally because it`s too low on the lid. Thank you for your opinion. Wow -- you seem to help out a LOT of people!

Answer:

I think small needle liposuction is what I would suggest. Risks are small and is the best option for overgrafting in that area. All the best and thank you for the kind words. JG 1.27.12

Question:

Dr. Garcia, In regards to question last week about The lipo I had on my calves... : 1) Even if 350ccs were removed from each calf, about how much inch loss should I expect to see from that? 2) How long does swelling really take to resolve? 3) Will running exacerbate the slow healing? 4) What can I do for the bruising (was using arnica, but was told it only works immediately after!) 5) Would an at-home ultrasound machine help at all? THANKS SO MUCH FOR YOUR HELP! I REALLY APPRECIATE IT DURING THIS FRUSTRATING TIME!

Answer:

hard to say without knowing how much was fat and how much was the infiltrated fluid, but I would say less than an inch. The swelling on the calf can take 6-12 to show the final results. Anything you do where the legs are in the dependent position will make it slower for the fluid to be reabsorbed.You can still try the arnica and I do not think the at home ultrasound machines are strong enough to help I am afraid, just got to give it time. Sorry. JG 1.26.12

Question:

Hi Dr G. I have an opportunity to try Zenora at a hugely discounted rate. Still, like a pair of nice shoes, if they don`t fit, it wouldn`t be the money saved but money lost so I`m wondering (1) how it compares to Cool Sculpting and (2) whether Zenora carries the same risk of skin laxity as liposuction, etc. Thank you!

Answer:

CoolSculpting is much better than Zerona, and there will be likely no skin laxity with Zerona as it will likely do very little to the fat. JG 1.23.12

Question:

I`m following up on the tumescent lipo. Is it as effective as the Cool Sculpting, with the same risks of laxity (ie, depending on how much fat is removed, age, etc.) and dimpling? Or does Cool Sculpting do less but has less potential adversed effects? All things being equal, which one would you recommend, especially if the tumescent lipo is cheaper? Thank you!

Answer:

I think they are both effective but the liposuction will be more predictable in the amount of reduction as you will visibly and immediately be removing the fat cells. If the tumescent liposuction is cheaper, in your case I would go with the liposuction. JG 1.20.12

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I sent you this question & received your response but have a follow up question: ORIGINAL QUESTION: I had Vaser Lipo on my calves June 16th, 2011. At this time, I don`t remember the exact amount of CC`s removed- but it was in the area of 700-800cc`s PER calf! However, I still have some black & blues & I am not seeing such a significant difference for such a large amount of fat removal. Does this larger fat removal mean it will take way longer to heal? What else can I do to speed this up? It has me really disheartened right now! :( ORIGINAL Answer: I will say that the recovery and end result always takes longer in the calves due to their dependent position, so swelling takes a long time to resolve. I think the amount they quoted you likely counts the tumescent fluid that was also removed so likely the amount if fat was much less than that, perhaps 50% or so. Massage and keeping the legs elevated when possible and possibly wearing some compression hose might help. I wish you the best. JG 12.2.11 NEW QUESTION: 1) Even if 350ccs were removed from each calf, about how much inch loss should I expect to see from that? 2) How long does swelling really take to resolve? 3) Will running exacerbate the slow healing? 4) What can I do for the bruising (was using arnica, but was told it only works immediately after!) 5) Would an at-home ultrasound machine help at all? THANKS SO MUCH FOR YOUR HELP! I REALLY APPRECIATE IT DURING THIS FRUSTRATING TIME!

Answer:

the larger the amount removed, the longer it takes to get to the final result, yes. I am afraid there is not much that can be done, besides what I previously said, to speed it up as the calves are dependent for so much of the time. It is a matter of time. Best of luck. JG 1.18.12

Question:

Hi Doc I had artecoll injected about 14 years ago in a one inch scar on my cheek that had depressed. Results were great until recently it has become puffy and I can feel the scar tissue has increased under area. the injection area has become raised. I wonder if you feel that micro lipo would level it out and be better that trying to open it up and remove scar tissue underneath. Thanks, Joe

Answer:

Low risk, certainy worth a try. JG 1.7.12

Question:

Hi Dr., Each doctor performing the various liposuctions touts its advantages. Understable I suppose since they wouldn`t have gone with the technology/manufacturer if they didn`t - unless the option was not available at the time. In any event, I would like to know what you believe the advantages (if any) SmartLipo v. VaserLipo v. SLIMlipo may be. Seems to me the SLIMLipo does not leave large holes on the skin, which takes months to disappear - but any other factors? Thank you!

Answer:

I think laser or ultrasound, when of high enough energy, can break the fat up and make it easier to remove. I think the disadvantage to SmartLipo and Slim Lipo is that the cannulas are all very small, so large amounts of fat removal will take a long period of time to perform. It is ultimately the amount of fat removed from one area that affects how well the skin shrinks, little fat removal allows better skin shrinkage, large removal makes it harder for the skin to shrink. I think the evidence for associated skin tightening with all three machines is slim to none, more hype and hope than truth. Of those three, I would use the Vaser over the other two. Vaser can also be done with very small cannulas, I certainly used them when I was using the Vaser technology, so when one compares apples to apples, the skin incisions are equal. Hope that help you. JG 1.6.12

Question:

Oh, I had conservative liposuction to my arms two years ago but wasn`t fully satisfied with the results, so I had Cool Sculpting and Ulthera this year because I was afraid a second round of lipo would have left some sagging skin. I`m 54 and while I work out, I don`t have the skin elasticity I used to have. The combination has left my arms looking better than they ever have. Sorry not to have been clearer about that for your readers!

Answer:

thanks for the additional information.

Question:

Oh, I had conservative liposuction to my arms two years ago but wasn`t fully satisfied with the results, so I had Cool Sculpting and Ulthera this year because I was afraid a second round of lipo would have left some sagging skin. I`m 54 and while I work out, I don`t have the skin elasticity I used to have. The combination has left my arms looking better than they ever have. Sorry not to have been clearer about that for your readers!

Answer:

thank you. JG 1.6.12

Question:

Dr. G., Hi. When does Cool Sculpting expect to have the head for the arms? Sounds like you offer Cool Sculpting at your office. Are your patients - and also just as important, you - happy with the results? Thank you!

Answer:

No word on the smaller head. I do not own a machine, but my associate who is not a plastic/cosmetic surgeon does. We work in the same office, but I make no miney from the CoolSculpting. I see the changes and I feel it works well on patients that are good candidates. JG 1.5.12

Question:

Wow. For such a busy surgeon, your response time is truly impressive. Way better than my own medical doctor ... and we are not talking about elective/cosmetic matters. Please thank your wife for us ... not only are you generous, she is also generous for sharing you with us. Time with us is time away from her. So thank you both! My follow up questions are: Does Cool Sculpting reduce fat AND tighten skin? Are the upper arms, bra, back areas that would benefit from Cool Sculpting? And would you happen to know price range?

Answer:

Thank you for the kind words. As to the areas, the upper back bra area can be done but there is not a head for the arms yet, we are waiting. As to skin shrinking, it will shrink the same amount as with weight loss, no more. As to cost, it varies from clinic to clinic but its about $1500. My wife says you`re welcome . All the best. JG 1.4.12

Question:

Hello Dr. What are your thoughts on Mesotherapy? I have read that in some ways it may be preferable to liposuction, ie, that after liposuction, fat may apperar elsewhere in the body that has not had lipo performed on. The upside for me is no downtime. But does it work?

Answer:

I think at the present time, since there is no standardized formula or treatment protocol, that the results are variable. Some patients do very well, some see no difference, and others have complications such as dents or skin loss. As to being better than liposuction, no, that is not the case. As to fat showing up in other parts of the body after liposuction, yes that occurs if and only if the person continues to overeat. The reason for that is that the fat cells removed with liposuction are permanently gone, so if one over eats and gains weight, that fat has to show up somewhere else. If the mesotherapy did work, the same thing can happen. No one knows what the long term effects on the fat cells is with mesotherapy. All the best. JG 1.4.12

Question:

Happy New Year to you and your loved ones, Dr. G. Thank you for your generosity with your time and knowledge! Is there a cutoff age for when lipo may leave lax skin, thus basically trading one problem with another. I am Asian, and am seriously thinking about lipo since you don`t believe EndyMed and all other non-surgical options work. Can you give me a range of what the upper arms, upper back and bra areas would cost. My doctor recommends doing all as she believes just doing the arms would not leave a pleasing result. Also, what is the range for tummy, waist and flank? I went in for consultation for the arms and came out with recommendations for all of the above. Is there any difference between Vaser Lipo, Smart Lipo and traditional lipo? Thank you!

Answer:

there is no age cut off as every patient is different. In general the older you are, the less likely for the skin to shrink well, but there are other factors that over-ride that. If you have stretch marks on the skin in that area, the skin has lost its elasticity and will not shrink well. Also, the larger the amount of fat removed from that area, the less likely the skin will shrink well due to the degree of shrinkage needed. There is no set amount of fat in an area that can predict good skin shrinkage though. The approximate cost for arms and upper back would be about $6,500, depending on the time I would need to complete it. It is hard to give an accurate fee quote as the time will influence it to a great degree, especially when doing multiple areas. I think it best to see the surgeon you choose in person to get an accurate quote. I am not a fan of SmartLipo and I think the differences between Vaser Lipo and traditional are small, but with Vaser, the fat comes out easier, no difference in skin shrinkage though. I wish you the best. JG 1.4.12

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had Vaser Lipo on my calves June 16th, 2011. At this time, I don`t remember the exact amount of CC`s removed- but it was in the area of 700-800cc`s PER calf! That`s about almost the size of 2 of my breast implants per calf! However, I still have some black & blues & I am not seeing such a significant difference for such a large amount of fat removal. Does this larger fat removal mean it will take way longer to heal? What else can I do to speed this up? It has me really disheartened right now! :(

Answer:

I will say that the recovery and end result always takes longer in the calves due to their dependent position, so swelling takes a long time to resolve. I think the amount they quoted you likely counts the tumescent fluid that was also removed so likely the amount if fat was much less than that, perhaps 50% or so. Massage and keeping the legs elevated when possible and possibly wearing some compression hose might help. I wish you the best. JG 12.2.11

Question:

Just had inner thigh and knee liposuction two days ago. How long will it take for me to know if my inner thighs will still touch and rub together or if there will be a space between them? I`ve always wanted to have that little V between the upper thighs. My Dr performed the surgery on my back with my knees bent. I just read online that you get better results laying on your stomach. Please let me know when you think I will be able to see the final shape and if I have that V opening and no fat pads around inner knee. Thank you in advance. This is a very cool message board.

Answer:

I would say 4-6 weeks should give you a good idea. I think fat in those areas can be removed through either approach, one is not better than the other. Final results will be about 6 months though. JG 10.16.11

Question:

Dr. Garcia un cordial saludo. Hace un mes y una semana me hice una liposucion laser en papada abdomen brazos y piernas, me preocupa un poco que la piel del cuello y los brazos de ve como con canales o depresiones por las canulas me imagino y con unas bolitas muy pequeñas, el Dr. que me opero me dice que debo tomar Glucophage, potasio y un diuretico para controlar la fibrosis. Quisiera una segunda opinion ya que he tenido que suspender la lactacia de mi bebe de 4 meses por el uso de esta medicina. la verdad el Dr. que me opero antes de la cirugia me dijo que podia segur lactando despues de 10 dias y que no habia problema, pero despues me salio con todos estos medicamentos.. me sento engañada y no se si seguir confiando en este doctor. Estoy a tiempo de empezar algun tratamiento para mejorar el aspecto de la piel o debo esperar a que evolucione mas... Por favor digame su opinion.

Answer:

no creo qule la Glucophage, el potasio ni el diuretico van a afectar la fibrosis. Lo que vez es comun y con tiempo y masaje se mejora, tienes que darle tiempo. Buena suerte. JG 10.16.11

Question:

Thanks for the answer about the Zeltique-Lipo Double Special! Glad to know you agree with me. Just wondering if you think there might be any physiological reason to assume the fat could be suctioned more easily after Zeltique. Have a great week, Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

nope, no different, that is because the cells is supposedly dead and will come out the same way as the other fat. JG 10.13.11

Question:

OK, here`s a new question for you! So, I go to my plastic surgeon to arrange lipo to my flanks. It`s booked 10 weeks from now. In the meantime, he is recommending that I do Zeltique to jump-start the fat removal. He`s a good guy, but methinks he`s trying to double dip into my fat pool. Am I right? Why would he freeze some of the fat cells only to suction them (and more of them) in a few months if not only to make more money? And have there even been any studies on this kind of sequential therapy with Zeltique? I can`t find any, since Zeltique is explicity marketed as a much less effective alternative to liposuction. Even I were to accept his advice and do the Zeltique, what complications (if any) do you imagine that might pose to the liposuction in 10 weeks? Would it compromise the efficacy of that procedure in some way? Gosh, as soon as new technologies are developed, folks are eager to figure out new and creative ways to separate us from our money in their use. Thanks as ever for being there for us all, Dr. Garcia, saving our wallets s well as our (plump) hinds!

Answer:

There are no reports in the medical literature regarding the staged procedures but I see no problem in the performance of the liposuction after the Zeltique. You can expect up to a 20-24% reduction in the fat from the Zeltiq per session. I have to agree with you though. To plan ahead of time on doing both makes no physiological sense. The only thing getting jump started is his bank account. All the best. JG 10.13.11

Question:

Dr. Garcia, Thankyou very much for your reply for the smartlipo problem, re the ridge above the navel where you suggested heating pad and excercise to try and break it away from the muscle. I forgot to tell you i had the abdominal SL procedure 2+ yrs. ago, so would what you suggest still be effective, or would i need a different approach to the problem? Thankyou in advance for your reply.

Answer:

Sorry, thought it was recent. What I had suggested will not work now. You can try sessions of endermologie, but it might come to a surgery to release the attachments and followed with aggressive massage. JG 10.11.11

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, Thankyou for your awesome website and the valuable advice that you give. I`m sure it has saved a lot of people from spending money on treatments that don`t really work. I have had Smartlipo done on a few areas, and i guess its ok. for what it is. And seeing as i haven`t spent a fortune on it, the results have been reasonable. But i have a problem with the shape of my abdominal area after having the SL there. I don`t really know how to describe it, i guess its like a very noticeable ridge on the upper part, above the navel, and is noticeable under t-shirts. Below that under the navel my abdomen feels very firm, especially when standing upright. I guess that is scar tissue? What would you recommend to smooth out the very noticeable ridge? Thankyou for your advice.

Answer:

Hiw long you are aftet the surgery makes a difference, but in general, warm packs, massage and stretching back and rotating can help break up the areas where the skin is tethered down to the muscle. Best of luck. JG 10.11.11

Question:

Hi again Dr. G., do you think lipo can make cellulite worse? For whatever reason, most cosmetic surgeries have not improved me. In fact, I think my cellulite got WORSE after lipo - but of course no one told me that could - or might - happen. But after getting my arms done (even though I work out ALL the time!) I was told I didn`t want the ugly scar from an arm lift so I decided to do lipo and now I can definitely see more cellulute. Thanks.

Answer:

if fat is removed in certain areas, the cellulite mitth appear worse as the surface of the skin has less pressure upon it, it is a known risk. At best it will stay the same, JG 9.18.11

Question:

Dr. Garcia, how effective is the new Zeltic Cool Sculpting particularly around the stomach area? How many sessions would you recommend to see good results? Would you recommend this new technique over the more invasive liposuction techniques? Who would be the best candidate for Zeltic? Sorry for all the questions, I just want to ensure that it is not just hype with minimal results. Thank you

Answer:

It does not replace liposuction, it is part of the spectrum available. It reduces the fat by about 22% after each session, it takes about 2 months to see the result, it can be repeated if desired. So, as long as you expect less dramatic results than surgical liposuction, then it iis a good non-surgical option. JG 9.6.11

Question:

Sorry last question, you say to remove the fat pockets by my lips by cutting it out through an incision in my lips, is that more invasive than microliposuction? What are its advantages over microliposuction? I like your no nonsense approach as why I`m interested in having you do it. Here is the pic one more time: http://i.realself.com/scale/311089-122790.bmp

Answer:

I think the vutting will be more precise and definitive. JG 7.16.11

Question:

Thank you! So does the liposuction have the same pitfalls in the area I showed you as far as dents is concerned? You mentioned if you were to do it you would go through the lip, would that leave a visible scar? Here is the pic for reference: http://i.realself.com/scale/311089-122790.bmp

Answer:

lip scar should heal well and likely not be seen. JG 7.13.11

Question:

Oh I`m sorry, I don`t think I described the right area of my face for fat removal. It`s not fat pad of bichat it`s closer to my mouth. Here is a link to my pic with the problem area circled. What method of fat removal do you suggest? http://i.realself.com/scale/311089-122790.bmp

Answer:

if you only see it when you smile I would leave it alone because if that were the case and you removed it, you would have a dent when not smiling. If it is there all of the time, even at rest, then I would remove it with a small incision in your lip and surgically cut the fat out rather than liposuction. JG 7.13.11

Question:

Interesting, so from what you have seen are any there indentations, dents from the incision method of fat removal of perioral mounds, or does this generally just happen with lipo? I`ve been reading up on it on the internet today and I notice most doctors favor the micro canula technique as opposed to incisions but nobody seems to give a reason. What are the drawbacks to the incision technique in your opinion? Thanks.

Answer:

I have not seen it when it is removed form inside the mouth because the superficial layer of the cheek is not touched. The down side of the incision technique is it takes an experienced person to perform it, otherwise very safe, liposuction is easier but not the best for fat pads of Bichat. JG 7.11.11

Question:

Hey I asked about the pouches of fat removed at the corners of my mouth. What bad results have you seen with micro lipo specifically, and what method of removal did you mean when you said an incision could possibly be made inside the mouth?

Answer:

from the micro liposuction, I have seen the inability to remove the fat pocket, dents depressions and temporary muscle weakness. As to the incision inside the mouth, if what you have is a large fad pad of Bichat, that can be accessed through an incision inside your mouth to remove the fat. JG 7.11.11

Question:

What can I do about the pouches of fat at the corners of my mouth? Most people have them but are very small and unnoticable. Mine are large. I`m only 32 and have always had them but put on a few pounds over the years and now they`re really noticable even though I`m nowhere close to fat. The rest of my face looks good but they ruin my appearance and almost make me look sad all the time. Can I have them liposuctioned?

Answer:

they can possibly be removed with an incision inside your mouth, I have not seen liposuction work well as they are underneath some muscle and you might damage the muscle trying to remove it with liposuction. JG 7.11.11

Question:

I know you`re not a fan of Zeltique, but I have a small area of fat on each hip (about the size of my palm) that I would like reduced, and I would like to avoid liposuction if possible. I consulted with a dermatologist who said he can`t do it because the area I want to treat is below the top of my hip bone. He claims that Zelqtique can only be used ABOVE the hip bone, for instance on love handles. But then I consulted a plastic surgeon Iwho said he COULD treat these areas with Zeltique! Before I plunk down money with the second guy, is he right? Or is the dermatologist right -- that these pockets of fat on the sides of my hips CANNOT be treated by Zeltique. Gosh, we`re so lucky to have you, Dr. Garcia! Thank you for your honesty and generosity with all of us.

Answer:

well, although I am not a fan at present, I am always willing to change if I see good evidence that is reproduceable.I think that if one needs a small reduction in fat, it might work, from what I hear, if it works one can expect about a 20% reduction in the area treated, just not sure that is enough for some people to see a difference. The machine works but forcefully sucking the area into rollers and then essentially freezing the fat cells in an attempt to damage the fat cells and let them dissolve slowly over time. It is for that reason that some areas may not be able to be treated due to the need to be able to pull the skin in-between the rollers. maybe ask the plastic surgeon if he is willing to discount the liposuction if it does not work. Best of luck. JG 7.6.11

Question:

I had extensive bruising following a minor lipo procedure to my hips two weeks ago. Will moderate walking help the trapped blood to dissolve more quickly and expedite the healing of the bruises? Thanks so much! Have a great holiday weekend, Dr. Garcia!

Answer:

it might help some by moving the areas a bit, but it is more a matter of time. All the best. JG 6.30.11

Question:

Which liposuction method would you estimate is the safest for love handles and abdomen? Thanks.

Answer:

I perform ultrasonic assisted liposuction, in experienced hands all liposuction techniques should be safe. JG 6.22.11

Question:

Dr. Garcia, Is Zerona or Zeftig really effective? Is there a noticeable change or would I be throwing away money on this treatments? Are there any good alternatives to liposuction? Thank you.

Answer:

of the 2, the Zeftig appears to have a large clinical effect, but I think I would wait to see if the results last. JG 6.6.11

Question:

If I get liposuction on my tummy can I drive myself home after the surgery or do I need someone else to drive me home?

Answer:

should have someone drive you. JG 5.20.11

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, have you heard of the aqualipo procedure? If so, what are your thoughts?

Answer:

no better than the old tried and true method of injecting fluid before aspirating the fat, in fact, it is likely less effective as part of the purpose of injecting and waiting was to reduce blood loss, and with the constant infusion and aspiration, there is no time for the medication that would cut the bleeding down for it to work. The aspirate in the collection bottle might look good, but one has to remember that it is mixed with a large amount of the fluid that was being put in at the same time, giving a false impression of the amount of blood loss and fat removed. JG 5.5.11

Question:

Hello Dr Garcia, is it possible to get lipo on my stomach, arms, flanks this year, even though i wanna start having babies by next year(im getting married next yr Jan). I wanna look good for my wedding and my new husband. Im already fit, i just want a more shapely body(coke bottle). Will getting pregnant a year later mess up my results, even if i lose weight after having babies? Thanks.

Answer:

it can be done yes. Gaining baby weight will not affect the fat removal but might stretch your skin out, that would have happened though with or without the liposuction. JG 4.20.11

Question:

I would like to know if I have lips dissolve or liposuction or anything to get rid of fat around the middle area around my waistling and below my belly button if it will make the skin lose and flabby when they dissolve or suck out or however it is done? I am not a big person at all, actually very thin, but I have some small rolls of fat around my middle. I just don`t want lose skin after the procedure.

Answer:

the larger the amount of fat, along with the presence of stretch marks or older skin make the possibility of loose skin higher. JG 3.28.11

Question:

Is Vaser Shape a possible alternative to Ultrashape?

Answer:

Vaser Shape is new, trying to capitilize on the methods used by UltraShape and I cannot say whether it will be as effective as UltraShape. I would wait for a while and see where it goes, but my initial impression would be that if it is effective at all at dissolving fat, it will not be as effective as UltraShape. JG 1.30.11

Question:

Hi Dr.G There`s a new machine out called EXILIS and it is suppose to be a revolutionary non-invasive device for wrinkle reduction, body contouring and skin tightening. There are about 30 machines in the U.S. as of now. My current ps is offering 4 sessions at $1250 for one area. Before I get suckered in, as usual, I run things by you first. Waste of money or it`s a go for it . What do you think? Thank you as always..Happy Holidays and Happy New Year to you and yours..

Answer:

skip it. A Happy Holiday and Prosperous New Year to you too. JG 12.22.10

Question:

Thank you, Dr. G., for your patience. What about Slimlipo? It is supposed to be better than smartlipo. Hype as well? Supposed to heal faster than smartlipo, reduces skin laxity post-healing, etc.

Answer:

same hype, companies and doctors, many not plastic surgeons trying to capitalize on patient fears and desires. Skip it. JG 12.12.10

Question:

Hi Dr. This is a follow up to the liposuction on the upper arms. If a small amount of fat is removed from the upper arm and bra area, is smartlipo ok? You said you are not a fan of smartlipo but if it is an issue of how fat is removed, why is conventional liposuction better? Also, what is considered a small amount of fat (vs. larger amount) for the upper arm area. I am a petite 5`2 woman, not overweight. Thank you.

Answer:

yes, I guess SmartLipo is OK, but I see no advantage to it over other forms of liposuction when the same amount is removed. I am not a fan of SmartLipo because I think they overstate and hype their claims of tightening the skin along with removing fat. All skin will shrink to some degree after liposuction and I think the effects claimed by SmartLipo in being superior in skin shrinkage are over hyped. Small is relative to the amount there is to begin with, there is no absolute amount that is small or large. There is obviously fat in the areas you are concerned about and the amount that can be removed from that area depends entirely on the total amount and the quality of the skin. Best of luck. JG 12.12.10

Question:

Hi Dr. G. How old is too old to consider liposuction in terms of skin laxity. I am 50, well-proportioned, and have overall good skin tone and tightness (according to my dermatologist/doctors). I have big arms for my frame, and can use some tightness in the arm/bra area that no diet or exercise will fix. What are my options? I have heard smartlipo may work because the laser will help tighten the skin. My concern for doing lipo is the possible side effect of skin laxity. What are your thoughts? If not smartlipo, what other options are available? Thank you as always!

Answer:

it depends on the amount of fat to be removed and the area of the body, some parts of the body shrink better than others, so age is not always a 100% guide. Conservative liposuction of the bra area and the arms can be done but those two areas are notorious for poor skin shrinkage. SmartLipo I do not feel will cause any skin contraction worthy of those claims. It at times achieves nice results only because only small amounts of fat are removed. I am not a believer in SmartLipo. I think you options are a very conservative liposuction in order to avoid the potential of loose skin, sorry. JG 12.11.10

Question:

Hi, Dr. Garcia. I saw my surgeon today for my 4 week post op appointment for abdominal liposuction. It looks to me like I have multiple contour deformities. It`s extremely rippled and lumpy, and I divots around the incisions. He claims that this is all just swelling and will settle down in about 6 months, but I must say, I`m not so sure. (I`m not someone who obsesses or worries much, but I have to say that this really doesn`t look good.) In your experience, is it common to have such prominent irregularities at 4 weeks, or is this early evidence that this procedure didn`t go well? Thanks for your help!

Answer:

it all depends on how much fat was removed, the greater the amount, the greater the number of the bumps that do actually get better. It also depends on how loose your skin is, tight skin fights against the irregularities whereas loose skin before the procedure makes it easier for the skin to fold during the first few weeks giving a rippled appearance. We always have our patients get professional massages on their areas of liposuction twice per week for three weeks starting a week after the liposuction to help swelling get better and allow the skin to redrape quicker. Massage it and give it some more time, all the best. JG 12.11.10

Question:

My plastic surgeon recommends fast lipo for contouring of the cheeks to eliminate marionette lines and laser to tighten the skin and eliminate wrinkles uner and around the eye area. What is your opinion on this approach versus ULTHERAPY?

Answer:

I think removing the fat from the face will cause premature aging and the laser around the eyes will give you at most 2 years of improvement. JG 12.10.10

Question:

whats the best form of non invasive liposuction for small areas?

Answer:

all liposuction is invasive to some degree, the size of the cannula can be reduced if desired and possible. JG 12.5.10

Question:

hi there. what do you think of Accent Radio Frequency to reduce small areas of fat on my arms and thighs as I do not want to undergo anything invasive such as liposcuction.. so what would be the best? laser lipo or accent radio frequency? thanks for your help.

Answer:

laser lipo is still liposuction, and as to the radiofrequency to reduce the fat, I personally would not perform it due to its unreliable results. JG 12.5.10

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had abdominal/flank lipo about a week ago. My doctors told me that I would be able to see the basic shape after a week, that I should wear the compression garment for three weeks, and that I should expect firmness for about three months. A week on, I`m terrified. I`ve managed to flatten out the lumps/dimples on the front through massage, mostly, but just below the rib cage on my flanks are large divots, and then my body expands out again like an hourglass. When I push the back love handle area forward and up, my body looks normal again, but no amount of massage seems to move the fat permanently back into these divots. Should I be worried? I was thinking about adding a second smaller compression bandage to the love handle area hoping that they will push the fat back up. What do you suggest?

Answer:

I think he was being optimistic about when you can see the basic shape, all you are seeing and feeling now is due to swelling and will get alot better, the basic shape will show itself closer to 4 weeks, got to hang in there for a bit more, but keep doing all you are doing. JG 11.18.10

Question:

I recently had abdominal liposuction. I`m planning to use the compression garment for at least 8 weeks, of course, but I wonder how long you usually have your patients continue to the use the foam that is placed immediately post-op under the garment. It`s really bulky. If it`s not especially useful after a certain number of days or weeks, I`d like to be able to ditch it and just use the compression garment alone. Thanks for your guidance, Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

we use the foam for one week. Best of luck. JG 11.15.10

Question:

What is your opinion on long term effects of laser and traditional liposuction? I was told by one doctor that it ages you faster because the fat is gone and the skin retracts but as you get older that becomes loose skin with no fat to fill it, so its more of a tradeoff. Do people end up needing a facelift in the future that have had liposuction? For young people, are there ways to prevent this sagging from happening? I didn`t have a big double chin to begin and was never informed of this prior to the procedure.

Answer:

I disagree with that comment for the body, although the fat is gone, the fat was not supporting the skin, if anything, the added weight of the fat would cause faster sagging. As to liposuction of the face, it is something I rarely do for the premature aging as he mentioned, but for lasers, the new collagen created will affect the aging only in a positive maner. When it comes to liposuction of the neck, that area behaves more like the rest of the body and should not sag any faster. All the best. JG 11.3.10

Question:

I know you don`t recommend particular physicians for legal reasons, Dr. Garcia, but I hope it`s OK for your readers to do so. I saw the recent posting from the person in New York who has suffered for five years with a large facial scar. I`m sure there are many plastic surgeons in New York who could improve it, but I would like to highly recommend Joel Feldman in Cambridge, MA. He focuses exclusively on the face and neck, and much of his 40 years in practice has been spent treating burns, so he has particular expertise in scars. He repaired a facial scar for my daughter many years ago and did a magnificent job. You really have to stare hard even to see it. He`s also a lovely and compassionate man. If your reader can travel to New England, I think it might be well worth her/his time. I do have a question for you, Dr. Garcia. How long does it typically take for the small scars from liposuction incisions on arms to fade? Thank you for all your help to so many people. God bless you.

Answer:

they will start to look better after 6 weeks but might take 6-12 months to get to their final result. I do think Joel Feldman is an excellent surgeon, I have know him for a long time and heard him speak at conferences for years. JG 10.31.10

Question:

I had a smartlipo revision done 2 weeks ago to blend a dent the first procedure left. It was a very small amount of fat taken from the area around the dent and along the jawline. It feels really firm under the skin, and doesn`t look much different yet as far as fat removed. The doctor that did the revision used a tiny cannula and used a syringe to suction out the fluid and fat. It only looks slightly different but a little unnatural because it`s so stiff. Is the stiffness still some swelling or is that scar tissue? I had that the first time, on the other side that I didn`t need a revision on, but do not remember the contour changing once it softened. Is it likely that the once the area that had the revision softens it will shrink some? The dent is very noticeable but also very tight and hard around it. I am confused as to why some people get this hardening under the skin and some do not and what exactly it is, scar tissue or swelling? It`s not lumpy or bumpy at all. Also, since the doctor used a syringe to extract the fat and not a vacuum like suctioning device, could it be that some of the fat treated did not get suctioned and will need to be absorbed? Or do they yield the same results? I was also told that revisions can cause more swelling since they are breaking through scar tissue?

Answer:

stiffness is likely just swelling at this point, too early to really form new scar tissue, that will take 6 weeks or more. The skin cannot shrink until all of the swelling is gone, so it will take time. The hardening can be from bleeding or the laser getting too close to the skin causing an irritation to the deeper dermal structures. In cases of small amonts of fat like yours, the syringe likely got the same amount of fat out as using the vacuum. Revisions do cause more swelling as the scar tissue that is already there does not absorb the swelling as easily. Best of luck. JG 10.12.10

Question:

Have you heard of cool sculpting where they actually freeze the fat and the body removes it naturally? Is it something that really works and do you do that procedure?

Answer:

I do tto perform it nor do I plan on performing it, I think the results are mild at best, very unpredictable, there are no long term studies as to whether the fat comes back or what happens. JG 9.21.10

Question:

Hi can manual liposuction help reduce scar tissue in the cheek? Also can ultrasound be used to reduce scar tissue in the cheek? Thankyou.

Answer:

the liposuction might release the scar tissue from the skin but not remove the scar tissue. The external ultrasound likely will soften the scar tissue after a series of sessions. JG 9.21.10

Question:

This may seem like a strange question, but is there any reason that fat (particularly after it`s been transplanted) should be more prone to pruritus than other tissue? I have had some fat injected in a few parts of my body over the past several years, and in each recipient site, I find that I am, intermittently, unusually itchy. Very strange. Maybe if you could think of a reason for this phenomenon, I might be able to figure out a way to ameliorate it a bit. Thanks ever so much for your kindness and help, Dr. Garcia!

Answer:

all I can guess is that there is some nerve inflammation or irritation, not a common issue I must say. Maybe try some anti-inflammatories or anti-histamines, best of luck. JG 9.21.10

Question:

Hi, Dr. Garcia. I had a small amount of fat manually suctioned from my arms 9 days ago. No tumescent fluid was used because we were harvesting the fat to inject it into a dent in my leg. When I took off the compression garment to change it today, I noticed that my arms appear rippled and dimpled. They are still swollen and hard, of course, and I don`t yet have full range of motion, particularly when I try to raise my arms over my head. In your experience, at this early stage of healing, are these common problems that are likely to resolve or are these symptoms of something that is wrong; for instance, are these early signs that I will have a contour deformity or muscle damage? Thanks for being there for all of us who find ourselves worrying, Dr. Garcia!

Answer:

that should all get better with time, but it will not be a fast resolution, it will likely be weeks. Having used tumescent would not have affected the fat in a bad way though, in terms of making it unavailable for re-injection, that tumescent fluid can be seperated off easliy. Massage and time should make it all better, hang in there. JG 9.18.10

Question:

Please Dr. Garcia, I hope you can help me I had Inner thigh lipo followed by a medial thigh lift over two months ago and the skin on my thighs are lumpy, my inner thighs still have fluid and my knees now have awful wrinkles.. I`m crying all the time because I had nice legs just some sag of the inner thighs now they looked ruined please please advise I`m so desperate!!!! I`m sick to my stomache

Answer:

got to give it time to settle in, there is a possibility you might need a little more skin removed, might want to see the surgeon to see if the fluid can be removed with a needle. All the best. JG 8.29.10

Question:

Hello dr I had surgery a little over a week for lipo on my abdomin,flanks and back and fat transfer to the buttocks and since then I notice that all of my vagina is turning really purple is extremely brused up and I didn`t even had lipo their I am a really sensetive person I bruse really easily but i don`t why is my vagina supper brused?

Answer:

swelling from the liposuction of the abdomen can cause swelling and bruising of the vagianl area, especially if wearing a compressive garment that pushes the fluid down there, it will all go away in time and leave no evidence it ever happened. JG 8.22.10

Question:

Good afternoon, I had lipo on my knees and thighs 2 1/2 wks ago, my skin is itching badly from knees down, any idea as to what kind of cream to ease it with? Thank you

Answer:

Benadryl cream should help, or orally too. JG 8.12.10

Question:

Four years ago, my surgeon over-reseected small areas of fat in my lower medial thighs, creating dents -- and now, the dreaded knee wrinkles -- over my knees. He tried to correct it with several rounds of fat injections three years ago and two years ago, but they didn`t take. While he was doing that, a permanent greenish-blue bruise developed in both creases, which he believed was scar tissue showing through the skin. We`ve now moved to Sculptra, and that`s helped a little bit more than the fat in filling in the dents (though not completely), but those big greenish-blue discolorations are still visible. (My husband says it looks like we put police tape around the crime scene because it only brings more attention to the area!) If these were hematomas, I should think they would have resolved by now. Heat and massage haven`t done anything to help them, by the way. There`s probably nothing to be done about it at this point, but I thought I`d ask. Any suggestions? Thanks, Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

might be some dermal marking from the old hematomas with staining, a series of YGA laser treatments might help fade the color so to draw less attenion,also, scar tissue is not blueish green. All the best. JG 8.4.10

Question:

Hi Garcia, How long after having vaser lipo on upper and lower abdomen can one sleep on their stomach? Thanks

Answer:

3-4 weeks. JG 7.25.10

Question:

In regards to the smartlipo post operative question, do you have laser liposuction at your office or a small enough cannula to fix a 1-2mm area? It`s a tiny area that just needs to be taken up a hair to blend the dent. I would like someone who is experienced in revisions and also very detailed and careful as I do not want to make the area even worse. I like that you have an art background in addition to PS. I haven`t seen that in any doctors credentials before. I live on the East coast but would be willing to travel to Vegas for a consult. Since I originally had smartlipo is it best to fix it with the same procedure or would regular lipo be okay? The doctor that advised me to do smartlipo to the area only does regular lipo and told me for such a tiny spot it would be impossible to do with lipo, he also advised that even in 6 months if it doesn`t shrink on it`s own to leave it and not try to correct it. I have had one dr tell me I could get better results with a revision and one dr tell me to leave it alone. I would obviously like more than 2 opinions. How does regular lipo differ from smartlipo and why is it that so many sites say for small areas laser lipo is better than traditional?

Answer:

just about any plastic surgeon that does liposuction on the face and neck should have a cannula that can do that for you. There are surgeons that do revision surgeries and enjoy it, I have done them for many years but I no longer do revision surgery on patients that had surgery elsewhere. I am fortunate that I am busy enough with new patients that I no longer do revision surgery. It is fine to have regular liposuction done after SmartLipo, the fat removal technique is the same, the difference would be in the alledged dissolving of the fat created with the laser only, the fat removal is the same. Where the other surgeon that does not do SmartLipo has the advantage that I do not is in seeing you in person, there are many cases where the potential negatives outweigh the advantages and things should be left alone though. At times, a surgeon may feel the risk is worth it and other times no. As to many sites claiming that SmartLipo is better than traditional lipo is becasue of marketing. There are many senarios where it has been discoverd that many blogs contain false postings written by people that work for docotrs and have never had the surgery at all, they are all lies. I am not saying that is the truth with the sites you have read, but the most famous case was in the state of New York where a 10 million dollar fine was imposed on the LifeStyle Lift for doing such things. Best of luck. JG 7.15.10

Question:

It has been 5 months since my smartlipo procedure (underneath the chin) I have had two consultations about a possible revision. The area of fullness (fat pocket) left is only about 1-2mm. I was told that regular lipo can not remove such a small amount, that smartlipo would be a better choice for such a tiny amount of sculpting. One doctor said I could do it now, and another doctor said it`s best to wait a full year for any lipo revision because it still may shrink and if I got the procedure now I might end up having too much removed causing more of an issue. What is your opinion on touch up procedures/revisions? It is an area of fullness next to an are of over suction, creating a dent. When you pinch the area of fullness the dent goes away....I realize there is no way to make it perfect but I would like some improvement and keep hearing you are fully healed by 3 - 6 months, especially on small areas. Do any changes occur after 6 months that would affect the touch-up?

Answer:

I do agree that waiting 6-12 months for a revision is best, but as to regular liposuction not being able to remove that small amount of fat, whoever told you that is obviously poorly educated. There have been small cannulas of the size used in SmartLipo for almsot 20 years, sounds like they are trying to sell you on something they spent money to buy. The changes after 6 months are subtle, and as to smoothing out the fullness versus the dents, once you make the layer of skin smooth, then it will look better. JG 7.13.10

Question:

thank you so much for your very quick reply and your support

Answer:

hope it helps. JG 7.11.10

Question:

i am so upset I hope there is something i can do and i figured jf anyone knows you would.my problem is I had liposuction a couple of weeks ago on abd,flank area and waist i am so upset I cant tell you 6,000 dollars later I have dents around my umbilicus,my flanks appear deep and uneven I have been covering my body for many years from embarasment now i am back to where I started is there any thing I could do except continue to wear girdles also people are asking let me see your stomach you look great they have no idea how bad i look I am very down in dumps wish i never did it. Is the surgeon supposed to fix some of this mess or is his job over I know he is not going to be happy when he sees me for f/u .i probably would have had a few customers fro him if he had he done a good job .I feel so ripped of this money really set me back if it came out good It would be a different story.please if you think of any thing I could do please advise me.Thanks again

Answer:

well, I will say that the first 6 weeks after liposuction will go through lots of changes so the first thing is to give it some time. I do agree 100% that you need to see your surgeon and let them see things so they can appreciate the issue at hand. Final results will not be seen for about 6 months after the surgery, so if something needs to be done, I suggest waiting at least that amount of time. What will need to be done at that point in time can be some further liposuction to the surrounding areas, possibly fat injections to fill in small dents.I wish you hte best and hang in there, things will likely get better with some time. JG 7.11.10

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, given how Zeltiq works (freezing + vacuum application) it seems to me that this could cause or worsen stretch marks. Does this make medical sense and have you heard of such effects?

Answer:

it makes no medical sense and I would not recommend it. JG 7.8.10

Question:

hi doc cant tell you how much your time and advise is appreciated.my question is this recently(3 days ago) I had liposuction done of abdomin ,waist and flank area.right now of course I am a mess of bruising swelling my concern is skin laxticity around umbilicus( it`s pretty minimal but there) I have pretty good skin tone is it possible with time for some tone to return if so how long does that take or is there any thing I could do to help this problem? thanks again for your advise

Answer:

the skin tone is not affected by the liposuction, if you had good tone before, then it will remain good. Good skin before liposuction yields a better result after the lipo than in someone that has poor skin tone. But the most important factor is amount of fat removed. Peopel with good skin tone that have large volumes of fat removed from one area can still be left with loose skin I am afraid. Final skin tightening will take up to 6 months as the skin cannot fully tighten until all the swelling is gone. All the best. JG 6.28.10

Question:

Hello Dr. Have you had any experience or heard anything about lipo ex. Is it safe? Is it effective? Thank you in advance!

Answer:

save your money. JG 6.8.10

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia! I have had lipo in the past but am considering a light repeat. However, recently I have heard about something called Zerona. Question: If you wanted to try this first before lipo is this method, since I understand it deals with heat, a prohibitive of later following up with lipo if you were not happy with the Zerona results. As well, if you have had lipo in the past is this a method not compatible, something you should not have done or could result in a poor outcome because of previously having had lipo. All in all..what is your opinion of the Zerona it`s touted results versus tumescent liposuction. Thanks a million doc for all you do!!

Answer:

the liposuction can be done after the Zerona fails. I do not perform nor believe the hype with Zerona, it is technology that has been around for a long time, has very little to any science to prove its effectiveness and is just preying on patient`s hopes and dreams of avoiding surgery. I personally think it is a scam to try to get patients in to try and then switch them over to liposuction, sorry. Best of luck. JG 6.8.10

Question:

Hello Sir. I am a male and had lipo about 3 years ago, my doctor made one of the incisions in my belly button and since that time it is no longer round ( it almost appears to be collapsed)like it was prior to the surgery. Is there any way to correct this or am I stuck with it? Thank You

Answer:

in some cases a small amount of skin can be removed to open the belly button more but it is hard to say without feeling the skin to see if that would work. JG 6.4.10

Question:

hi i weight 210 pounds and i would like to remove 50 to 60 pounds of fat, how much would it be to get a lipo?

Answer:

ia think you are a case for diet, exercise and weight loss and not liposuction. Liposuction should not be done to lose weight. Sorry. JG 6.1.10

Question:

How long after any type of liposuction to the submental/neck region does it take for skin to contract or adhere/mold to it`s new shape? Does skin contract evenly or is it possible to have some areas that contract faster than others?

Answer:

at least 6 months, in people with a large amount of fat removed and older patients it might take longer for the skin to shrink back down as much as it will. Skin does not always contract evenly but in most cases it does. JG 4.11.10

Question:

Hi, I had 2 sessions of LipoEx in spa and after those 2 sessions I started felling a hard ball inside my skin, due to the intensity of the pain I had an emergency surgery to remove it and turned that it was a fat clot necrosis. Do you believe that it could be caused by LipoEx? Now I want to discontinue the treatment but seems that I will not get my money back (I paid for 10 sessions unfortunatelly) and I`m not sure if it`s safe or not.

Answer:

it certainly is due to the use of the LipoEx and if you already had that problem, it could happen again. I suggest you do not proceed with an further sessions. JG 4.9.10

Question:

I had lypo on my stomach, saddlebags, bra roll and under arm pits above my breast in December of 2010. I am scheduled for my six month check up in June. I would like another opinion on whether enough fat was taken or not. Should I go to another Dr in the same area or find one that is in another town? I spoke to the Dr about my concerns in the 3 month appointment and he said he took all he could, but I do not beleive he did. How do I know? I still have a roll under my bra pretty big on one side and not much smaller on the other side. I just worry that if I go to another Dr in the local area he will possibly mention to my DR that I went behind his back for a second opinion. Please don`t get me wrong, I am very pleased with my results other than I think I would like a touch up done on these places. Should I go with local or general ansthesic?

Answer:

well, the one in a different town might give you a slightly more objective opinion. I will say that in many cases the patient thinks there was not enough fat removed but what remains is the necessary layer of fat to avoid dimples and then a large amount of loose skin that cannot shrink due to age and location. As to the type of anesthesia for the touch up, it depends on how much needs to be removed, no way for me to tell. Sorry and best of luck. JG 3.30.10

Question:

Is it true that 90% of your results can be seen at 1 month post liposuction?

Answer:

maybe for a very small area in most cases where significant amounts of fat are removed it is more like 50%. JG 3.15.10

Question:

What do you think of the new lipo/laser called Zenora? Does it actually do what the doctors offering it claim? I would like to have slimmer upper arms but worry about laxity. Thank you for your guidance.

Answer:

I think they are making claims that are overinflated. There is no science behind the tightening in particular. JG 3.15.10

Question:

If there is puffiness above the jawline bone does it mean that too much fat was removed making the jawline look higher up or could swelling be above the area worked on? I have heard stories of too much fat being sucked out.

Answer:

there can be contour issues if the fat was not feathered in some way. JG 3.15.10

Question:

If there was a pucker/dent on my jawline which was there when I took the bandage off, so from day 2 until now almost 3 weeks later, is that most likely permanent or is there a chance that in time it might fill in somehow? There was very little fat removed so I am surprised I am healing slowly/poorly.

Answer:

no, still too early to say if it will be permanent. There was not much fat removed, yes, but the passing of the cannula is likely what caused the tethering.Hang in there. JG 3.14.10

Question:

Thank you for your prompt reply regarding my smartlipo procedure. I also have experienced some nerve damage. I can smile but my lower lip doesn`t move down. Other than smiling you can`t really tell. There are times I talk and the lower lip only moves on one side and I sound funny, but that seems to be improving slowly. I am two weeks out, almost 3 and was told the smile and speech will improve 100% but to give it time. I am hoping my smile/speech is not permanently damaged. Also when smartlipo is done is it possible that maybe all the fat doesn`t get suctioned out? When I mentioned my complaint about puffiness and loose skin earlier, if say it is fat left behind, would the laser have melted it and eventually it will disappear? I am confused because some smartlipo patients say they didn`t have suction, I know I did and the side that I am experiencing all the puffiness, uneveness and dimple I remember the doctor was more aggressive in that area or at least I felt it more. From the second day when the nurses removed the bandages I noticed that side looked a little uneven and the dimple and they reassured me that it was just swollen and that everything looked good. It will be 3 weeks post op on Tuesday and it only looks slightly better than it did from day one.

Answer:

the nerve bruising might be up to 6 weeks to return. It is possible for some fat to be left behind, no matter what technique is used for the removal. Need to give it some more time. JG 3.14.10

Question:

I had smartlipo under the jawline/chin two weeks ago. I had minimal bruising and one side looks perfect, just a little tender and feels tight, but am happy with the way it looks. The other side, the jawline looks slightly uneven in one area. Underneath you can see a dimple, is more noticeable when I turn my head to look over my shoulder...and you can also see wrinkles next to the dimple, again only when I turn my head. It is also slightly puffy or loose underneath in one small area (same side as the other imperfections). It is also tender. Could this be swelling on the side that has these imperfections? Is it too early to panic? I only had maybe 20 cc`s taken out. My doctor said it was a swollen lymph node that is causing it too look puffy underneath, but the puckering/dimple is what I am most concerned about at this point. It feels very tight and hard to tilt my head back and look up. Is it normal that one side can look so good and has almost healed, and the other side is still swollen and kind of loose?

Answer:

still likley swelling and some adherence of the skin to the underlying tissues that with time and massage should get better. Hang in there. JG 3.13.10

Question:

Hello Dr.Garcia, Do you have a preference for a local or general when doing lipo on thighs for someone who is at normal body weight . Thank you

Answer:

I always use general anesthesia. JG 2.21.10

Question:

Have you heard anything on zerona?? Dos it wok for fat reduction?

Answer:

yes I have heard of it and I would not spend a penny on it. JG 2.18.10

Question:

Would a combination of subcision, smart-lipo and thermage be the best treatment for Cellulite? Would a maintenance program of velashape or endermologie afterwards help? I`m looking for the best treatment options no matter how invasive the procedure may be.

Answer:

I think the VelaShape or Endermologie will help while you are using them, as to the Thermage, Smart-lipo and subcision, I would not waste my money on them for cellulite reduction. JG 2.17.10

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, You`ve commented that people that are happy with their lipo dont usually go on posts. After reading your archives, I am wondering what kind of positive results (in percentages) you can achive on women over 45 as far as lipo on hips/thighs and the worry of leftover loose skin. I wouldnt have anyone else do it but you, but I feel its almost senseless to come in for a consult do to the fact that I`m 49. I`m 5`8, 159 lbs and have worked out my whole life but have the usual trouble spots. I work out on average 7-10 hours per week but was a 1970`s sun lover. Any hope to offer? Thanks for your time.

Answer:

well, it will depend on how much is taken off and how the skin is, if there are lots of stretch marks and a lot of fat to be removed, the skin can become loose. Having said that, hips and thighs are areas where skin tends to shrink better than the abdomen or arms due to the attachments of the skin to the underlying muscle. The less fat that is removed, the less risk there is of saggy skin, but the less fat that is removed, the less the degree of improvement. It will be balance. JG 2.15.10

Question:

I had smartlipo to my upper back and flank area 7/09/09 with bad results including draping and more fat rolls. 1700cc`s of fat was removed. The Dr offered a revision at which an additional 900cc`s were removed. The revision was to my lower back, flank and hip area. The revision was 2/9/10. I am 5`10 213lbs with a bmi of over 30. I have two questions to ask you. Was 2600cc of total fat removal a lot of fat removed? Also, can I take a detoxifying body cleanse supplement to help me pass the lasered fat while I am recovering from the revision?

Answer:

that is tto a lot of fat for the areas you had removed, but the results vary greatly on the perosn and what they had to begin with. Everyone can get liposuction done, but it takes experience to know what it will look like after the procedure is done. Many times, as it appears in your case, fat was removed and it left the skin loose and with more folds. I guess you now see that the hype about SmartLipo is not all that it is cracked up to be. You can certainly take a detoxifying body cleanse if you wish but I am afraid it will not help you remove any fat that you were told was lasered. You have to give it time and see how it all settles in, that might take a few months. Best of luck. JG 2.10.10

Question:

Dr. Garcia, 1. Do you have any experience/opinion with Lipo-Ex for fat removal? 2. You are recommending Arnica and Bromelain pills 1-2 days before a liposuction procedure - what is the dose of Arnica and Bromelain that you recommend? Thanks.

Answer:

we use Arnica 6X at 4 trouches sublingual 4 times per day and bromealin 200mg twice daily. As to he Lipo-Ex, sorry, no experience with it. JG 2.7.10

Question:

Hello. I used to have very round face. After the first pregnancy ( 30 years old) my cheeks in buccal area are gone, Would you recommend fat grafting or other fillers for that problem? I have read so many negatives on fat transfer I am scared. But there are negatives about everything. Since the doctor does not overfill I will not get lumps? I asked the doctor about lupms and he said that the way he does it I should not worry. The same answer I got for uneven cheeks. But how can he promise that since some of the fat reobsorbes? Thank you very much.

Answer:

I think fat injections or Sculptra are an option. I think promises are difficult to fulfill in surgery, so just be conservative. Best of luck. JG 1.31.10

Question:

i AM THINKING OF GETTING LIPO FOR THE BRA FAT AREA . WHAT ARE THE RESULTS USUALLY LIKE? IS THIS AN EASY AREA TO EXPECT GOOD RESULTS? WHAT ARE THE CHANCES OF LUMPI/UNEVEN AREAS ETC. WHAT IS THE PAIN IN THAT AREA LIKE AFTER THE PROCEDURE?

Answer:

all depends on how much fat there is and if there is loose skin to start off with, the more fat that is removed, potentially the greater the chance for loose skin afterwards. In many cases it is a good option, but not in all, no way for me to tell without seeing you in person though. JG 1.24.10

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, Can you comment on the efficacy of the zerona laser? Its supposed to eliminate fat in areas like the abdomen, etc, but with little to no downtime. I know it sounds too good to be true so I`m skeptical but just thought I would check. If it does work, can it be used on the neck for a double chin? I`m not overweight but since menopause have lost my jawline and also have the dreaded muffin top. Is lipo the only solution?

Answer:

I will be honest, that technology has been around for a number of years and the claims made and the photos of the cell disruption have been shown to not be accurate. Also, the patient photos they show have, from what I have been told, patients that were placed on diet and exercise programs too along with the Zerona, I would not spend my money on the machine or a treatment either. JG 1.18.10

Question:

So it seems you are saying that Smart Lipo and Liposuction would yield the same results for the double chin and batwings?

Answer:

if the same amount of fat is removed with the same size cannulas, yes. That is part of the unfair claims, they show patients that have a lot less fat remved so the results are different when compared to aggressive liposuction cases done with other techniques. Best of luck. JG 12.3.09

Question:

Thanks for the reply (re: Slim lipo and Fraxel repair). Boy, they really tout that slim lipo, may I ask why you feel it is a waste? And what - if anything - I can do about the chubby upper arms? I did traditional lipo years ago on my thighs and I have to tell you, I think that is a good part of why my thighs have lots of cellulite and are lumpy. I was only 20 when I got the first thigh lipo (20 years ago) so it wasn`t that I could have had that kind of skin even then. My legs - for years - have looked like they should belong on a 60 year old!!! They are lumpy, bumpy, saggy - you name it! And here I exercise 5 days a week!

Answer:

there is absolutley no scientific article published in a non-biased journalthat back their claims of superior skin shrinking. The loose skin or cellulite appearance is more likely due to the amount of fat removed and the quality of the skin. If they had taken out less fat years ago, you likely would have had a smoother result, my preferecnce is an ultrasonic assited liposuction and I also stress that the results, especially in places like arms have to be downplayed as that skin never shrinks as well as other areas. Best of luck. JG 12.2.09

Question:

I am having Smart Lipo on my double chin and lower arms (batwings) in a few weeks. I am going to a good plastic surgeon who did my breast augmentation with perfect results (CPG Study Physician). He is not exaggerating claims, but feel it is a good alternative for a mid-life touchup when major surgery is not needed yet. He is going to be conservative (since I am worried about skin saggin) and offered to touch up later at no cost if I would like more fat out. I am 50 years old and about 15 pounds overweight. I am not doing this so much for the weight as for the sagging which he attributes to aging and can improve the appearance. If you have any thoughts or advice on this procedure. It is still expensive and I want to use my money wisely.

Answer:

well, I am not a believer in the claims of better skin tightening with SmartLipo, I think if you had regular liposuction with the same amount taken off, the results would be the same. Best of luck. JG 12.1.09

Question:

Dr. Garcia, what is your opinion of tumescent lipo done under local? From what I read it yields a quicker healing time but the thought of not being numbed up enough and potentially feeling the procedure is kind of unsettling. If I were to opt for lipo this way I would address my saddlebags (even though I hate to admit ownership!), abdomen and lovehandles--is that too much to do under local? I don`t think I need alot taken out as I am definitely not overweight but just have areas of concern. Thank you for your answer!

Answer:

I think the quicker healing time has never been proven or published in a medical journal, it is all a marketing ploy to get people to choose that over a traditional anesthetic. In many case, in tolerant patients, it can be done, but the problems arise when you get to an area that is not adequately numbed and you cannot perform the liposuction to the desired degree. I will also say that the process of numbing the area with long needles and injecting large amounts of fluid is not always as easy as they promote or claim. I do not use tumescent local anesthesia for liposuction unless it is a very samll area for touch ups only. Best of luck. JG 11.30.09

Question:

Hi. I had lipo in my arms 7 months ago. I have many irregularities. What can be done? Do you think it`s worth doing a touch-up or will it just get worse? I want nice arms!!!!!!

Answer:

might benefit from some undermining of the skin to release it from the underlying tissues or some fat injections to smooth it out. I cannot say whether it is worth it without seeing you in person, sorry. JG 11.30.09

Question:

hello, there was a previous post on the lipo procedure by Zerona, can you please elaborate on why you are not a believer of this procedure, thank you

Answer:

there have been studies done at Washington Univesity in St Louis where the technology has been examined and published in medical journals and the claims of fat cell disruption have been disproven.JG 11.28.09

Question:

Hi doctor, can you provide me with any information on the `zerona` liposuction procedure. Does it really work, or is it hype? Thanks for any information that you are able to provide me; I just don`t feel like throwing away 2000.00+.

Answer:

sorry, I am not a believer. JG 11.24.09

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia. I am considering getting lipo on my abdomen, and thighs. I am 5`4 115 lbs. Before I had my daughter 17 months ago I weighed 107 and was very happy ( toned ) with the way I looked. After reading all these questions about lipo and how it gives you lumps or makes your skin uneven etc. I am worried. I don`t want to look worse, I want to look better and sagging plus lumps doesn`t sound pleasant. Does this happen all the time? I can tell you that I have very little body fat and I read from one person that she was in so much pain for months and had lots of scar tissue. Should I even consider lipo? Is there anyone who is actually happy from lipo that doesn`t end up with lumps or saggy lines?

Answer:

the lumps are infrequent, it is just that people do not go on blogs to talk about things when they are happy. As to sagging skin after liposuction, the can happen if you have poor skin tone before the liposuction. Extended periods of pain are very rare and are the exception. I would say that over 95% of people are happy. JG 11.13.09

Question:

I had lipolite back in begining of June. My stomack was basically one large knot. After 5 Vela treatments and 2 additional treatments with Lipo Disolve, I still have large nodules. Will this ever go away on it`s own? The remedy the clinic is trying to give me now is if I pay a lot more money they will happily give me more lipodissolve and vela treatments. Still with no guarantee that this will even work. I feel like they are used car salesmen just trying to get more money out of me, but I`m really unhappy with the results that I have right now.

Answer:

it might get better to some extent, but it will likely take one year or so to get to wherever you will be long term. The Vela treatments are temporary and I am not a believer in lipodissolve, the improvement you had from that is likely something you would have had even without it. Wish I had more to offer.JG 11.11.09

Question:

In response to your reply to my question. No I am not inclined to file a law suit. However to fix the damage this doctor has done by removing so much fat is huge. Can I ask for a refund of the money I paid for the procedure so that I can try to get the problem repaired by a real plastic surgeon? Thank you.

Answer:

I think that is a reasonable request, yes. JG 11.11.09

Question:

Dr. Garcia, one year ago I had smart lipo on my outer and inner thighs. This was fat that did not respond to exercise. I work out daily and eat well. The doctor removed fat all the way to my muscle leaving large indentions (huge). When I lay down I can actually store my reading glasses inside of the indentions on my outer thighs. I was 49 and in decent shape, not overweight. I do know that the doctor was a ob/gyn and was not a plastic surgeon, but he was actually teaching other doctors how to do the smart lipo procedure, so I assumed he was experienced. He did try to correct it by putting fat back in, but that only lasted a few months. My question is this, what recourse do I have. I am deformed, literally. People are shocked when they see me in tights or pants and have made hurtful comments as it is very noticable. One leg sinks in where he removed fat from the inner thigh and the other he didn`t remove very much, so they look lop-sided. Advice?

Answer:

well repeat fat injections might help, as to legal options, if you are so inclined, a lawsuit could be filed, I think the issue here is getting the word out that people need to investigate the doctor more thoroughly before undertaking a surgery. I am sorry to hear about your problems. JG 11.11.09

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia, What is your opinion on the new Bodytite procedure? I know that the procedure is still in FDA trials, but so far the data looks promising. I`m particularly impressed by the hight percentage of skin tightening that takes place with the procedure as opposed to other lipo. methods. Also, there are cosmetic surgeons in my area who are giving `special pricing` while the bodytite procedure is in trials. Would you wait until it is FDA approved and more data is available? Your opinion is very much appreciated! Very truly yours, Kim

Answer:

I would at least wait until it is approved for use in the US with FDA clearance. As to the claims, I will be honest, I think some of the claims are a little hyped, they like to show pictures from certain views, but they are careful not to show other views on the same patient where the limitations of the procdure become evident. All of the visual skin tightening shown on the interent is on skin that has already been cut out and if you also notice, the probe is not moved, thereby it heats the skin to a much higher and more dangerous level. If you see the procedure being performed, you will see constant motion of the probe to avoid skin burns, similar skin burns that have been seen with radiofrequency treatments of the skin on the face. Cheap is not always a good idea. I would certainly wait. JG 11.7.09

Question:

I had an indentation left after smart lipo. I am going to have it fixed by putting fat back in. However around that area the skin seems to be pigmented. Why would it be like that?? Will that go away with time?? Or is there something else I need to do to fix that? Thanks for always answering my questions :)

Answer:

the pigmentation can be from the liposuction, and more so in Smart Lipo as the laser can injure the skin more than in regular lipo. it might get better with the fat injections, but it can also be permanent. I think the fat injections are the best option at this time. Best of luck. JG 11.1.09

Question:

you said fat is a good option, what about fillers??? Do you know any dr. that would help with that?? Obviously I don`t wantto go back to the doctor that caused the indentions to do anything else to me

Answer:

I think off he shelf fillers would not last too long and would be quite expensive, Sculptra would be the one that would last the longest.I think you would need to call around to see who would be willing to take the problem on, sorry. JG 10.23.09

Question:

What do you think about using fillers to fix a dent left by lipo?? Or about taking fat from somewhere else and injecting i back in the area?? Is his something you could do @ you office?

Answer:

I think fat is a good option but we at present are not accepting revisions form other surgeons, sorry. JG 10.23.09

Question:

What is your opinion of the no lipo lipo treatments? Just saw an article about it and of course look to you for your professional opinion.

Answer:

the simple answer is NO to the no lipo lipo, if it sounds too good to be true, it is. More people trying to change the name on old things that never worked in an attempt to fool new people. JG 10.20.09

Question:

I am tryig o lose a few more pounds before doing lipo. Do you know do any of those fat burners really work?? O do any of the diet pills work? Thanks.

Answer:

I think a this point it is best to lose the weight in a manner that you can keep it off without those types of things, otherwise, your fat will return after the liposuction. JG 10.10.09

Question:

You are appreciated Dr. Garcia! My inner thighs are a fist full of fat and it doesn`t sit well with me. I am getting tired of spandex under everything. I am 48 years old. I exercise regularly, even did spinning classes for a while thinking I could peddle off this stubborn inner thigh fat.Even with exercise and machines over a two year period this inner thigh fat just got fatter.I know lipo will solve this issue. But the fat you suck out, can it be used as fillers?

Answer:

the fat can be used as a filler, will last about as long as other off the shelf fillers, but at your age, that inner thigh skin can be left looking a little loose, and in some cases needs to have skin cut out later and those scars can be significant, so something to consider. Thanks for the kind words too. JG 10.5.09

Question:

I had smartlipo on my knees. Four days ago they did lasaer( I believe IPL) to help reduce the scarring and also help a bit with the denting. Today my knees in that area is still bright bright red. Is that something normal or is it possible that it is a burn. Anything I can do to help heal? Thanks for the info you always give :)

Answer:

well, I have to say that I cannot say whether it is normal because that was a totally ridiculous thing to do, I have never seen it attempted and thereofree cannot say if it is normal because there is no reason to do it to begin with. I think my first advise it not to go back there, and find a different doctor before they do something that can be permanent and not be able to be corrected, sorry. JG 9.21.09

Question:

I talked to you about smartlipo around my knees before and that it is hard where it was done?? Where can I go to have massaging done?? I am told it is probably scar tissue develpoing ang the massaging will break it and make it soft?? Is that correct?? Or is there anything else you can suggest I dp tp improve it. Thanls for your help.

Answer:

any masseuse can do it for you, at a spa for instance. Best of luck. JG 8.25.09

Question:

I had liposuction on my arms 4 months ago. I ahve many weird dents. What do you recommend to fix this problem. Am I stuck woth these forever? Thanks

Answer:

hard to say without seeing you. In some cases a small amount of dissection and release of the skin from the underlying tissue with a minimal amount of fat removed from the higher areas can leave a smoother result. In those cases there can be a little loose skin left though. In other more severe cases, the dents are so severe that small improvements are possible but not a complete removal. Wish I could tell you more. JG 8.13.09

Question:

What do you think of LipoLite as a procedure? Thanks.

Answer:

I cannot recommend it. JG 8.12.09

Question:

I had maxillofacial surgery in which my mandible was reduced in size and repositioned to correct a severe 5-7 mm underbite. The length of my chin was also reduced through sliding genioplasty. A lot of support structure for soft tissue was removed, and I have sagging tissue under the chin. I want a crisp neckline again, if possible. I have been told by one surgeon that liposuction alone should be sufficient, but another surgeon said better results would come from endoscopic cervicoplasty to get deeper fat pockets. Is it true that endoscopic surgery is required to get fat under the platysma? Does placement of sutures to corset the neck give the best result? Finally, what procedure do you use to restore the crispest neckline possible? Thank you so much!

Answer:

Well, I think liposcution alone will not do it and I think a platysmaplasty alone will not do it eithr, it will require tissue tightening and skin excision as there is an excess of tissue that tightening alone will likely not take care of, so in essence, it is a facelift. JG 8.10.09

Question:

I HAD SMARTLIPO ABOUT 6 WEEKS AGO AROUND THE KNEES AND BACK OF THIGHS. AROUND MY KNEES IS STILL QUITE BRUISED AND IT FEELS HARD UNDERNEATH. IS THAT NORMAL AFTER SURGERY? ANYTHING TO HELP IT HEAL FASTER?? I WAS TAKING ALOT OF ARNICA RIGHT AFTER SURGERY?? SHOULD I START TAKING IT AGAIN?

Answer:

It can be like that with any liposuction, yes. Every surgeon has a different post-operative protocol but we have all our patients have massages done after to help the swelling abate and the skin to shrink. I think arnica at this point will not do much. All the best. JG 8.8.09

Question:

For a male who has lost the definition between chin and neck, but does not have the loose gobbler neck, would you recommend a neck lift or can you achieve good results with neck lipo??

Answer:

neck lift more likely than not. JG 7.28.09

Question:

Hi Doc! How important is the compression garment after lipo? Does it affect how it will look like when it`s all healed or only helps with regards to healing time and amount of swelling? I`m asking because I had lipo 5 days ago and I can`t stand the garment! It`s so itchy and I can`t breathe. I`m willing to wait longer to heal just so I don`t wear it. Unless of course it affects end appearance. Does it Doc? Hope you are doing well and success is still pouring in. :-)

Answer:

well, I believe it helps get the swelling down faster and helps with patient comfort, but there are some surgeons out there that do not use them for very long. Try wearing a cotton t-shirt undernwath to help with the itching.I do not think it will hurt the final result, it just speeds thinsg up is all. All here is good and thanks for the kind words. JG 7.23.09

Question:

I had some lipo last friday. I have a couple circular hole from were the cannula was inserted. Is there anything hat will help those heal faster. I am allergic to neosporin.

Answer:

you can try Bacitracin maybe. JG 7.13.09

Question:

I have an appt for smart lipo ( areas- back of thigh and a little around the knees) with a dr that is aacp certified and chief of internal medicine at a hospital. Do you think that is certified enough for that type of surgery. I had one pevious experience before but supposely he has done alot of these surgies. Thanks for the advice

Answer:

no, I feel that internal medicine doctors are not surgoens, are not trained as surgeons and I would not have it do it on me or my family. Would you have your plastic surgeon treat your diabetes after taking a weekend course? JG 6.30.09

Question:

Instead of doing the smart lipo do ay of those things work like the titan laser that is suppose to tighten skin or thermage?? I am interested for the area of the thighs. Also do you do any of these things?

Answer:

not, sorry, they do not. I do ultrasonic assisted and traditional liposuction but there are no mimimally invasive techniques that tighten thigh skin, if anything, it is major surgery. JG 6.25.09

Question:

I have smart lipo surgery scheduled next week with Dr. Vinay Bararia, MD. Have you ever heard of him and does he have good credentials for doing that sort of surgery.

Answer:

why wodul you have a palstic surgery procedure done by an internal medicine doctor who was trained to treat high blood presure and diabetes who is not a surgoen, doe snt oahve privleges to perfrom liposuction at any hospital or surgery center in town and failed his license exam 19 times? Any credentials he has to perform surery of that type were purchased.JG 6.24.09

Question:

I had a bad experience with smart lipo before on the buttocks.The dr. removed too much fat and I had to put on weight to have fat injected back in and a but lift to correct the problem. Today I am now left with some extra fat that I am again considering lipo for. Do you think smart lipo is a bad idea. Is it better to do regular lipo? I am wanting to rid a little bit of fat on my thighs and arms. I am 35.

Answer:

I think SmartLipo is a bad idea, yes. I think regular or ultrasonic assisted would be my choice. JG 6.24.09

Question:

Why does cellulite on sides of buttocks get worse after liposuction? I never noticed I had cellulite untila fter liposuction. How does liposuction make it worse?

Answer:

because the skin can in some cases get looser. JG 6.23.09

Question:

Hello, I had a breast reduction 7 months ago with liposuction in upper abdomen area. It looks like I never had the liposuction and I am still having alot of swelling and bloating in my upper abdomen. I thought the swelling would be gone by now. Is this unusual?

Answer:

hard to say, you might not have been a good candidate for the liposuction to begin with, you need to go back and see the surgeon and ask them what is going on. JG 6.23.09

Question:

Which of the lipo procedures are the safest or less risks involved. I am am male and interested in the love handles and abdomen section - approx 25-30 lbs overweight

Answer:

I believe ultrasonic assisted liposuction would be my choice. JG 6.23.09

Question:

Have you heard of Zerona lipo and how effective is it? Thanks.

Answer:

not by that name, sorry. JG 6.23.09

Question:

what do you think of smartlipo which my doctor does perform?

Answer:

I think it is a lot of hype with very little to back up the claims. JG 5.13.09

Question:

I had neck & submental liposuction 2 weeks ago with restylane to my marionette lines. I am 50, and the surgeon told me he only removed a few fat cells. He told me by doing this I could hold off on a lower face @ neck lift. Well, I am not so sure. I think I have more sagging and loose skin. I`ve now made a consultation appt. to see the best surgeon in the area for lower face and neck lift. Are there any fillers that can be placed along my jawline that could help in the short term. If so, how soon after the liposuction can I have them injected? I expressed my concerns about this happening to this surgeon beforehand, but was assured it would not happen (he is well known)..Thanks in advance.

Answer:

well, removing fat can at your age lead to loose skin because the ability of the skin to shrink is less now than when you were much younger. I do not think the fillers would work as you would need so much placed that it woud likely make your face look unnatural. Certainly the more fat that is removed the more the likely the skin will sag but there is no way to 100% predict that. Best of luck. JG 5.10.09

Question:

I had neck lipo done 3 weeks ago (tumescent procedure) and although I see a major improvment with the double chin I had, it still lumpy around that area and just a bit swollen. Because of this swelling/bumpy, it still looks like I have a double chin (small one). Is this normal and how long before I see the final results? About 2 days ago it looked like it was getting better but today I see it a bit more swollen. Is that normal too?

Answer:

normal for this time out from the procedure, should see more smoothing over the next three weeks, we also strongly encourage massage to smooth and soften the areas after the liposuction. Daily changes in activity can cause swelling to come and go also, got to hang in there. JG 4.28.09

Question:

I had lipo on my abdomen 5 days ago. When I went for my follow up yesterday he removed the garmet and put on some bacitracin and bandaids on the incisions. I told him before he put on the bacitracin that I was allergic and he said i was probably allergic to neomycin which is a common allergy. Well I left the garment on all day feeling itchy and when I removed it to take a shower it looks like I have chicken pox or bites all over my stomach and they itch like crazy. Have you seen this before? Couls this be from the bacitracin? I washed my garment and showered and haven`t used it again but doesnt seem to be getting better and my incisions are very red. What would you do? Do you think this will go away on its own?

Answer:

should go away on its own, can use some topical steroid like Cortaid 10 and use a T-Shirt underenath the garment too. Best of luck. JG 4.27.09

Question:

I just had liposuction on my arms yesterday. the lower part of my arms and hands are so swollen. Is there a way to reduce this? I have ace bandage on and am thinking maybe it should go all the way down to wrist? Any other suggestions on getting rid of swelling? How long should this last?? Thanks!

Answer:

keeping it elevated and you can also wrap an ace wrap, starting at the hand and moving up to push the fluid up towards your armpit. Could last a couple of weeks. JG 4.24.09

Question:

we wear it for two weeks almost all of the time and then two more weeks at night. What you have is normal and wil get better with massage. JG 4.21.09 Thanks for answering so quickly. Follow up question.... how long before I can go at it hard at the gym? Heavy lifting ect ect. Answer: light stuff after two weeks, no restrictions at one month, but that all has to be cleared by your doctor, that is just how we do it if all is going well. JG 4.21.09 Is there a special lotion I should be using to massage that area? Also, I don`t have a chin strap so I`ve been using one of those hospital bands that come with those staple clips... is that ok for me to use? Thanks again.

Answer:

the strap you have will do since you do not have the other one and all you need for the massage is Aveeno or Vaseline Intensive Care lotion. JG 4.21.09

Question:

Hello Dr. Great site! My question has to do with post-operative healing. I just had neck lipo to get rid of a double chin using the tumescent technique. 2 weeks later today I started noticing a bit up a lumpy firm texture underneath my chin along with some numbness. Is this normal and how long before it starts smoothing out? And should I be wearing a chin strap as much as I can? My doctor said I only needed to wear it for the first day. Everything I`ve read online so far says that I should wear it for at least a couple of weeks. Emilio Answer: we wear it for two weeks almost all of the time and then two more weeks at night. What you have is normal and wil get better with massage. JG 4.21.09 Thanks for answering so quickly. Follow up question.... how long before I can go at it hard at the gym? Heavy lifting ect ect.

Answer:

light stuff after two weeks, no restrictions at one month, but that all has to be cleared by your doctor, that is just how we do it if all is going well. JG 4.21.09

Question:

Hello Dr. Great site! My question has to do with post-operative healing. I just had neck lipo to get rid of a double chin using the tumescent technique. 2 weeks later today I started noticing a bit up a lumpy firm texture underneath my chin along with some numbness. Is this normal and how long before it starts smoothing out? And should I be wearing a chin strap as much as I can? My doctor said I only needed to wear it for the first day. Everything I`ve read online so far says that I should wear it for at least a couple of weeks. Emilio

Answer:

we wear it for two weeks almost all of the time and then two more weeks at night. What you have is normal and wil get better with massage. JG 4.21.09

Question:

Thanks for answering me regarding the revision lipo after 2 months. Youre right, Im not planning to have it done again by the same surgeon since I think the effects are so small that I cant even see it. I`m going to consult another surgeon about getting a revision so I can get the contours I was expecting. I was just curious if there`s any negative effect of having it done that soon. I`m very unhappy with the results specially thinking about the money I spent. I`ll get a second opinion dr. Julio thanks

Answer:

I think it best to let it heal for at least 6 montsh as when there is swelling, even if not perceptible, it can make it difficult for the new surgeon to knwo how much to remove from certain areas. Best of luck. JG 4.16.09

Question:

Hi. are there any dangers if I would want to have another liposuction on the same site after two months.. I just think that it is still big and I think waiting for another 2 more months wont change how it looks. I am very religious when it comes to wearing the binder. but its just like .. nothing happend?? If I had it done over again after two months? what are the risks?

Answer:

well, if there is swelling, which there likely is, it can be difficult to determine how much to remove, that is important to avoid depressions or divots. As to not seeing any difference after two months, that is unusual, but think about it for a second, why would you do the same thing with the same surgeon if it did not work the first time. Maybe you were not a good candidate for the lipsouction to begin with or they used an ineffective method and are now you are going to repeat the same mistakes. I suggest getting your preop photos from the doctor and getting a second opinion from someone else before you do anything. JG 4.15.09

Question:

i had lipo of the circumferential midsection three weeks ago. Im quite getting impatient because I only see an inch difference from my original size. Is this so early to judge it.. I still feel kinda big on that area

Answer:

still too early, go to give it 4-6 weeks. JG 4.12.09

Question:

Is lipo of the arms more painful than say the stomache? Also Dr says icisions are so small they won`t be seen. I am concerned because summer is coming and want to wear shortsleeves w/o worring about seeing the incision/scar. Is this true?

Answer:

no, it should not be that much different. There are incisions but they usually heal pretty well in time. JG 4.10.09

Question:

How safe is Ultrashape?

Answer:

I feel it is a safe procedure. JG 4.10.09

Question:

Hi Doc, What do you think of lipo-ex? They say it tightens the skin and disolves fat through radiofrequency, and it`s suppose to be the newist thing. Is it stronger than Accent? I was thinking about having it done to my arms instead of regular lipo. I was also thinking of having it done to previous lipo bumps. Thank you for all your help

Answer:

sorry, not a believer of Lipo-Ex or Accent tightening skin.

Question:

Dr. Garcia, Could you please tell me why doctors differ somewhat in their opinions about the time that one needs to wear a compression garment after lipo? I remember you said your pts. wear them 24/7 for the first couple of weeks then about 8 hrs. per day for another 2 weeks. I have seen where some dr.`s say it should be worn for 2-3 months. Does the garment help with skin retraction? I have had lipo on full abs, flanks and inner thighs, and 5 weeks out, and not sure if i should still wear the garment because of so many different opinions about this. Thanks for your advice.

Answer:

garments do not help skin retraction and are only used to help resolve the swelling and for support. I find that after one month, they are not very helpful for those issues. There is no harm in wearing it longer if you feel it helps. JG 3.31.09

Question:

What do you think about lipo for sculpting the lower leg. From below the knee is all one shape/size (if that makes sense). I would like to have that indent right below my knee and some shape in my calf. My legs are not fat just no shape. Thanks

Answer:

it is effective, but final resulss can take months as the swelling persists for months in that area. JG 3.16.09

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, Jennifer here. I was messaging you a lot back in April of 08 due to Liposuction surgeries that I had. I had circumfuental of the thighs and knees the first time and then full abdomen and flanks the 2nd time with a bit more taken from the back of my thighs. I spent a total of 15 grand. It is almost a year since my surgery and you can say im some what happy with it. I will say I havent been keeping up with my diet and exercise. Maybe thats why I dont feel that satisfied, and maybe I should of lost a lot of weight before i went ahead with the surgeries in the first place. But, one thing I will say is I feel like my cellulite got worse after the surgery and the swelling went away. I am not liking how the skin on the back of my thighs look, and My stomach is fatter than it was before I had the surgery. I havent been eating healthy at all, and I need to get back to working out regularly. If I start a healthy diet and exercise, can I improve the outcome of how my surgery should look? I thought that when you had lipo and you gained weight that the fat didnt go to that area anymore? I like have a gut now and I had my full abdomen done. Is it still possible to gain a lot of weight in the liposuced area? Did I ruin my skin from the surgery and thats why I see so much cellulite? How can I improve the cellulite? What do you think of accent? I really dont feel like spending another fortune on something that is not going to work. Please help. Thank you Dr. Garcia. - Jennifer

Answer:

eating properly and exercising will likely get you to lose some weight and might make the intra-abdominal fat decrease so your abdomen might look better, but none of that will help tighten skin or reduce cellulite. It is very common after large volume liposuction to have loose skin and for areas of cellulite to look worse and is predictable. There is no long term solution to cellulite, endermologie and VelaSmooth help only while doing it and the loose skin will likely need to be cut out to tighten it. Not sure Accent will do much in your case. Best of luck. JG 3.14.09

Question:

Im scheduled to get a Microaire power assisted liposuction next week. Is it going to be harder in healing compared to other types of lipo? I`m having general anesthesia, is that the ideal way to do my whole midsection? how are they gonna see me standing up and check the proprtion if im sleeping? can i take sinecch and bromelain before the surgery? I hope the fat doesnt go back

Answer:

healing and recovery will be the same as compared to all other techniques, I prefer to use general anesthesia for that procedure and the area is marked with you standing so there is no need to stand you up during the procedure. The supplements you suggest are fine and as to gaining the fat back, the fat cells are permanertly removed but you can gain weight in other areas. JG 3.13.09

Question:

Hello Dr Garcia, I am having smart lipo done in april/09 and i am about 50 pounds over weight my health is good, my question is, would smartlipo be good for me or traditonal lipo, i would also want to do a tummy tuck, so should i have lipo done first, and then do a tummy tuck or will it be best done together.

Answer:

I am sorry but I am not a proponent for SmartLipo, I use traditional or ultrasonic assisted liposuction in my practice. I think in cases where there is that much weight still to be lost it is usually best to do the liposuction first and then follow it 6 months later with the tummy tuck. Best of luck. JG 3.12.09

Question:

I heard that smartlipo is the same as traditonal lipo, my question is does it remove the same amount of fat, and which procedure be best for a gal on the larger side, iam 5`2 and weigh in at 195 i have loose hanging skin on my lower abdomen, i also have another questio if i do lipo of my waist flanks upperback basically my whole upper torso area, how soon will i be able to do a tummy tuck, and dr garcia.... do you perform tt

Answer:

the amount of fat that can be removed is essentially no different from traditional liposuction, some might claim that it is a little easier to remove but the amount removed is all up to how hard the surgeon works. I think from what you are describing I suggest ultrasonic assisted liposuction followed 6 months later with a tummy tuck. I do perform those procedures, but not the SmartLipo. JG 3.12.09

Question:

Dr. Garcia, What is lipo used for on the breasts? Is it meant to have a result similar to a breast reduction, and does it do anything to lift the breasts? Thanks for your answers.

Answer:

in some cases the breasts can be reduced in that fashion but typically the skin does not tighten up and you are left saggy, but the scars are very small. JG 3.12.09

Question:

Hi Dr. Please tell me what do you think of Lipodissolve ? Thank you

Answer:

I am not a fan or a believer. JG 3.11.09

Question:

Dr. G - I didn`t realize there are different stages of cellulite until I started reading some of the questions sent to you. I am 52 years old, slender, but a lot of cellulite. This is due to some heredity and a MAJOR sweet tooth I`ve had since I was a little girl. There are so many options out there to help with cellulite. Can you recommend what would be the best treatment to help for this. I`ve already tried endermology and was of no success. Some have said that any type of liposuction does not work for the dimpling from cellulite. I am very confused about it all and don`t know which route to take. Can you please guide me in the right direction and what is the best method to go after. PLEASE HELP!! Thank you.....

Answer:

well, I am afraid there is nothing really good. VelaSmooth is a small increment over Endermologie but also temporary and mild in most patient results. Liposuction has never and will likely never in the future help with cellulite as it does not treat the offending issue which is the skin and not the fat. Sorry. JG 3.10.09

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had neck lipo and a chin implant 8 days ago. I am very worried about my bottom lip. There is no movement on the right side at all. It feel like it is totally paralyzed. When I smile, my mouth is crooked. When I talk, the left side of my bottom lip looks like it pulls downward. My PS says to give it time, but I am worried that this is permanent. I dont feel like there has been any improvement in the last 8 days. Is this caused from the liposuction or the chin implant, or both? I have read online about this happening to other people, and the answers given to them are the same...it will get better...But I haven`t found anyone who has said that they have been through this and everything turned out ok. I am very worried...can you give me some information on this? Thank you

Answer:

well, that can happen from elevating the muscles off the bone to place the implant in and also from the liposuction bruising the nerves that affect the muscles of the lower lip, so when you get both done it can be even more evident. In the vast majority of the cases it does go away. It can take up to 6 weeks to get it back, sometimes longer, but in most cases by 6 weeks it is back, just got to hang in there. JG 2.26.09

Question:

what is lipo lite? Same as Smart Lipo?

Answer:

yes, same. JG 2.23.09

Question:

Hi - If you are not a fan of smartlipo/ what do you recommend for fat arms on an otherwise good shape? I have struggled with this my entire life and at age 43 would like to finally have nice arms.

Answer:

I think traditional liposuction or ultrasonic liposuction is what I would do, the thing about SmartLipo is the claims of skin shrinkage that are not backed up with any evidence. If you remove only small amounts of fat the skin will likely shrink well but the improvement will be small. If you remove large amounts of fat, the skin can sag, no matter what technique is used. I think your arms can likely be made somewhat slimmer but never slim. JG 2.15.09

Question:

I was interested if you heard of a new procedure called smartlipo - no surgery or down time - i have always had a great shape, work out regularly but no matter what i do my arms are fat and loose, I am looking at this to make a change - i have valued your opinion before and would love to know what you think before i invest. Thank you

Answer:

I think you should skip it, the promises are lots of hype. JG 2.15.09

Question:

One more question, i had submental liposuction last November and i still see no changes. The doctor says that it is still swollen. at 3 months is swelling really still there?

Answer:

should be very little swelling at this point. JG 2.13.09

Question:

My Dr wants me to have ultrasonic massage (for lumps on abdomen) and synergy (on whole body)2 weeks after lipo. I am concerned about having the skin pulled that soon after lipo. I am in my late fifties and I want my skin to tighten as much as possible. So I guess my guestion is. Is it better to do nothing for the first 4 weeks (legs and knees) and let the skin adjust, or will massage help it. I realize I will need it on my tummy but I am worried about it where I had my saddlebags done that it will effect the adjusting of the skin.

Answer:

well I think those things will likely help the lumps but will do nothing to help the skin shrink. We usually do massage but not ultrasound for the first month. JG 2.9.09

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am having smartlipo procedure performed on 2/13 for my neck and abdomen and 2/18 for the love handles and back. My lab work results said that I have a little anemia. Since the bleeding is minimal, is it safe to continue with the procedure? Is there anything you suggest for me to do to increase my blood count or level? Should I only do one precedure now and wait a couple of months for the other one?

Answer:

likley safe in terms of blood loss, I guess. I think some iron supplements might help with the blood count. JG 2.2.09

Question:

I sent three questions in before on several categories. HOw do I receive answers

Answer:

the answers are posted directly next to the quesion in the section you posted it. JG 1.24.09

Question:

I will be doing Smart Lipo - what are the risks. Do you feel that it will tighten the abdomen and slighting contour that area.

Answer:

well, the risks are the same as with all other liposuction procedures, I am sure your surgeon explained them to you, but I think the claims of skin tightening with SmartLipo are very exagerated. The risks of contour deformities are no different than with other methods in experienced hands. JG 1.20.09

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia - Which type of massage do you recommend after lipo of the calves/thighs? Swedish or Lymphatic? Thanks!

Answer:

either one will do. JG 1.20.09

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am interested in your take on the Body Jet liposuction technique/machine.

Answer:

unimpressed, lots of hype and I see no difference from all of the other tried and true methods. JG 1.14.09

Question:

Hi Doc!!! what do you think of Slendertone belt? I only have a little pouch on my belly..not overweight. Thank you!!

Answer:

better off doing abdominal exercises on your own. JG 1.11.09

Question:

I have been hearing about SlimLipo, which is supposed to be better than SmartLipo or CoolLipo. Have you heard of SL, and if so, what do you think of it? I would like to reduce fat from upper arms. Thank you.

Answer:

yes, I have heard of it, I am afraid though that is the same overly-hyped procedure as the others, overstating the advantages and understressing the limitations, I will not perform it. JG 1.9.09

Question:

Hi again Dr Garcia...I just wanted to thank you for your response to my inquiry about the swelling on my incision line and whether the hormonal symptoms were common with surgery. I will try and remain patient and let my body do what it needs to do. Thanks again...Your website Rocks! :^)

Answer:

thanks for the kind words. JG 12.4.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia...I am 3 months post tt w/ lipo to flanks and hips and breast aug. Since my surgery, I`ve had a pocket of swelling on my right lower ab at my incision line that I am scheduled to have in-office lipo touch up done on. I also have general swelling at the incision line all the way across that I`m not happy about because it folds over when I sit (part of the reason I had the tt done in the first place) ...is this something I can get touched up in the office at the same time or am I looking at having to be put back under for more lipo? Also, have you heard of a major surgery being traumatic enough to create perimenopausal symptoms? I am in the process of having my OB-GYN do bloodwork on me, but I was curious to see if you`ve heard of anyone who`s experienced this.

Answer:

That will not be able to be done at the same time as your scheduled small liposuction and as I have said previously, the swelling on the edge of the incision can last up to one year. You might just want to wait the full year and see how things go and do it all at the same sitting if still needed. I think your results, even with these small issues, are dramatic at this point. Any stressful event, and surgery can be stressful, can cause temporary hormone fluctuations but they are not permanent, it might just be that your ovaries are begining to slow down frm a natural aging process. JG 12.4.08

Question:

Hello Dr., Sorry if you`ve already answered this question: Has VelaShape been around long enough for you to form an opinion as to whether it is effective in helping to lose fat in the upper arms? If so, how many in a serie is required and how often must it be done to maintain the result? Does VelaSmooth provide the same fat loss/tightening result as the VelaShape? I can get VelaSmooth for considerably less than VelaShape but I would really like to know if I would be getting the same result. For those of us lost in all this information overload and unable to get clear, objective guidance from people trying to sell us products and service we don`t need, we are really thankful to you on this Thanksgiving!!

Answer:

I do not think VelaSmooth is an option I would recommend for fat reduction, I think it works well for cellulite on a temporary basis only. I think the fat reduction form VelaShape will also be quite small to none. I think the fat reduction capability has been way overhyped and is in genera unpredictable as to the effectiveness of it. Al the best and enjoy the turkey! JG 11.26.08

Question:

I had liposuction to my neck because I was starting to get the turkey gobble . I am 44 years old. My PS told me that it would tighten up my neck. I had very little fat there to begin with. Right after the surgery. to the right of midline, under my chin, I had an area of muscle that actually stuck out and was painful. Now my skin under my chin is saggy. Is there any thing that can be done to improve this, that is not too drastic? Any reason why that muscle bulged out after my surgery.( it is a vertical band of tissue on the side of ny neck). I had this done in August of 07. Thanks for your help.

Answer:

I am afraid the only thing that can be done is a neck lift, which by what you describe, in terms of little fat to begin with, is what you should have done to begin with. With minimal fat to start off, liposuction will not tighten skin and will only leave it looser and allow the muscle bands to show. Sorry. JG 11.25.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia - My question regarding what will be the most efficient way to remove a small amount of fat after the first liposuction and your anwser was tradition liposuction again but if UltraShape is available on the market (in Canada) would you recommended it? Thanks

Answer:

I think it would be worth it, yes. JG 11.24.08

Question:

I am 3 weeks out from Smartlipo of abs and flanks. I am still seeing lots of ripples and little lumps (I can feel them too) Question 1: Is this normal? Question 2: What is your advice to speed up the healing process? I have some seriouly HARD areas around my belly button and other spots. I have considered regular professional massage, lymphatic massage and hot stone massage. Question 3: Which massage do you think is best, or should I try all three? THANK YOU!!!

Answer:

lumps are not uncommon after all types of liposuction, especially for the first 4-6 weeks. I do not think the hot stones are needed but we have all of our patients have professional massages, two per week starting one week after surgery for three weeks. Lymphatic massage will not help as much as regular massage if you have hard lumps. JG 11.24.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia - I`m a bit confused and wanted your advice. I`m presently under Accutane 5mg per day. I had tradition liposuction 2 years ago and want to remove the remaining fat (small). What will be the most efficient way to remove this fat, tradition liposuction again, smartLipo, UltraShape, LipoDissolve or other treatment that you would suggest. Thanks

Answer:

well, in the US, Ultrashape is not available, I think for the most part Lipodissolve is an unproven unreliable method, SmartLipo is also unproven and over hyped I think traditional liposuction with small cannulas is the most reliable reproducable way to go. JG 11.22.08

Question:

Hi Dr. G., Since Jan Marini removed its eyelash growth product (frankly, the most impressive product I have ever used, delivering on its claims and how!), do you know of any product that might offer similar results? Thanks very much.

Answer:

at the present time no, she has put out a new product but the patient reviews are saying it is nowhere near as good. I believe there are two companies working on selling a product that had the original material she used without permission but no news on when it will be released. JG 11.22.08

Question:

Hello Dr., What is the cutoff age for liposuction regarding concerns with skin laxity after removal? Does being conservative with removal reduces substantially the risk of skin laxity regardless of age? Also, what are your thoughts on smartlipo as alternative for traditional lipo regarding risks such as laxity? Thank you very much for your generosity sharing your expertise.

Answer:

well, there is no single cut off amuount as it depends on the patient` skin, being conserative helps but the older one is the less can be removed. I think SmartLipo is a sham, there is no science behind the claims. JG 11.22.08

Question:

Hi Dr. G., I carry my weight in my arms but concerned that liposuction would leave me with slack skin. Am I doomed to having to live with fat arms or is there an alternative to liposuction that, while not permanent or as effective, might also help? Also, would smartlipo help with skin laxity? Thank you!

Answer:

well, liposuction is likely the best option, might just need to be conservative with the removal, might be able to remove some fat and still get the skin to shrink well, the greater the amount of fat removed the greater the risk of loose skin. Best of luck. JG 11.22.08

Question:

I have ugly fat deposits in my ankles that make my ankles look fat and swollen. I am very self-conscious about this and would like to know if there is anything that can be done to make my ankles slim once again.

Answer:

liposuction is about it. JG 11.21.08

Question:

I am 12 days out from smart lipo of the abs, flanks and upper inner thighs. I am a size 4 and was trying to correct problem areas post child birth. Yesterday I removed my garment for about 3 hours and wore a pair of jeans that were not too tight. When I removed them I had DEEP creases and indentions from the seams and waist of the jeans. Is this because I could still have some swelling? I am also noticing that my stomach is hard and rigid (not smooth) in some areas. I also have some small marble and pea sized lumps which I was told could be massaged out. Do you think the hard rigid areas are still healing tissue? I just don`t know what to expect, but I don`t like what I see now.

Answer:

yes, all due to swelling at this point. The hard areas are just tissue that is swollen or indurated and should get better in time. JG 11.17.08

Question:

I was scheduled to have *Slim-lipo on my abdominal area using the tumenesce technique. I`m very sensitive to stimulants, so I was afraid the Epinephrine lidocaine solution could trigger some serious problem. I have Left BBB, but my doctor gave me clearance to have this procedure done. I canceled the procedure, even though *Slim-lipo is the latest and least invasive form of lipo. Now I`m so depressed..why can`t the doctor use some substitute for the Adrenaline? Pls tell me what you think Thanks Marta

Answer:

well, it is the latest, but I think thinking it is the least invasive is false advertising by the company and the doctor. Tumescent anesthesia is the delivery of an anesthetic in large amounts of fluid, the epinephrine is placed to minimize the blood loss. It could be performed without the epinephrine if the doctor knows how to do it but there would be more bleeding is the only problem. Sounds like he took a weekend course on the topic and is now the local expert, I think you should seek out a different doctor. JG 11.16.08

Question:

Last question on Liposuction & Accutane, from what I understand, I can go ahead with liposuction while on Accutane, but only if I don`t use any laser treatment like SmartLipo? Even with traditional liposuction because I`m on Accutane, is this not going to cause scar underneath the skin? Is there a better alternative? Thanks so much!

Answer:

no, anytype of liposuction is OK to perform. The Accutane affects the skin but nothing below it. JG 11.6.08

Question:

What is exactly SmartLipo? Is this less expensive than the traditional Liposuction? How this work? Thanks

Answer:

SmartLipo is an attempt to use laser technology to dissolve fat and then remove it with liposuction, it was tried over 13 years ago and the claims of better fat removal and better skin shrinkage, which are the same claims being made now, never materialized, the technology faded, and now, mostly for marketing reasons I feel, it has come back to the market. It is certainly more expensive than traditional liposuction when done using the same type of anesthesia. JG 11.6.08

Question:

My question was about Accutane & Liposuction and your answer was: can you do it while on Accutane, yes should not be a problem, but my personal impression of SmartLipo is that it is way overhyped and underperforms. However, I`m still not sure about the scar and what do you mean by overhyped and underperforms . Should I go for the traditionnal liposuction instead of SmartLipo? Thanks again.

Answer:

I would personally never so SmartLipo. JG 11.6.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia - I`m just wondering if I can have liposuction or SmartLipo even if I`m under Accutane 5mg per day. However is been a month now that I`m not taking Accutane religiously and I skip it one every 2 or 3 days. I had liposuction back in November 2006 and now I just need a retouch. Thanks

Answer:

can you do it while on Accutane, yes should not be a problem, but my personal impression of SmartLipo is that it is way overhyped and underperforms. Best of luck. JG 11.6.08

Question:

Hi,Dr. Garcia. I had lipo done on my flanks & inner thighs on 10/23/08, my question is, is it normal for my jeans to fit tighter after the lipo? I was told that 2600cc were removed but that also included fluid & that i would loose 2 sizes in my pant size but 4 days after the surgery i could`nt even get them past my hips. Today i tried the same pair & i could get it on & button it but it still does`nt fit like it did before the surgery. How long before the swelling subsides & my clothes fir again?

Answer:

at this spoint it is common for the swelling to make you feel larger than befoe the liposuction, yes. It should take another couple of weeks for a substantial amount of the swelling to go down. Hang in there. JG 11.3.08

Question:

Hello, Dr. Garcia. I am scheduled for surgery tomorrow a.m. and hope to hear back from you before then. Just discovered your site today. I had a genioplasty performed about a year ago which resulted (I assume) in a problem with the platysmal bands in my neck. The bands are very apparent now, and the ps is suggesting lipo in that area after Botox injections have failed to correct the problem. Do you have reservations about performing lipo in the neck to correct this problem? Any experience doing this, yourself? Thanks in advance.

Answer:

well, if fat is removed it might well make the bands more visible, so I do not think that is a good plan. They might need to be cut and then sewn together to make them less visible instead, all the best to you. JG 10.20.08

Question:

Good morning, I had liposuction of the belly hip area done 6 weeks ago , one year ago i had a tummy tuck, now on ,one side of hip the tummy tuck scar is very red/inflammed and a little sore, while the rest of the scar is white. Has the liposuction caused this problem? will it go away?

Answer:

should go away, likely just some irritation and swelling from the liposuction being done in that area. JG 10.20.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had abdominal lipo done on May 29, 2008. The problem is my hiatal hernia is bulging and is painful at times. It always has but went away for the first three months of my lipo surgery. I wanted to know if I wean an abdominal binder will that prolong or stop my recovery? Thanks and hope to chat with you soon.

Answer:

abdominal binder will not slow down the helaing and will not fix the hernia either. JG 10.16.08

Question:

ok so if my insurance is out, then how do I do this? whats the costs? are there payment plans?...

Answer:

I would need to see you in person to give you a fee quote and discuss all the options JG 10.14.08

Question:

Thank you for the quick response... now I was wondering if you take Health Plan of Nevada?

Answer:

yes I do but the plastic surgery services coverd are for cancer cases and reconstructions, it does not cover cosmetic procedures, skin issues are treated by HPN dermatologists. JG 10.11.08

Question:

I was wondering if I could be to fat for the liposuction??.. Because I only see skinny girls with a slight belly getting it done.. I`m 5`8 & about 200 pounds I`m in the military So I work out & eat OK.. I lost about 30 pounds last year & seems like it crept back up on me! I`m so frustrated about it! because when I lose the weight I Loss My breasts & not my gut!!!!! so how do I know if I`m a good candidate?

Answer:

well, you can have it done but when large amounts are removed there can likely be loose skin, also, regaining the weight like you did could be a future problem as if you have the liposuction and some areas are improved but you gain the weight back, it will go somewhere else and not all areas can be treated with liposuction. JG 10.11.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, any opinion as to whether cannula size smaller than traditional lipo cannula make a difference in mid to long term aesthetics after lipo? (I am thinking about dents, dimpling, etc.) Are these more a function of operator technique?

Answer:

more a function of operator skill, I will also say that at least on the abdomen, the smaller cannula is actually more dangerous because it can pierce the abdominal wall and injure an internal organ easier than the larger one. JG 10.6.08

Question:

How long does it take for swelling after liposuction to go down?

Answer:

50% in 4-6 weeks and the rest over 6 months. JG 10.6.08

Question:

Is it possible to have breast liposuction instead of a breast reduction? I am a 42G and I seem to lose weight but never in my bust. I don`t really want to undergo a major surgery like a breast reduction but want smaller breasts.

Answer:

yes, it can be done but will leave you quite saggy if any significant amount is removed. JG 10.6.08

Question:

I had a touch up done to a previous tumscent lipo procedure on my stomach...area around the belly button. It was a very minimal touch up..my question is...how long will it take to see the final results of the touch up? Will it take as long as the first procedure? I ask..because it seems to me that not enough fat was suctioned...or could I be slightly swollen? It was done a week ago. Thank you for your time.

Answer:

about as long as the first, yes, due to some small amount of scar tissue that will slow the fluid absoprtion time. At one week it is likely still swollen, yes. JG 9.23.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I have recently had Smart Lypo on my thighs with an negligent dr. that left me extremely numb in sum places on my legs, swollen, blochy and I`m constant pain. Two months later I was referred to another supposedly reputable plastic surgeon that suggested I have a few setions with Hands on Lymphatic drainage message. I am 5`2, weigh 102 pounds and should have not had this Smart Lypo Procedure, However the surgeon told me that I was the perfect candidate.Do you think that I`m going to be permenantly damaged or will these messages help. What are your thoughs. Thank you

Answer:

well, some of it should get better, it might take 6 months or more, but a small percentage might be permanent, the massage might help though. Best of luck. 9.20.08

Question:

Hi Dr., Will having a breast reduction through lipo have an adverse effect on mammograms? How does it compare to a regular breast reduction. If I want to go from a D to a smaller C is this a good option?

Answer:

the results as seen on a mamogram should be similar. I think it is an option but it will leave you saggier than a regular breast reduction. JG 9.11.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I`m 53 120lbs, 5`1 . I`m in good shape, exercise, eat well but have inherited arm wings and thunder thighs and would like to have lipo. My arms and thighs are muscular, but my arms have hanging skin/fat and my thighs have bulges. My concern is my age and skin elasticity. Do you think I would be a candidate for lipo or should I learn to leave with my genes. Thanks.

Answer:

I think the fat could be removed but the skin will likely not shrink well and if there is already loose skin on the arms, the liposuction alone will make it look worse. Might want to leave it alone. JG 8.31.08

Question:

Hello Dr. I had a facelift from Dr. Little in DC. He filled my very prominent frown line between my eyebrows with fat but it has remained a bulge. I tried to massage it away but now I just have a lump there. I have moved away from the DC area. Is there a procedure where I can just go in for an office visit and just have some of the fat sucked out? I dont think evening it out with a filler will work because I will have a bigger bulge. What would you suggest? Thank you, Sally

Answer:

it might be abel to be pressed out through a small nick in the skin, need to see a plastic surgeon near you I think, best of luck. JG 8.30.08

Question:

Hello Dr. I had a facelift from Dr. Little in DC. He filled my very prominent frown line between my eyebrows with fat but it has remained a bulge. I tried to massage it away but now I just have a lump there. I have moved away from the DC area. Is there a procedure where I can just go in for an office visit and just have some of the fat sucked out? I dont think evening it out with a filler will work because I will have a bigger bulge. What would you suggest? Thank you, Sally

Answer:

see a local plastic surgeon, might be able to be pressed out through a small stab incision. Best of luck. JG 8.30.08

Question:

Hi. I recently asked a question about lipo of the arms. I am 40 yrs old 5`2 and 107lbs. I am thinking of getting some lipo in my arms as I have always had some fat there. you said it would be a good procedure if there was little removed (which is the case) and good skin tone. But, how do I know if I have good skin tone?

Answer:

your surgeon will need to examine you to make that determination I am afraid. JG 8.26.08

Question:

I just had full TT and liposuction of i/o thighs, hips, flanks and knees yesterday! Doing great so far! I was sent home in a binder for the TT but my doctor is not putting compression garment (Knee to ribcage) on me until the 1 week post-op visit. He says it is because of the binder and it would be too cumbersome. This concerns me for two reasons - I`ll probably have extra swelling and I`m concerned about the time without the compression garments and its effect on my contour and skin getting all back into the shape. Any thoughts?

Answer:

well, we use garments that are all one piece that cover from the knees to the ribcage, not sure whay they did not use htat, I agree that the binder will exacerbate the lower body swelling too, but it should all go away in time. JG 8.26.08

Question:

I just asked the question below about the binder for the TT and compression garments for the lipo being put on in a week. Do you think he used the binder alone because I have a pain pump and a drain going on? Do the one piece compressions garments from Knee to ribcage accommodate those? I`m going to ask him again today when he calls to check in with me . . . but your feedback is helpful!

Answer:

no, those can be used with the other garment also. All the best. JG 8.26.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia! I have actively completed endermologie, 30+ treatments with no results. After feeling discouraged, I tried velashape (4 treatments to date)with again no results! I have seen countless pictures of results in others from both treatments. I am 30 yrs old, 128lbs. My chief concern is some dimpling in the saddlebag area. I do not have it nearly as bas as others I see responding to these treatments with results. I am wondering possible reasons that may be hindering my results? I do not know what medically could be contributing to this? I am completely perplexed, given my age, weight, and diet are all within likelihood of probable results. Can you please offer me any feedback pertaining to my situation? I feel very discouraged, and no one understands why my body won`t respond to these procedures. I appreciate any advice you may have. Thank you very kindly!

Answer:

I wish I could tell you but not everyone responds to the treatments I am afraid, even when they look the same, it has many variables that are out of our control and that never show up in pictures so we cannot always expect the same results between patients. JG 8.25.08

Question:

Hi thanks for taking a moment to answer this e-mail. I deeply appreciate any advice you can offer. Last month I had liposuction on the banana roll on my posterior thighs. The surgeon made one entry port in the gluteal crease, a fairly large incision at least a centimeter in diameter. My buttocks have both dropped. On the right there is a double crease and on the left the gluteal crease has been completely obliterated. There is an artificial deep crease on my left side that sits on the back of my thighs. How would you fix this? How would you recreate my original gluteal crease? How would you lift my dropped buttocks? Thank you very much as this is causing me untold stress.

Answer:

I am afraid the only way to correct it most likey is a buttock lift with scars at the waistline, I think some would try fat injections but the amount required will likely not survive. Performing more liposuction on a banana roll will usually not correct that problem and will just deflate the tissue more and create what you have now. JG 8.22.08

Question:

How effective is lipo in the area just below the knees. The upper part of the calf. Are irregularities more likely in this area. I feel like from the knee to the top of the calf is the same size and want that area to go in or smaller. Is this possible?

Answer:

I think it is not very effective due to potential lack of skin contraction or shrinking. Irregularities are not the issue it is loose skin. JG 8.21.08

Question:

Good Morning Dr. I recently turned 40, and have had gained about 10lbs a year for the last 8 years (290 now). I`m a big framed guy. still active, and I somewhat watch what I eat. losing and gaining,back and fourth through the years. recently I have some problem areas around my waist that make it uncomfortable to wear a belt because of where my tummy has some over hang. Will lipo help me with these problem areas underarm,waist,inner thigh? My goal is not cosmedic but to give me more mobility and comfort. If so, whats my next step toward getting this done?

Answer:

if the fat in question is above the muscle the liposuction will help the area be reduced, if it is intra-abdominal, below the muscles, it will not be affected by the liposuction. JG 8.21.08

Question:

I had lipo three months ago, still lumpy in stomach area. Question- Would Velasmooth work to eliminate this?

Answer:

it might help, worth a try. JG 8.19.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia. I read some many of the questions regarding liposuction and there was that I had a further question about. I am looking to have lazer liposuction and was given your name to research, because you will soon be working at the office I was looking to have the procedure done. My concern however, is that you responded to someone`s question by telling them that you are not a fan of lazer liposuction, yet soon you will be doing it. Why are you going to perform a procedure you are not a fan of?

Answer:

well, I have a friend that might be working in a new clinic but I am not moving out of my present office or working elsewhere. I am sorry to say that I am still not a fan of laser lipsuction. The procedure was apparently done in the clininc by a family practice physician that worked there but I am not sure of the new physician will be doing the procedure. I will not be doing laser liposuction at any new or old clinic, sorry for the confusion. JG 8.18.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, is Velasmooth a permanant thing?

Answer:

no, it is not. JG 8.14.08

Question:

hi Dr. Can velasmooth even out my uneven texture of my calves which I had a bad procedure done 5 years ago? Can it actually move the fat around to smooth it out?

Answer:

maybe, but only temporarily. It cannot move fat around. JG 8.13.08

Question:

I asked a question a week ago about circumferential lipo of the thighs with a TT at the same time. The PS that are recommending the TT and the thigh lipo at the same time are not using the term circumferential but rather state that they feather into the post and ant thigh area. I was asking tons of questions that day and didn`t walk away with a full understanding of the impact and results of feathering - - is this a term you are aware of and, if so, can you explain?

Answer:

yes, it is how the treatment is transitioned from one area to another so there is a gradual blending rather than a sharp cut off point. JG 8.13.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia - When having a TT and liposuction of the flanks, hips, innner/outer thighs, is it standard to assume that the patient will be turned over during the surgery? I will certainly ask my PS, as well, before August 25th surgery - but it was one question I didn`t think to ask during all my consults.

Answer:

yes, it is assumed. JG 8.13.08

Question:

Wow, you are fast! Are there any special considerations or questions for me to ask my PS about the turning over process while under general anesthesia for the lipo and TT?

Answer:

no, we do it all the time, I am sure they are well versed on doing it. JG 8.13.08

Question:

thank you for your quick response. Two final questions about the pain in the inner thighs post lipo when stretching. What is passive and active stretching that you recommended? Could their be permanent damage and when can I expect to get my full flexibility back thank you soooo much for your time and knowledge

Answer:

I have never seen permanent damage. As to active stretching, that is stretching you do with your own muscle power, passive stretching is stretching someone does by pushing or pulling things for you, like a physical therapist or massage person. JG 8.13.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I looked through most of the lipo questions before sending you my question to see if someone has already asked you but I don`t see that my question has been asked. I e-mailed you a few minutes ago about my flexibility after lipo. Just wanted to let you know that my surgery was two months ago in case that is pertinent information for you. Thanks again

Answer:

not uncommon on the inner thoiughs, that area has only layer of fat versus the two in most treated areas, also the muscle are right there and can get swollen and stiff, warm packs, massage and the active/passive stretching will make it better. JG 8.12.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, Thank g-d for you. Heres my question. I had lipo on my inner and outer thighs. I am a very small girl (not overweight at all) but had a small amount of fat that I could not get rid of. I am a dance teacher and since the surgery I have lost all of my flexibility in my inner thighs. It is extremely painful to stretch and feels like my ligaments are being torn. Could something have gone wrong? I have been stretching daily but the pain doesn`t get any better and my flexibilty is not improving. Could my muscle been jabbed during surgery? Thank you so much for your time

Answer:

muscle can be scraped from the surgery but in time, with slow passive and active stretching, things will get better, but slowly. JG 8.12.08

Question:

I had a full tt over a year ago. My scar on one side of my tummy did not heal well. The scar tissue attached itself, and caused a ledge. My doctor went back in, and loosened the scar tissue, and did a little lipo to reduce the ledge. My question is that it`s been 3 weeks, and I`ve been doing massage to the area, and now I feel 2 small bumps on each side of my bb (about 2 from the bb on each side.) What could this be? Could it be scar tissue or a swollen lymph node? I just noticed them yesterday. thanks dawn

Answer:

likely swelling at this point a little too early for scar tissue, continue with the massages and give it some time. JG 8.10.08

Question:

I am slim but I have bingo wings. Do you feel that laser lipolysis would be good for this? does laser lipolysis work?x

Answer:

I am not a believer in laser liposuction. JG 8.10.08

Question:

Hi Doc. What do you recommend or you feel is better for cellulite? Endermologie or VelaSmooth?

Answer:

I think VelaSmooth is better. JG 8.10.08

Question:

what is the differences between a tummy tuck and lipo in the stomach area.

Answer:

the liposuction removes fat only where the tummy tuck removes fat and skin and can allow the muscles to be tightened if needed. JG 8.10.08

Question:

Hi Dr, what do you think of liposculpture and the SmartLipo skin tightening laser that you can add extra( for some more money) to the liposculpture for more tightening. I am thinking about doing the inner thighs and the skin needs to be tight there...will this be a less invasive option for inner thigh lift?...please advice. Thank you so much

Answer:

liposculpture is an attempt by a doctor to suggest that what they do with small cannula liposuction is diffeent and better than what others doctors do, it is a false statement and is merely a marketing term. As to SmartLip, I personally think it is a lot of hype with no evidence in any medical literature that it acheives the promises made. The invasiveness depends on how much is removed, not how you remove it, that area is notorious for loose skin so be carefull what you do JG 8.6.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction on my saddlebags and inner thighs 18 months ago. After the surgery my doctor did not have a garment in my size so I had to wait 3 days. My results do not seem so great. Do you think that this is the result of not having the garment? Thank you.

Answer:

I think the garment will slow the swelling and speed the recovery but will not make a surgery less effective than it would have been without it. Not the garment`s fault. JG 8.5.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia: I am planning to have a full TT and liposuction of the thighs. circumferential liposuction of the my thighs (taking about 5 Liters out) and did not recommend doing the TT at the same time. He advised 2 separate procedures with the 2nd at least 6-8 months after the first. My first 2 PS consults did not use the term circumferential and did not advise separating out the TT and the thigh liposuction. Any thoughts?

Answer:

I think if it truly is circumferential I would space them out, at least 3-6 months. JG 8.4.08

Question:

Good morning doc!!! what do you think of this belly fat burner? thank you!!! http://www.fireyourfat.com/

Answer:

save your money. JG 8.4.08

Question:

Hello sir, I had saddlebag liposuction 6 days ago and all ok. My question is, can I take the white foam pads out that were placed inside my garment. They are so uncomfortable now. I don`t see my doctor for three days and it`s the weekend so I was hoping to hear from you. thank you

Answer:

I think it is likely OK to remove them now, I actually do not use them if the garment fits well. JG 8.3.08

Question:

Is it not possible to perform liposuction without the ultrasonic dissolution IF you have local injections instead of put to sleep?

Answer:

some doctors will do that, I will do it only for small touch up areas. JG 8.2.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Again, Thank you for your time and devotion to this site, it is so very helpful. I understand you are not a fan of smartlipo, what kind of lipo do you recommend for a very fit woman with a small area of fat to rid on upper inner thighs? Also, can fat be stored and later injected into the face? Thank you

Answer:

ultrasonic assisted liposuction is my preferance. The fat can be injected but then has to be removed without the ultrasonic dissolution to attempt to maintain its viability, but it is still not a reliable result in terms of the survivability of the fat. JG 8.1.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, i had liposuction 7 months ago, and i would like to know, if there is ever a time, when the skin can get permanetlly brusied? The reason i ask is because on the right and left sides of my stomach right underneath my bra line, there is little dots of bruising. And i am afraid it will never go away. Please advise, thank you so much.

Answer:

well, if the blood that accumalates under the skin after the procedure is allowed to be exposed to the sun, it can stain the skin on a long term and sometimes permanent basis due to the iron that has oxidized staining the skin. Not common but can happen. Avoiding the sun is important to help it see if it will all go away. JG 7.25.08

Question:

I had liposuction performed on my abdomen about three years ago. I had continued pain and there are noticeable irregularities. How successful is fat transfer to the abdomen. Will this help deminish the pain and assist with the irregularities. The surgeon was clearly overzealous.

Answer:

will possibly help the irregularities but not the pain, that is due to scar tissue wrapped arond the small nerves and will not be helped by injecting fat. JG 7.18.08

Question:

I want to have liposuction and a tummy tuck. I went a Dr and he told me he prefers the traditonal liposuction. Do you feel the traditon is better than ultrasonic? I know you don`t like smart lipo. Is it true of you have liposuction on your tummy that if you later need a tummy tuck it will be harder to pull due to scar tissue. This one DR said NO LIPO and just a tummy tuck. Maybe lipo to the thighs and hips, but it would be traditional lipo not ultrasonic. It got me alittle nervous.. Thank you for being here for us

Answer:

I feel that I can remove more fat with less blood loss with ultrasonic but besdes that, the differences are small.In most cases, you cannot do much liposuction under the skin at the same time as a tummy tuck as it can injure the blood vessels so in people with a large amount of abdominal fat, I suggest a two staged procdure with liposuction first. I think a liposuction first followed by a tummy tuck later does encounter scar tissue but it will give a better result than a tummy tuck alone as the liposuction first will thin the skin and give a better contour. JG 7.17.08

Question:

What do you mean by small area`s when describing fat locations? Thank you. Bill

Answer:

it is an amount more than a size. It also will depend on the quality of the ksin as to how the skin will shrink. JG 7.17.08

Question:

Thank you...and you say the procedure itself won`t tighten up the skin...after the Ultrasonic lipo, how would I tighten up...will exercise be enough? Thank you in advance!

Answer:

well, it will be up to the skin itself to tighten it, the more fat that is removed and the older one is the less it shrinks, exercise will not tighten it, the only thing if it remains loose is to have it cut out. JG 7.17.08

Question:

Hello Doctor, Thank you for these pages...I read your lipo information area and I realized you`re not a fan of the coollipo neither the smart lipo. I`m an Athlete in my best shape, however I have always had love handles. When I lose weight,I lose my butt and breasts but my love handles are there and then I`m too skinny and muscular except..., when I `m in a confortable weight but still fit with six packs, my love handles get worse. I`m wondering if it may be a health issue but anyway, I feel that traditional liposuccion may be too much but maybe not... and I`m confused by all these different names out...Vaser, cool lipo,smartlipo, and blah blah...any advice? Thank you so much!

Answer:

I think ultrasonic liposuction is your best bet, either Lysonix or Vaser. JG 7.17.08

Question:

Is there a big difference between ultrasonic and smartlipo. Does one work better? Is one faster recovery time? Does smartlip make the skin tight than ultrasonic?

Answer:

not a big difference, a HUGE difference. Ultrasonic is much more efficient. Neither one tightens the skin by its technology, lots of hype with that though. JG 7.15.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, two weeks ago I had Smart Lipo done on my stomach area. I see minimal results. The doctor is telling me results will be seen in about 4-6 weeks. Is that normal, or should I be seeing some sort of results by now? In addition, I have a black and blue above the incision that hasn`t even faded a little bit. I am worried about it because the incision is about 2 inches below it. Do you think it could be permanent damage to the skin? Concerned, Kelly

Answer:

well by two weeks you should see something, having said that, I am not a fan of SmartLipo. I think it is alot of hype for little result, and if you do push it to get a result, the promises of skin shrinkage and minimal downtime go away. The bruising at this point is not uncommon and can take up to one month to get better. JG 7.15.08

Question:

I had lipo a month ago. I have a hard place above the belly botton that is long and pretruds a little out, The dr recommened injecting the site with something he did not say what, but said it would dissolve the tissue and make soft. Question: Have you heard of this? and does it work ? Thanks

Answer:

he might be suggesting some steroid or kenalog injections to soften it up, firmness in the belly button areait is not an uncommon thing to happen after lipsuction as there are more blood vessels there than in other areas. I think warm packs and massage would help and the kenalog injections are OK to od as long as it is not too frequently or too high a dose. JG 7.11.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. I had lipo on backs of thighs a couple years ago, have since had a butt lift, and a small banana roll of skin caused by the lipo under one butt cheek is really bothering me now. Am thinking of having it fixed. PS who did it says its just skin and would have to be cut out and stitched. Any ideas? does this sound right? I am thinking it would heal like a BA crease incision(well) since there is no tension there. It is only about a half inch thick but about 4-5 inches long, looks like butt cheek crease but is unnaturally lower.

Answer:

I think direct excsions of a banana roll leave unsightly scar that are very difficult to hide, actually there is a large amount iof tension on that area everytime you sit or take a step forward. It will also flatten the crease and I do not recommend it. Liposuction of the banana roll also will make it look worse. The best way to correct it is through a buttocks lift which you have already had and might just need a more aggressive lift on that side. JG 7.9.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia - I plan on having smart lipo to remove fat grafting lumps from my face. I have silicon cheek and chin implants. This may sound crazy but would the implants be at all impacted by the heat or in any other way by the laser or anything related to the smart lipo procedure? I have visions of them catching on fire and my face exploding. Thanks!

Answer:

the silicone implants will not be affected in any way as they are solid and much deeper. Best of luck. JG 7.8.08

Question:

Hello. I live in San Francisco and I am considering lipo for my thighs. Unlike most women it seems, my distribution is too much, but all the way around. So lipo would be circumferential, which I gather is a much bigger deal than just inner or outer thighs. I`d like to find a doc who has done this procedure *a lot* and who`s local. Where do you suggest I start? Should call my cosmetic derm and other docs to ask who they refer to? Do you refer? Everyone`s got a spiffy website and credentials. But not everyone is the best choice, obviously. Ideas?

Answer:

Circumferential liposuction of the thighs is a bigger deal but can still be done with good results if the skin is in good shape. Due to potential legal issues, and some doctors wanting to know why I referred a patient to someone else and not them, I think you are best to go to this website and look for a plastic surgeon in the area you desire. I wish you all the best. JG 7.7.08 www.surgery.org/public/findasurgeon.

Question:

Hi Dr. G., I have always had fat arms but normal weight everywhere else. I had liposuction there in Oct `93 but my arms remain fat, most likely because I have gained over 10 pounds after 2 kids. Over the years, I keep thinking that I would like to go back for another round of liposuction but I am wondering if I should now be worried about dimpling and skin laxity, now that I`m in my late 40s. If I do decide to go for liposuction, is any of the smart , laser liposuction any better, as far as dimpling and laxity? Lately, I have heard Velashape may be able to help me get more proportioned arms by burning the fat off. Is this true? If so, it would seem to offer a viable alternative with much less risks. Or is this just another way to lose money while holding on to my fat/bat arms? As always, thank you. You are just wonderful!

Answer:

I think the greater the amount of fat removed, the greater the risk of loose skin, and to make that look better would necessitate ann incision from the armpit to the elbow which would be visible in most shorter sleeved outfits. I do not think that any of the smart lipo or laser liposuction techniques will do much for you I am afraid. I also think that Velashape will yield small improvements and there is no way to tell how long they would last. I think if you can live with the arm scars, that would be the most reliable and predictable improvement, sorry. JG 7.7.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, i had a question, i had liposuction 7 months ago, and it looks like the surgeon just made one incision through my lower back area, right in the center ,and targeted my bra line love handles that i had. Now i have brusing on both my right and left sides of my stomach, and it looks like pigmantation , little spots of bruising, i am afraid it will never go away? Will it go away with more time? Please advise, Thank you so much.

Answer:

it should be pretty much gone by now, I think you should see the surgeon to determene what has occurred, best of luck. JG 7.7.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I would like to schedule an appt with you to get an opinion on how to correct the lipo that was performed on the front of the lower thighs and above the knees. It has left the lower portion of the thigh very lumpy and disfiguring. And then there is a roll of loose skin that seems to hang above and over the kneecap. I have undergone one corrective procedure by the doctor who did it in which he tried to smooth out the underneatch fat with a probe after filling the leg up with solution. That helped a bit on lumpiness. Now, it is recommended to do a fat transfer. However, now I am left paying for the corrective fat transfer. I would like a second opinion but I would like to know if I would meet with you personally or only get to see someone from your staff? Many years ago a friend of mine had lipo and recommended I ask your opinion. Thank you in advance.

Answer:

fat injections might improve it some and might help fill in the area so the skin is not as loose, but I will be honest, it will be improved but likely not totally corrected. JG 7.7.08

Question:

I had liposuction 4wks ago in the stomach area. It is all still hard but mainly around the belly hole and right above it, it is like a roll that is hard and pretrudes out, The dr.is useing a maching called velia smooth( smooths with heat)( have used now 4xs) Question: How long will it take for the hardness to go away ? especaly the roll that pretrudes out? Thanks

Answer:

it make take a few weeks to get better, and for it to to all go away it might take a few months. JG 7.6.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia: I was thinking about getting a very small tattoo on my right hip area... would this effect me getting abdominal lipo at a later date. Thanks for your time.

Answer:

no, it should not. JG 7.5.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I`m 5`2 and 135lbs. I am trying to decide between laser lipo and mesotherapy (lipodisolve) for those stubborn areas on my thighs that resist exercise. Which would you recommend? I`m weary of regular liposuction because of the pockets and loose skin I hear it can leave. Thanks in advance for your help.

Answer:

I am sorry but I cannot in good conscience recommend either one. If either one of those techniques did work, and if it removed the same amount of fat that could be removed with traditional liposuction, you would have the same risks. JG 7.2.08

Question:

Hi! Thanks for your time in assisting others. Will smartlipo get rid of fat lipomas on my lower face that I developed 10 years ago after fat grafting? I want to regain more prominent cheeks in my midface and the FG has flattened my face. I`m hoping smartlipo can provide a more sculpted appearance. Any referrals in South Florida? Thanks!

Answer:

well, it might be it might also dissolve the normal fat around the area I am afraid. I do not have any referrals in Florida for that, sorry. JG 6.29.08

Question:

Hello Doctor Garcia,This is Y I wanted to know what harm can happen if I start exercising before my 30 days are up After Liposuction. I have been doing a little. Riding a bike, jogging,lifting a little. I feel good. I even order another griddle from the company you get yours for more support while I exercise.

Answer:

it might prolong the swelling and bruising is the most common issue. JG 6.25.08

Question:

HellO Dr.Gracia, Well it has been 2and a half weeks. So far so good I guess...I forgot know How long I have to wear my gearment. It`s better on any way plus I wear a mid-griddle to for my stomach. Is this ok? And sometimes an excercise thigh&stomach suit. For a tighter fit. I`m use to running and doing Kick boxing when do you think I should start back? This is Y , I got the lipo on stomach, inner thigh, back and flanks. Uppper back and flanks don`t look real good to me though. But maybe it`s still swollen. Thanks for listening you opion means a lot.

Answer:

I think for one month is good if you can tolerate the girdle. I think your exercise program can begin one month after the surgery, slowly. JG 6.10.08

Question:

HeDr.Garcia, I have had my lipo done since saturday, and actually I feel greaT! I thought I would be sore but I dont feeel to day. I hope enough fat was removed. Im briused up preety good though. I`m concerned about my inner thighs and upper back. Kinda look the same.

Answer:

time will tell. JG 6.4.08

Question:

There is a new procedure for Lipo that selectively reduces fat called Ab etching. This procedure uses a special cannula to contour/shape abdominal fat around a patient`s natural muscle contours to create a more athletic physique. I was drawing the marks on my abs to which would likely be suctioned off(strange, I know)--but when I twist, turn, or move similarly, the original marks stay adhered to my SKIN vs the actual muscular definition underlying. Would this provide a problem after undergoing actual surgery? Please advise...Thank you!!

Answer:

sorry to tell you, but it is not new, also, the only way it works is by thinning the layer of fat below the skin over the area where the insertions of the abdominals are, and then you hope the skin sticks down where you want it to, you cannot etch fat, and you do not need a different cannula than has existed for many years. You need to have a thin layer of fat and also continue to work and exercise your abdominals from then on, merely doing the liposuction and not working your abs will never yield the desired result, sorry, no to easy way out. JG 6.2.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I am a very fit 60 year old woman and would like to know how effective smart lipo is for smoothing out an inner thigh problem after liposuction and for love handles above the waistline.

Answer:

it is not any better than any other method of liposuction, the claims are inflated, sorry to say. JG 6.2.08

Question:

Dr,Garcia, Thank you for answering the question, I was givien some instruction sheets, My sister missed placed them and I was still kinda of sleepy when they were speacking to me, That I thought would just ask you. But I got it together now.Sorry to bother you.

Answer:

please understand, it is not a bother, I am just concerned because so much of what we have talked about is something that your doctor or his nurse should have told you and been able to answer for you. I get patients of my own who have all of their information in a booklet along with being told and they still call me in the middle of the night or weekends.I just get concerned when patients are not getting the proper information frm their doctor or more worrisome when doctors perform surgery and then are not available afterwards by phone after hours to take care of those concerns. Best of luck. JG 6.2.08

Question:

Hi Dr, Garcia, I got my lipsuction done yesterday, on my inner outer thighs, stomach ,flanks,sides, back. Today I feel pretty good.I`m walking around and everything. I can`t remember what I am suppose to now when can I take s shower, because i have a lot of drainaage.What do you advise me to do. Or should I just back and rest?

Answer:

we allow our patients to shower the next day. I do not mind answering your questions but I have to say, almost all of the questions you have asked me are questions and things that your doctor or one of his nurses should have discussed with you or given you an instruction manual before all of your multiple surgeries. I am a little concerned that they have not done that for you. Or that they are not available for you to call them and ask a question. JG 6.1.08

Question:

Dr.Garcia, How do you avoid getting the creases that people write about? And what casues them? And thank you for having this site,and all your answers you have helped us with.- Y

Answer:

it is a matter of geetting the skin to rest in a natural direction. Pulling too tight will usually make that happen. Thank you for the kind words too. JG 5.29.08

Question:

Oh one more thing does the Arnica you recommend suppose to be a chewable?

Answer:

dissolve it under your tongue 4 times per day. JG 5.29.08

Question:

Dr.Garcia, I`m having my surgery done Saturday. How do I know if the garment is to small? I read a lot of women with question with it be to tight, and dents in there surgery. What is a proper fit?

Answer:

it should be snug but not so tight it cuts off your circulation. JG 5.29.08

Question:

Dr. G Are the scars bad after liposuction? How noticable are they, and how can you treat them?- Thank you for telling me about the herbs. Thank You Y

Answer:

they are small and in most cases fade and look quite good. If they are noticeable they can be revised with a scar revision. JG 5.29.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, This Y , You advised me that Bromelain and arica were used used for bruising and swellening.From Lipo surgery. When I went to purchase the Bromelain it stated it was use for digestion of protein Am I purchaseing the right one?

Answer:

that is the right one. JG 5.29.08

Question:

If my GYN recommends femal surgery to remove a cyst on my uterus, can you also scrub in and do lipo while I`m under anesthesia and (obviously) paying for the OR? Need it in my tummy and under my chin. Please advise.

Answer:

I would not recommend that being done together. JG 5.27.08

Question:

oh and let me add also that he left me with a depression linig on my stomach area that now my vagina looks more swollen than ever. When i`m wearing a pair of jeans, it indents soo deep in that lining, how will i ever be able to fix that? i had a doctor tell me that he would have to add fat to that area and remove fat from my vagina. this is so horibble for me. I`m looking for a doctor that has recontructive surgery experience, i know i alot of doctors won`t even touch me but i met one in NY but the charge is $12,000. Do you do reconstructive surgery?

Answer:

I am sorry but at the present timne, due to my schedule, I am not accepting revisionary patients. JG 5.26.08

Question:

i`ve had lipo in dominican republic back in 2002, and it was the best experience. i lost 20 pounds and looked fabulous. in 2005, i started having hormonal problems, due to medications and such i gained weight. I then proceded to go to colombia to have a 2nd surgery and needless to say, it was horrible. It was completely different than my first. i did have scar tissue but he said everything would be great. i did not see much of a difference and now my stomach is so hard, no softness but not flat. I`m thinking fo going to see a doctor for reconstructive surgery b/c i still have loose fat, do you think i would get results after a 3rd lipo?i`m 5`7 175, its just i have small pockets of fat on my hips and back and inner thighs, he did take lipo from my upper arms and now i have a crease there and it very noticeable. what can i do?

Answer:

hard for me to say what can be done without seeing you in person. I will say that after liposuction is done, weight gain afterwards usually accumulates in new areas and some cannot be treated with liposuction. If there is residual fat, that might be able to be removed, but scar tissue will not be removed. Improvements, maybe, full correction, doubtful. Sorry. JG 5.26.08

Question:

Hi again Dr.G; thank you for answering my question about SmartLipo vs traditional lipo. one last question; the PS in my area told me that tumescent lipo would be overkill for very small amount in abominal area. is there any other method of lipo you suggest for a thin, fit person, that is storing some fat in that area? I haven`t been able to get a clear idea of what type of lipo would work, if SmartLipo is not that good?? thanks much for your time! DG

Answer:

Tumescent lipo is just a method of fluid injection to either help remove the fat cells and in some cases also provide anesthesia. I do not know of many cases where tumescent fluid is not injected at the time of liposuction. It certainly is done with SmartLIpo. If you have small areas you can just have them do it with a smaller cannula if you wish and your choice of anesthesia. JG 5.23.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia, Jennifer here again. Another question I had for you was could you let me know where you have your patients order their medical garments from? I heard that its better to wear a medical garment then to just by a compression non medical garment from Macys like SPANX. Do you think a medical compression garment is better to wear for full recovery? Let me know what where you have your patients order their garments. Do you recommend a certain kind for the procedure I had done? I had lipo done of my full abdomen, flank, hips and back. Thanks Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

I do think the medical garments are better. We use Design Veronique. JG 5.22.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia. Jennifer here again, regarding my liposuction surgery I just had this past Saturday the 17th, of my full abdomen, flank, back and hips. Dr. Garcia I went yesterday to get my foam and stiches removed and when I had the foam taken off I had a few bad blisters on me. One of them ripped off with the foam and the cut looks very fresh and is still bleeding. The other blisters the assistant popped and covered with gauze. I think the wrap they put on your stomach is very irritating. So Dr. My question to you is is it alright that I am not wearing a compression garment right now for a couple of days? I am trying to heal my wounds first because of house tender they are and i dont want to cause problems. The soreness definetly hurts and I feel it more now that I am not wearing a garment. I ordered a new garment and am waiting on its delivery but as of right now im wearing nothing but the bandages on my cuts. Is that alright? Am I doing damage to my stomach by not wearing anythign right now? Please let me know if its ok. Thank you Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

yes, let the wounds heal first and then get back into it, the swelling will persist for a little while longer this way but you need to do that to let the skin heal. JG 5.22.08

Question:

Hi Dr. garcia, i have been keeping an eye on your responses to Smart Lipo questions. last summer you had strong feelings that smartlipo and traditional lipo were basically the same results. have you seen anything to change your mind since then? I am a thin person, age 48,very fit, with a very small amount of belly fat around navel area. I have been told that tumescent lipo is overkill for such a small amount to be removed, so i am still waiting to see what your opinion of Smartlipo is now that it`s been out for awhile. i highly value your opinion and am interesting in your thoughts for my little area that I want to get rid of? also, do u still feel smartlipo does not tighten the skin once healed? thanks much, DG

Answer:

no, actually my feeelings have solidified, and frm hearing presentations at national plastic surgery meetings, they are stronger than ever. As to the skin tightening, it depends greatly on the amount removed and quality of the skin. JG 5.22.08

Question:

What massages do should be done after liposuction on upper, lower stomach, back, flanks, inner thigh? I read that some go get massages, is there a certain kind to ask for? Thank you - Y

Answer:

just basically a light Swedish massage. JG 5.22.08

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia, Thank you for answering my question about the Bromelain and Arnica. So is this something I should purchase after I get Lipsuction? Where do I buy it, and how much do I take?

Answer:

available at any good health food store, dosage is the standard dose on the bottle, I suggest starting it 1-2 days before the procedure if possible. JG 5.21.08

Question:

Dr.Gracia,This is Y , How are you? Can you tell me what Bromelain and Arnica is used for? I read it a few time with people having or getting Liposuction done.

Answer:

it is used to reduce swelling and bruising. JG 5.21.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia. Jennifer here again. Just wanted to let you know I had my 2nd lipo surgery on May 17th. It was for lipo of the full abdomen, hips, flank and back. I am in some pain of course, much difference than when I had circumfrental of the thighs and knees done. But still sore. I have a couple of questions for you today Dr. Garcia if you dont mind. One, I notice that my private area down there is very purple and swollen, is this normal? How long before the bruising and swelling goes down in that area? I also my surgeron touched up a bit behind my thighs from the last surgery so my legs are somewhat swollen again. I have foam and a white wrap around my stomach but should I still be wearing a compression garment for my legs again since they are swollen again? My dr. did not mention anything to me and when I woke up in recovery I wasnt wearing anything on my legs. I put on a compression thing just now and it feels extra tight around my stomach area, is that good or bad? Is it good to keep your stomach very compressed while healing for this? Does stomach swelling and bruising go down faster than legs? I remember you saying upper body healing is a little better than lower body healing. Hopefully now that I am on Iron pills and I get weekly b12 shots this could help speed up the process. Also once I am done taking my steriods and anitbiotics I was going to start taking Bromalin and Arnica again with massages. Do you think all of this will help? Do you recommend anything extra for the stomach, back flank and hip area? Thank you Dr. Garcia

Answer:

the private parts being swollen and discolored is all normal and expected,yes. It might take a week or more to get better. I suggest wearing the garment for the legs if there was more liposuction done there. I like the garmet on as much as possible and I think the swelling on the abdomen does go away faster than on the legs. I think Bromelain and Arnica do help, yes. As to the other areas, just massage them once you can tolerate it and best of luck. JG 5.20.08

Question:

I hear some docs are doing lipo under local (IM). I`m interested in abdominal lipo as I`m not a candidate for abdominoplasty (hx open choles.). I`m looking for a reduction in mass not perfection as I continue fitness regimen. 1. What are your thoughts on lipo under local? 2. Which approach has greater chance of PE? 3. How soon after procedure can one fly? (I`m slated to go to UK mid-July). Thanks.

Answer:

I think liposuction under local anesthesia not uncommonly ends up in an inablity to remove all of the desired fat due to feeling pain. I only do it for very small areas. The risk of pulmonaruy embolism is due to the inactivity after the liposuction, not essentially during the procedure, so both have that risk if you do not get up and move around afterwards. Typically I allow the patients to fly after 7-10 days, but they need to get up and walk down the aisle every hour or so to avoid getting a blood clot. JG 5.19.08

Question:

HI Dr.Garcia I came to see you and was ready for lipo on my stomach flanks and back. Since our intial visit i weighed in at 195 lbs at 5`4. I have since gotten married and regretfully gained 50 lbs. I know I was wondering if i am still a canidate for the lipo? I also moved to LA Ca and would appreciate a reccomendation of a doctor here you might know. thaks Dr.Garcia

Answer:

well, you are likley still a candidate but the result will be less than optimal as the skin will likely not shrink well. I think it best to see if you can lose some of the weight first and then be re-evaluated to see what is your best option. JG 5.19.08

Question:

Dr.Garica, This is Y I forgot to ask you..If there anything else I can do with the extra tummy skin after the lipo other then a mini/full tummy tuck, I really dont want the scar.

Answer:

there is nothing besides cutting it out, losing weight will likely leave you with loose skin too if you can already pinch it. JG 5.19.08

Question:

Dr.Garcia, This Y I ask you about the extra skin after lipo, I spoke to the 2 different Docs, well thank you for your answer. So I`m not going to be happy with the results on my stomach right? Since I already can pinch extra skin. I will have a lot of extra skin after the lipo right? That`s not good. The Doc, says that he will give me special exericses to help flatten the extra skin. I have never heard of this. And If I didn`t like the results he will consider doing a mini t.tuck. In your opinion is any of this true? And how long do you have to wait to have sex after lipo?

Answer:

there are no special exercises in the world that tighten loose skin so the doctor who told you that should be put on your do not ever see again list . I think the fact he told you that to me sounds like he is desperate to do your surgery and will say anything to get you to do the surgery with him. Run, do not walk away from that guy. We suggest 2-4 weeks after liposuction before engaging in sexual relations. Best of luck. JG 5.19.08

Question:

Hello Dr.Garcia, My is question is I have spoken to 2 different Dr`s about Lipo and T.Tuck. I was told I could get both. Another Dr. who done my breast told me he could do lipo on my inner thighs, upper lower stomach, flanks, back. All at one time. And that I would be a happy with those results. I`m only 5`0 I weight 135lbs. I feel I have a extra skin my tummy. I want a flat tummy. Do you think I will get the results I want with just liposuction.

Answer:

if you have a little loose skin befoe the liposuction on the abdomen, then you will have more loose skin after the liposuction. Multiple areas of liposcution can be done at the same time, yes, and you could have the liposuction done first and the tummy tuck later, sometimes that gives an even flatter result as it is not possible to agressively liposuction the upper abdomen when doing a tummy tuck. JG 5.18.08

Question:

I have internal dranage from minor lipo which has settled in my inner-upper thigh, is there any chance of this purple discoloring becoming permanent? Would tanning this area cause permanent damage? Also I`m considering having my upper eyelids done by a PS Who only does ps on the face and I have been referred to him by one of his patients. What is the most common problem people have from this procedure? Thank you so much as always. :)

Answer:

it can last a long time but should not be permanent. The most common thing from upper lid surgery is either not enough skin being removed leaving a fold of skin, or too much skin being removed and then you are unable to close your eyelid when you sleep. Best of luck. JG 5.15.08

Question:

I have internal dranage from minor lipo which has settled in my inner-upper thigh, is there any chance of this purple discoloring becoming permanent? Would tanning this area cause permanent damage? Also I`m considering having my upper eyelids done by a PS Who only does ps on the face and I have been referred to him by one of his patients. What is the most common problem people have from this procedure? Thank you so much as always. :)

Answer:

I doubt it will be permanent but it can last a long time as that skin is quite thin. The most common issues with upper eyelid surgery is either too little skin being removed and not seeing much of a change, or too much skin being removed and not being able to close your eyes when you sleep, not common problems though. JG 5.16.08

Question:

I had lipsuction on my hips because I have uneven distribution of fat or saddlebags in middle of my hip while the rest of hips had not fat. I am afraid if I get pregnant, fat will only go to area on hip where I did not have saddlebags or liposuction done. Then it will look like saddlebags on those areas of my hips since fat will only accumulate there?

Answer:

that can happen if you gain too much weight during the pregnancy, but if you only gain the recommended 25 pounds, that should not occur. JG 5.15.08

Question:

I just had some eyelid surgery to remove some fat in my lower lids under general anaesthesia. Would it be safe to have some liposuction of the waist under another general anaesthetic in 5 weeks? I am a healthy guy in my late 20s.

Answer:

should be OK to do if you are healthy to begin with. JG 5.14.08

Question:

Jan 29th I had liposuction to my bilateral thighs and inner knees. At about 2 months I started getting a 1.5 -2 inch roll under my left buttock cheeck and under my right cheek a bit farther down from where my cheek meets my thigh a crease. Is this something that should be revised? On my 3 month cheek up he said that a butt lifts would help get rid of that. I am already going in on June 5th for a medial thigh lift. So after this I won`t be able to do anything for quite some time. And when I wear a bathing suit I have this huge bulge right under my left cheek. 1) should it be covered to make it look right and 2) will a medial thigh lift help reduce the look 3) how far down the thigh will a medial thigh lift effect? Thanks, sorry for so many questions..

Answer:

well, it can be difficult to revise as it comes from an over aggressive fat removal in most cases, but it is hard to ell without seeing you in person. I do not think the medial thigth lift will correct much of the problem though. The medial thigh lift effect wil depend greatly on the type of thigh lift done and if there is a vertical scar. If there is no vertical thigh scar I would say it will imprpove only the top third of the medial thigh. Best of luck. JG 5.11.08

Question:

I had the lipo touch up to my hips and at my tt scar to even it out and I`ve been wearing a waist cincher as my compression garment. Is my cincher tight enough if I can slide my hand under it? It is comfortable but I`d rather not be wearing it so I`ve assumed it is tight enough. lol Also the areas I had lipo on my hips are about 4 inches in diameter each and at the tt scar it is about 2in x 4in. How long do you think I need to wear the cincher? And I had the touch up on Thursday and began massaging it on Friday, was I supposed to wait a week to massage or do it that soon? It does hurt to do it but I thought i was supposed to start asap. Thank you for your advice. Hope your having a Great weekend and a Happy Mother`s Day! :P

Answer:

It should be snug but not so tight it is difficult to breathe. I think those areas are small enough that the garment will likely not matter to much. Best to you too. JG 5.11.08

Question:

Hey Dr Garcia Jennifer here again. Thank you so much for you answers about the blood work and iron. I am happy to say that I got surgery clearance. My bloodwork was good enough for my dr to schedule a surgery date. Basically my RBC and hemoglobin is normal and my iron went from 37 to 160 count. Only thing a point off was the hemacrit which was 33.8 and 35 is normal. My had my primary dr give me a clearance for surgery and show along with the bloodwork the iron pills im taking and about the b12 weekly. Since my dr. has been so busy booking surgeries i will prob get put it for surgery on May 22nd, or something sooner hopfully. My questions for you today Dr Garcia are firstly how could you tell if your skin might be starting to sag after circumfrental lipo? Do they feel heavy? hurt when you walk? My legs only feel good when im wearing my garment, but when i take it off it feel like my legs are heavier. Also it looks like I have a hood over my knees. I dont know if thats because im still swollen or its sagging, I dont know what sagging is supposed to look like. Maybe the garment I have been wearing isnt tight enough anymore because a lot of my swelling went away. Where do your patients get their garments from? How tight should they be? I had my surgry April 3rd so I figured by now it was ok to take my garment off here and there. Also I notice that my cellulite appears somewhat worse than the way it did before my surgery. I dont know if thats because I havent worked out in so long or what. THey have this new cellulite technique called accent thats out. Its about $450 per treatment. Do you recommend this or have you heard of it. In you professional opinon do you think I should bother wasting more money on cellulite treatments, or should I should hope exercise and diet clears this up better? Do you recommend anything for your patients who have cellulite? One last thing Dr Garcia, for patients that do have sagging skin from circumfrental lipo of the legs, what is the next step for them? Is there a surgery to fix this? cutting the skin off or something like that? Please let me know when you have a chance. Thanks again.

Answer:

the skin sagging is more one of appearance than feeling, you can see it but it will take time for that to be seen due to the swelling, and the skin will not sag to its maximum until the swelling goes down. What you are feeling is just due to the swelling making your legs feel heavy. We get our garments from Design Veronique and we provide them for our patients. They should be snug but not so thght they cut off circulation. It is common for cellulite to look worse as the skin gets looser and I think you can skip the Accent, I am not impressed with its results. We occasionally suggest endermologie for the cellulite and if the skin sags, the only thing that can be done is to cut it off, yes. JG 5.10.08

Question:

Sorry, I have another question: I had the touch up lipo yesterday and the PS said come back in 6 weeks for a check up. Apparently he left 2 drain holes open for draining and they are covered with gauze. My questions are, when do I remove these and when can I shower? I still have a good bit of blood coming through the gauze. Thank you for your help. :)

Answer:

I would remove them in 24-48 hours and shower only, no baths or swimming pool until the holes have closed totally. JG 5.8.08

Question:

Is it okay to use electric massagers for the lipo`d areas? Any certain kind to look for if so? Thank you and have a great Friday! :)

Answer:

no special brands, but they can be used, yes, use a broad head for the massager though. JG 5.9.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, Yesterday I had touch up lipo to the tops of my hips and above my tummy tuck scar from 2 years ago to help it look smoother. My PS didn`t mention massaging the areas but I see you recommend it. So, do I massage over the girdle, how agrressive do I massage it, when should I start massages and how often? I have lots of brusing today and it`s not exactly in the area I wanted the touch up, does this mean he missed the area? The brusing is just past the area not higher or lower. He also injected some of the fat removed into an area at my tail bone where there was an indented boney area. He said he overfilled it and I haven`t seen it yet but what do you think the chances are that the fat will stay there? Also does it matter if I`m sitting on that area? Sorry for so many questions but thank you for your advise. :)

Answer:

you massage with the girdle off, small circular strokes in all directions over the areas treated. We usualy start as soon as you can tolerate the massages. Done twice per day for the first month. The bruising can move to areas adjacent to the areas treated so it does not mean the areas were missed. Sitting wil not put pressure on the boney areas that were injected and I am not a big believer in fat injections lasting too long. Best of luck. JG 5.9.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia Jennifer again, .I just wrote to you bout 5 minutes ago. My other question for you Dr is that I have been getting my blood taken a lot. I had it taken 4/26, 4/29 and then again today 5/8. This is because im trying to get normal blood results to get my liposuction date scheduled. Do you think that I am doing it too much? How long should I wait to get it drawn again? The one I took today was a point or 2 off from being normal for redblood cells and iron. I am taking the iron pills Repliva, b12 shots once a week and eating an iron rich diet. Should I wait a week to take it or can I do it Monday or Tuesday? Thanks Dr. Garcia again for your help on all my questions. I appreciate it.

Answer:

I would not repeat the blod work so soon, it wil take at least three weeks to see a difference. JG 5.8.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia. Jennifer here again, regarding Liposuction. Dr., I dont know if you remember but im the girl that had the first liposuction done on April 3rd the circumfrental of the thighs and knees, and I was supposed to have my 2nd lipo surgery, full abdomen, flank hips and back on May 2nd. Im writing because my Surgeon cancelled my surgery due to unsatisfactory bloodwork. My first sugery I had perfect blood work, and then i was on a bad diet eating junk and everything under then sun. Now since my last surgery I have beeen dieting eating healthy and I get bad bloodwork? I dont get it. Basically my blood work came back this time with low Red blood cells, low hemoglobin and low iron. Do you think this is from the 1st surgery? I did lose a lot of blood and fluid. He took out 5 liters of fat and I remember I felt very faint and was shaking when I woke up and needed 5 fluids bags before he let me leave. On top of that I changed my eating habits cold turkey so maybe I put my body into shock with everything I did to it in a short time. My question to you is that my blood work were only a few points out of range. My primary care dr said I am borderline anemia right now. My surgeon said he will not rescheudle the surgery until i get treated for this and produce normal bloodwork. Is this what you do with you patients dr. Garcia even if they are a few points out of range? My primary care dr said its only a few points off so he doesnt know why my surgeon wouldnt operate on me. Right now my primary care dr put me on Repliva iron pills once a day, weekly b12 shots, and i am trying to eat a lot of spinach and other iron rich foods. Do you have any extra advice to give me on this for making my blood work better? Or any advice about why my bloodwork might of came up bad? Do you think my surgeon was too aggressive on me?

Answer:

it is certainly due to the blood loss from the last surgery, no surprise there. It could have been improved by waitng a little more time and also starting you on iron to help with the blood cell production immediately after the first surgery. I think what you are doing is enough, it is basically too aggressive to think the next surgery could have been done so soon. JG 5.8.08

Question:

I work out on a regular basis and watch what I eat. I have a stubborn area of fat on my lower abdomen that I can not get rid of no matter what I do. I have an ab 4-pack, but would like to bring out my 6-pack. Just saw a story on TV about carboxytherapy. Does anyone in Vegas offer this procedure? Would like to try and avoid lipo, if possible. Thanks for your time.

Answer:

I am not aware of anyone in Las Vegas that offers that procedure, and I will say that I do not endorse nor recommend it either. JG 5.8.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia. I had upper and lower abdomen lipo 3 months ago. Still have some hardness on these both areas. Do you think with time, this will go away or is it a scar tissue that needed to be massage and some ultrasound to break it down? Thank you very much.

Answer:

ultrasound will speed it up but it should get better for 6 months after the surgery. JG 5.6.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, Have you heard of Accoustic Wave Therapy for cellulite treatment? What do you think of it, twice weekly for 3 weeks and then 2 monthly, so total 8 treatments for $2000.00 front and back thighs area. Is it worth the money? Thanks for your time and answer

Answer:

I have heard of it and am not impressed with it. JG 5.6.08

Question:

I had smart lipo done on my upper & lower ab`s. It has been 11 days now since it was done. I feel hardness under the skin. I asked about this & was told it is scar tissue & start massaging it twice daily for 15-20 minutes. Can scar tissure form that fast? Will the hardness go away eventuall & is massage the best treatment for this?

Answer:

more likely it is blood collected under the skin, 11 days is not enough time to develop scar tissue, but massage will help soften the blood too. In time it should get better, even without the massage.JG 5.4.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia. I had smart lipo on my abs and flanks on 1/8/08. I have discoloration on my flanks which I`m afraid may be Erythema Ab Liporaspiration. Have you ever seen anyone with this condition? Do you think it could possibly be bruising at this point? I will of course talk to my Dr about it when I see him in 3 weeks. Thanks for any info.

Answer:

it can be bruising in the sense that at times some blood can temporarily stain the skin, need to avoid sun exposure and wait for it to fade. JG 4.30.08

Question:

Hi. Is it true that with smart lipo there are no stiches? Wouldn;t that be an advantage over traditional lipo?

Answer:

it is a doctor preference, some doctors leave the incision open to drain but that can be messy and increases infection and the scars do not heal as well as those that are sutured closed. There is absolutely no advatage to traditional liposuction, you can leave those incisions open too if you want. JG 4.28.08

Question:

I am going to my consultation appointment this week for smartlipo for my upper and lower abs. I am 51 years old and have had 4 children with 1 being a C-Section. After my C-Section, I was left with the pouch that women typically get after a C-Section. I was told by my doctor that Smartlipo will work to get rid of the pouch. What is your opinion on this problem and what is the recovery time.

Answer:

I think SmartLipo is a poorly proven system that is a lot of hype, not any better than other traditional methods but it makes lots of claims that there is little science to support. JG 4.28.08

Question:

Thank you for imparting your wisdom & experience. You`re truly an anomaly. My question is about the new COOL LIPO, which happens to be a dual procedure where fat is removed & then the skin is tightened. I`ve read it`s very effective for cellulite.

Answer:

sorry, but I think it is a lot of hype for little to no improvement for cellulite. JG 4.26.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am a 28 year old woman and I am wondering if a woman my age can undergo neck (under chin) and cheek liposuction without lifting procedures. My skin has fairly good elasticity. I have minor nasolabial folds and a little loose skin under my chin, but virtually no fine lines on my face or neck. I`m thin but I have had a little extra fat- very little- under my chin and on my jowls since I was a teenager. My concern is loose skin under my neck and in my jowl area after such an operation. Any thoughts? Thanks for your time and consideration, Dr. Garcia! I appreciate all of your help.

Answer:

at your age, as long as the amont of fat is not too large, it should be OK. Best of luck. JG 4.26.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia its Jennifer. Dr. my question today is about healing time for my liposuction. Now my 2nd scheduled Liposuction was supposed to be for May 1st. If you remember My first was April 3rd which is when I had the circumfriental of my legs and knees. I just found out today that my dr. needs to postpone the surgery for 2 weeks. So my new surgery date is May 15th. Im a little upset because summer is around the corner and I wanted to heal asap. My 2nd surgery that I am getting is liposuction on my full abdomen, hips, flank and back. Are the rules for these areas the same as your legs? I remember you said the upper body heals faster than then lower. I have a vacation booked to Miami July 28th. Will I be ok by then to lay out in the sun and will I still be bruised and very swollen on my stomach? July 28th will be 4 months after my leg surgery and only 2 and a lil less than a half months after my stomach and other parts. I just hope im not going to look like a swollen mess. I was wondering if you think I should move my vacation to Late August, or keep it the way it is? How do your patients normally heal with that area. As for brusiing on my legs most of it has gone away already. I have a little left. Im just curious as to what will happen with my abdomen, flank, hips and back. I would greatly appreciate your input on the matter. Thank you so much.

Answer:

rules are the same, but healing does occur a little faster, by a few days. I think you will be fine for your vacation most likley. JG 4.25.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia. Many thanks in advance for your answers. You`re the best, as always. I had my lipo on Feb 13th on upper lower abdomen, flanks, and anterior thighs. How long will I still feel the NUMBNESS in these areas? I have started lympathic massage as soon as 2 weeks after surgery 3x/week. In the past week I`ve added ultrasound to breakdown the scar tissue. I still have the feeling of pulled in my abdomen and the lumpiness. How long should I continue with the lymphatic massage and ultrasonic breakdown to get rid of the lumpiness? If I QUIT the ultrasound and massage starting next week, will the lumpiness go away eventually with time? Should I keep having ultrasound and massage until it goes away?

Answer:

the numbness can at times be there for 6 months and in some areas even up to one year. I think the lymphatic massage past 4 weeks is not worth it and the ultrasound maybe for 6 weeks. In most cases the lumps will go away in time with your own light massaging and stretching. JG 4.23.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, how many liters/gallon of fat is it possible to take out from each leg? All my leg until the knee is overweigh but the rest of my body looks good. What do you advice for me? Thank you, Sincerely, Ornella

Answer:

that is a very indivualized thing, no way for me to tell without examining you in person. JG 4.23.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am 48 with a double chin - would smart lipo. or traditional work better on this area? I hope to tighten a little with this too. Also, I am considering having the procedures of lipo. of the chin and upper eyelids by a surgeon whose basic practice is ears, nose, and throat. I have seen photos of his work and checked for complaints. Do you think it is safe to have him perform these procedures? What other credentials do I need to look for? Thanks, Ramona

Answer:

at your age any type of liposuction will likely leave loose skin that will require surgery to tighten and remove it. I think those types of surgeons, if they practice that type of surgery, can be capable of performing plastic surgery eventhough they did not complete a full plastic surgery training period. JG 4.20.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had a tummy tuck with liposuction and stitches to tighten the muscles 3 years ago. I was fascinated with the results, though my lower abdomen wasn`t totaly flat, I`d say it was like a little hill like shape. But I`m realistic. I had just lost 60 pounds, used to weight 260, (5`4 height) and the surgery was my reward. Unfortunately, I`ve gained 40 pounds since then, my body has changed tremendously !!! I`m very big from my upper portion such as my shoulders, arms, face, the upper part of my chest, back,around my waist and by lower abdomen hasn`t changed. I hardly recognize myself. I`ve always been overweight but with a feminine small waist figure. Please help.!!! I love being chubby, but need to have my narrow waist back.

Answer:

the narrow wasit is controlled by the amount of fat inside of the abdomen and that fat cannot be treated with surgery, so I am afraid the only solution is to lose some weight, sorry. JG 4.18.08

Question:

my skin is a tight with hard areas all over (abd,back). Would a swedish massage work or what do you recommend your patients to recieve. how many times a week? 30min or 1hr massage?

Answer:

I think you need to ask your question elsewhere, this is a plastic surgery site. JG 4.18.08

Question:

I just had neck lipo six days ago.I notice a few lines under my neck. Will this go away, are will I need to do something extra. I`m seeing my doc this week but my sister said you are great and I wanted you to tell me.My sister says it may be ripples. Thank you Terri

Answer:

in most cases they go away as the skin shrinks and redrapes. If the skin does not tighten it might leave ripples, that depends on the skin and the amount of fat removed. If there are ripples then the skin can, at times, be tightened later. Thanks for visiting. JG 4.16.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia, its jennifer. I had some more questions for you regarding Liposuction if you dont mind. First I am happy to say that I have been feeling a lot better since my surgery 2 weeks ago. The Arnica seems to be helping with the bruising and i am walking better as well. If you dont remember me I had the circumfriental liposuction of the legs and knees. So my questions dr. Garcia is, how much longer do you think i have to wear my compression garment for? How long do you make your paitents wear a garment for this type of surgery. Also, the Arnica is helping with the brusiing, is there anything that I could do extra to bring down the swelling faster? I told you last week that I was going back for my 2nd surgery on May 1st. I am getting liposuction done on my hips, back, flank, upper and lower abdomen. Is the pain from this operation going to be as bad as my legs or worse? And how long do you have to wear a garment for for this surgery? Also Dr. the most important question, do you use Reston foam pads on your liposuction patients? I have heard good and bad things about these pads. My Dr. used them on me. He stuck them right to my skin after the surgery and removed them 5 days later when he took my stiches out. Do you use Reston pads? Also do you recommend Open drainage over stiches? Sorry for all the questions. But would be thankful if you could help me out. As always your replys are greatly appreciated.

Answer:

we normally use it for 4 weeks, but in cases like yours we sometimes use it for 6 weeks or more. The only other thing I can suggest for the bruising and swelling is to keep your legs elevated as much as possible. I think the new surgery pain level will be pretty close to this one`s. I use Reston foam on the abdomen only. I always stitch the incision closed, I do not leave them open to drain. JG 4.15.08

Question:

dr. garcia, Do you know of any good plastic surgeons in st. louis, mo.

Answer:

Due to potential legal issues, and some doctors wanting to know why I referred a patient to someone else and not them, I think you are best to go to this website and look for a plastic surgeon in the area you desire. I wish you all the best. JG 4.15.08 http://www.surgery.org/public/findasurgeon.php.

Question:

now a have a question concerning a friend who had smartlipo. The doctor was not able to complete her entire medsecion upper,lower,flanks, back. etc. the first treatment he put the medication all over but was only able to complete her flankds and back, so the front part of her stomach that was not treated got really hard from the medication, i believe a week later she went for her upper and lower abdomen to be completed. Her stomach was very hard and the doctor had difficulty she believes performing the procedure this time. Her stomach is hard he said it`s inflammation and instructed her to take arnica to help. What do you think of her situation.

Answer:

I do not think the Arnica will help much and I am not sure why the stomach feels hard, the local anesthesia should not cause that, I think there may be a diagnosis problem there. Unless the fat was hard to begin with, it should not be like that after injecting the local anesthesia unless tey included something in the mixture that is not the standard. JG 4.15.08

Question:

now a have a question concerning a friend who had smartlipo. The doctor was not able to complete her entire medsecion upper,lower,flanks, back. etc. the first treatment he put the medication all over but was only able to complete her flankds and back, so the front part of her stomach that was not treated got really hard from the medication, i believe a week later she went for her upper and lower abdomen to be completed. Her stomach was very hard and the doctor had difficulty she believes performing the procedure this time. Her stomach is hard he said it`s inflammation and instructed her to take arnica to help. What do you think of her situation.

Answer:

I would go see a different doctor. JG 4.15.08

Question:

Hi doctor, should after 4weeks of having smartlipo on my arms, should i be able to get ina shirt that once was too tight around my arms without the compression garment on, b/c at this point i can`t and i`m feeling a little discourage, my doctors keeps telling me inflammation but i don`t think so. how much longer for i can say it`s know longer inflammation he just didn`t take enough out.

Answer:

by 4 weeks there should be a good amount of decrease is size, yes. with any liposuction technique. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Thanks dr. garcia for answering my questions so quickly. I`m a little nervous now that you say don`t believe in smartlipo. You don`t believe it`s effective at all. I meant to mentin visceral fat could that be the reason for my sisters abdomen to poke out after having to garment off. I`m really nervous about my sister inner arms b/c they have deep hard dimples in them. with your procedure after a person wears the compression garment does that happen to there arms? She also keeps having build up of fluid on her arms that the doctor has to keep removing with a needle. have you heard of what i`m describing to you happening to patients wrinkling of the skin and fluid? We both are new to this all and was sold on the down time from work.

Answer:

I think it is not as effective as more traditional methods, they use a small cannula and claim the fat is disolved with the laser, it in essence is a smaller incision tecnique but that can lead to lesser results. I think it can remove fat, but it cannot remove large areas and is more tedious and slower to remove the same amount of fat compared to otheer liposuction techniques. If the patiens was not a good candiate to begin with for liposuction, they can have wrinkled skin. It sounds like your sister was likely not a good candidate for liposuction and any method would have given her the same problem, it is just thast with the lure of good skin retraction with SmartLipo, the doctor tried it and now finds out that she was not a candidate for it, from what you are describing. Fluid accumulations can occur with any type of liposuction but I must say that it is not common in the arms. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia: Smartlipo really does not work. Why is that? I wasted $13,000.00. I just wanted an overall sculpting with a minor problem area in my abdomen and flanks from chidbirth. My main concern was those two areas and have had the initial procedure and a followup revision to those two areas. I still have the same fat that was there initially and now I am requesting a refund and they are stating I just need to give myself more healing time for the revision. It has been 17 days. I have no soreness in my abdomen and it does not seem swollen to me, just seems like the same fat is still there and no change otherwise. Can I find documented proof that the procedure does not work properly? If so, could you point me in that direction?

Answer:

well, it does remove relatively small amounts of fat and if that is all you need, then it is OK, but I feel it is a technique where they have inflated the claims and have little science to back up the claims they make. I think you are the documentation you need. I am not a believer in the technology, the science is little to none. You can likely find some of the science at the website for the company, it shows that in one study the differnce after the SmartLipo was only a 17% decrease in fat. Doesn`t sound like it is worth $13,000 for 17%. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I recently had smartlipo completed, and I have a lot of hard areas over abd/back/flanks. I saw someone recommend lymphatic massages, but when i viewed how they do them, it`s a very soft technique is that beneficial to hard areas that need a little more pressure to areas, I want to know the best massage that will benefit these areas. Second question, my sisters arms are very wringled and hard after her smartlipo procedure. Her skin is like clump together will the skin unwrinkle and return to normal over a period of time, Is this unusual? Our midsections are not wrinkle, but her arms are. She`s concern and what another doctors opinion. Thanks for your time.

Answer:

I do not think hard areas will appreciabley improve with lypmhatic massage over more traditional, more aggressive methods, the hard spots are likely scar tissue or areas of blood collection that need to soften up with time. As to your sister, the skin might still smooth out with time and massage but as you are finding out, SmartLipo and all of their claims are not what as wonderful as they lead people to believe. She likely would have had loose or wrinkled skin no matter what technique was employed, but the promise of SmartLipo and skin shrinking is tempting to believe. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Hello Dr. my sister is 4 weeks out of surgery (smartlipo) and she feels when she out of her garment for hours her stomach pokes back out, she doesn`t feel that her abd. is flat like the doctor assured her. What could be the cause of this not enough fat removed, inflammation, etc. I`m only 2 weeks out and my abd feels jiggly and not as flat, what are your thougts, I hope i`m explaining were you are able to understand. What meds do you give to your patients for sedation and pain when performing smartlipo.

Answer:

it could be because the diagnosis of subcutaneous fat, which could be treated with any type of liposuction, was incorrect and she had intra-abdominal fat which is treated by no liposcution technique. Yes, she might still have fat from a very mild small fat rmoval too and if that is the case, then more liposuction would be indicated. I am sorry but I do not use SmartLipo as I feel the claims the company and their docotrs make are inflated and meant to lead patients to believe that the machine is better than other older tried and true methods and it is not, it is a lot of hype for little to no improvement over older well-established techniques. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Dr.Garcia. what are your thoughts on post cirm.liposuction..with lymphatic massage? Is one more prone to clots post op with this, and do you do this with your post lipo pts? thank you so much terry

Answer:

I think it is a good idea, it will not cause blood clots. We do suggest it for our patients after surgery. JG 4.14.08

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia. Jennifer here again. Just curious on about your professional opinon on what is the best technique to perform Liposuction? Do you think the Tumescent techique is better or the ultrasound technique? have you ever heard of the ultra sound technique? Ive been hearing about a lot of drs. using it. My dr. did the Tumescent technique. I was just curious to know what you think is best and what you use? Thanks Dr. Garcia.

Answer:

I start with general anesthesia, we then inject tumescent fluid to disrupt the fat cells, we then use ultrasound, and then evacuate with traditional liposuction. I have been using ultrasound technology for liposuction for over 10 years. JG 4.13.08

Question:

Even when I`m really thin, I have these scary legs that belong on a 300+ lb. woman. When I`ve dieted and exercised to the point where I have no breasts and my ribs show, I still have extremely fat legs. This is not just the thigh area, but hips to heels. Is there a liposuction procedure that can help something like that? If so, approximately how much down time would be involved? I don`t know if you give price info online, but I haven`t priced costmetic surgery in many years, so I don`t have a clue how much it would be. Also, I had a botched lipo in `89 and it left a whole bunch of broken veins. Is that typical? The botched part isn`t so much the veins as the concave/convex new shape it gave to my thighs. I`m assuming if I had lipo top to bottom, that can be corrected.

Answer:

liposuction can be done there, the swelling persists in the legs much longer and the final result will likely take a full year, especially low on the ankle area Prices vary and you need to decide on your surgeon as that will determine the fees. Broken blood vessels can occur after liposuction in some cases, yes. It is not due to anything being done wrong though. Further liposuction on the areas around the depression might bring the surrounding areas down and make the difference less noticable. JG 4.11.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia its Jennifer again, thank you again for your answers about my liposuction question. Sorry to bother you again but, last night I felt that my garment was so tight I wasnt getting any circumlation and i felt the bottom of my garment was digging into the back of my knees. I took a shower and slept last night without my garment, I also came to work today without wearing it but its in my bag. I ordered a different garment online yesterday and i am having it overnighted so it should be here by today. I think the one i had was too small for me. The zipper area was indenting in my thighs and it wouldnt even pull all the way up to the top so I felt like the top of my thighs were not getting compressed. Is it bad that I slept for a night without the garment? It was just one night and this morning but I am going to put the new one on as soon as it gets here. Also dr. I picked up this medicine at the vitamin store called body mend Its a small bottle of liquid with a dropper. It has Arnica mont in it, Belladonna, other ingreiients and its 20% ethanol. Its supposed to be for the aid in recovery of surgeries. have you ever heard of this before or somethign like this? Is it ok that I am taking it? Also should i stop taking it 2 weeks before my next surgery which is May 1st. Thanks again for helping me with these questions.

Answer:

being out of the garment like that should not be a problem. I have never used the liquid drops you have bought but althouh I think Arnica will help with the swelling and bruising, the belladona will make you sleepy. If you want to take it I would do so only at night. I would stop it 2 weeks before the next surgery, yes. Best of luck. JG 4.11.08

Question:

Hello Dr Garcia. My name is Jennifer I messaged you about a month ago letting you know about my circumfrential of the thighs and knees liposuction surgery. I had the surgery done on April 3rd. I am on quiet a bit of pain and am very swollen and bruised. How much brusing is normal? I feel like the back of my knees and the sides are solid purple. my ankles are very swollen. I feel at times my compression garment might be too tight. My legs also feel warms when I touch them. I finished my antibiotics and my steroids. I just wanted to ask you with your circumfriental of the thighs liposuction paitients, how much brusing and swelling is normal? Do you schedule massages for them? I am scheduled for 1 massage a week at my drs office. How tight should the compression garment be? Is it normal that I am in this much pain after a week of surgery. My bruising is very severe I think I have blue, green, yellow and purple bruises all over. My dr. said thats fine because he was very aggresive on me, They removed 5 liters of fat. Is that safe? I would really appreciate your opinon on this. Thanks Dr. Garcia

Answer:

the swelling and bruising can be substanial, as can the discomfort too. We start the massages after one week and try to keep the legs elevated as much as possible to help with all of that for the first month. I think what they removed is likely safe and your issues are common. Best of luck. JG 4.10.08

Question:

I asked about removing the fat that hangs over sleeveless shirts and you said lipo but if the skin is not in good shape it would have to be cut out and would leave a scar....Where would the scar be? Could it be hidden? Many thanks.

Answer:

it would be right over that area, without seeing you I cannot say where the incison would be or if it could be hidden. JG 4.10.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia :) I have the same problem as another poster, looks like you can visually trace the cannula suction lines which appear depressed while the surrounding tissue is raised . On May 8th I am going back in with the same PS for lipo to fix this problem and to improve the square shape of my hips, which should have previously been done. Do you think the PS can really fix the rippled look on my low back from the lipo he did previously? Also he recently injected cortisone into the old tt and bb scars which were still red and inlarged 1.5 yrs after the surgery, would it help to start using the mederma again? Thanks so much for your help. :)

Answer:

I think there will likely be a considerable improvement, yes. I think the time for Mederma has likely passed though. JG 4.8.08

Question:

Hello Dr.-What type of procedure would you suggest for the fat that hangs over sleeveless tops in front of my arm pit? Thank you.

Answer:

migth try liposuction if small and the skin is in good shape, or it would need to be cut out and leave a scar. JG 4.6.08

Question:

Thank you for your response to my question about lumpiness on my abdomen 1 year after lipo. You suggest that the lumpiness is due to scar tissue and further surgery may be necessary to fix it. What type of surgery do you recommend and do you suggest I go back to my orginal surgeon? He has all the credentials and I researched him...great reputation. I was just the unlucky one who isn`t happy.

Answer:

might take a repeat lipo with no fat removal in order to release the skin from the underlying scar tissue so it is smoother. I think speaking with your previous surgeon is a good choice. JG 4.6.08

Question:

I`m confursed about smart lipo..would you reccomend it? will I see a huge difference in my problem areas? Waht do you recc?traditional lipo or smart lipo for optimal results? thank you!

Answer:

I am not confused about SmartLipo, it is essentially no different than other forms of liposuction and there is no evidence it can remove fat any better nor cause skin to shrink any better than other more studied techniques. JG 4.3.08

Question:

What are your thoughts on Mesotherapy for treatment on the upper outer thighs. Do you think it is worth the time and money? Possibly two treatments needed. Thank you Dr.Garcia!!

Answer:

I think it is a waste for all body parts. Sorry. JG 4.3.08

Question:

I wanted to ask what you thought of smart lipo? after having a baby. is it better than traditional lipo and if not what is it for?

Answer:

I do not think it offers any advantage over other methods of liposuction. JG 4.3.08

Question:

hi, I want to know what is liposculture and how does that work.

Answer:

it is merely an attempt to make liposuction sound new, they use slightly smaller cannulas or tubes to remove the fat and they claim to be doing smaller amounts to acheive shape, it is what we have been doing for 20 years in different forms. JG 4.1.08

Question:

hi dr garcia....... i got smart lipo 5-6 days ago.. i was told that i would lose 5-6 lbs of fat, but my weight is the same. would this happen at a later datE/ also, what happens to any fluid that doesnt drain? thanks so much

Answer:

well, it all depends on how much they took off, that is a large amount of weight loss to be achieved by SmartLipo and I think they likely exaggerated their claim. The fluid that does not leak out will be absorbed by your body over a few weeks. JG 3.29.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, Two days ago I had smartlipo with suction done on my upper and lower abs, my flanks and arms. My waist looks really small which I love but it goes from my upper stomach being flat to my lower stomach sticking out like a balloon. I know that there will be some bloating for awhile but this looks really weird. Will this go away?

Answer:

in most cases it will go away in time. JG 3.28.08

Question:

hi dr garcia i had smartlipo and vaser yesterday on my saddle bad, hips and lower abdomen. everythings sore, except my stomach is burning like someones sticking a kinife in it. does this sound like normal recovery?

Answer:

all normal and will get better in time. JG 3.25.08

Question:

Hi doctor i am having lipo on my back stomach and sides what is the difference between cold lipo and untrasound lipo which do you prefer to do and is there something you like better than these two i listed. what is recovery time.thanks

Answer:

I prefer ultrasound, and am not a fan of the cold lipo. JG 3.24.08

Question:

i was wondering if a doctor who is a member of the acadamy for cosmetic surgery is licensed to do breast implants, and lipo. thanks

Answer:

the academy of cosmetic srgey is not an organization that grants a license to perform surgeyr, that is granted by each individual state and that stil does not guarnatee the doctor is properly trained. JG 3.24.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia - just thought I would give an update - I originally e-mailed April of 07 after LUA lipo - recovery was complicated by multiple seromas which had to be drained 4-5 times each. Well I am almost a year post-op and have been completely pain free for about 2 months - the pseudobursa that developed under my right rib cage has resolved and the skin actually looks better than pre-op. It was a long recovery that required diligence. I would encourage people to be patient - it is true that final results take up to about a year. Endermologie and massage/myofascial release really helped me, as did DMSO, and an absolute must is stretching - gentle, sustained stretching. Thanks again for your support - at the time I really thought I had taken vanity to a ridiculous extreme - I am not sure I don`t still think that and doing anything else is not on my agenda but my PS was great through it all, as were you.I am extremely athletic and back to a full schedule - Thanks again - hope this helps others out there!

Answer:

many thanks for the report, I am sure all readers appreciate your openess and follow up. Continued best of luck. JG 3.23.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am a petite (105 lb/5`4 ) 37 year old woman. I have noticed recently that my thigh area is a bit bumpy/cellulite. I do not need lipo, as my thighs are too thin to begin with IMO. What do you think of Velashape? I was told that it might help with the bumpiness. I am concerned however that even if it does smooth my legs, it will it make my thighs thinner, as the same doc mentioned that the Velashape could thin out my friends belly.

Answer:

I think the VelaShape is a good option and I think the amount of fat loss is very small and would not worry about it. JG 3.22.08

Question:

I just had liposculpture done and a tummy tuck after 7 pregnancies, I am at 3 1/2 weeks recovery,feeling much better however I have this sensation like an object is floating like in a ballon full of water (my abdomen) I am afraid that this is fluid imbalance also my belly button is leaking yellowish clear fluid,my drains were removed 2 days ago. It is very uncomfortable when I push on one side of my abdomen the other side blows up and viceversa from side to side. Is there treatments if it is an imbalance and if so what type of treatments. where the incision took place bikini area is also leaking yellowish fluids although it looks like is growing skin and is beginning to close since there is white like skin growing on it. In addition I have purple track like marks above the incision will these go away? Should I also wait to use a gel sheeting belt until the wound closes completely? Very worried please let me know what you think is going on?

Answer:

the purple line is just bruising and will go away in time, as to the other, it sounds like you have a fluid acculmulation and it needs to be drained by your surgeon. I think using the gel sheeting while still draining is difficult so I would wait on that. JG 3.22.08

Question:

I would like to ask your opinion fixing the banana roll area. I`m furious... I made the mistake I had Liposculpture on my upper thighs in Europe about 15 months ago... My thighs look worse than before, my perfect bubble butt disappeared and I have banana rolls especially visible one under my right butt cheek. I saw two doctors in Beverly Hills they both said they could fix it with Smartlipo. I`m really nervous about making it worse. What`s your advice? Should I go overseas and try Ultrashape? Are there any other options? Please advise. Thanks a lot.

Answer:

well, I think neither one is a good option, actually the option to improve it is probabaly re-injecting fat above the banana roll to make it less visible. I think with those methods you will be left with possibly some fat removal but then looser skin which will look worse than what you have now. JG 3.19.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had lipo on my abdomen 1 year ago. I still have lumpiness and general uneveness that I am very self conscious about. At this point I do not think it is water retention or scar tissue from the surgery. I`m worried I got a botched lipo and was wondering if there is anything I can do to smooth the surface of my stomach at this point? I`ve heard endermologie helps. Any suggestions?

Answer:

I think at this point it is not swelling and is likley small scar tissue below the surface. Might need mroe surgery to correct it at this point. Endermologie does help, worth a try. JG 3.10.08

Question:

Is there anything that helps with cellulite? Have you heard of the Lumicell touch for cellulite? Also I had liposuction on my arms 3 years ago and I have some irregularities that I can not stand. What will help with this?. Smartlipo? I am not at all over weight so losing weight won`t help. Cellulite plus irregulatirities seems that it would be hard to treat. Any suggestions? Thanks for your help.

Answer:

nothing reliable or predictable. VelaSmooth treatments help but only as long as you continue the treatments.The irregularities might be helped with more small lipo but it can also be made worse. I do not think SmartLipo offers any benefit over other methods. JG 3.6.08

Question:

Had tumescent lipo of the upper and lower abs a week ago, tomorrow. The day after the surgery my stomach was flat flat flat. However, now, it`s bigger. Is this the swelling...and when will it return to the flatness i saw right after the lipo? Thank you.

Answer:

it is usually swelling at this point. It will take 2-6 weeks for it to go down an appreciable amount. JG 3.4.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, Wiil Radio Frequency Assisted Lipoplasty tighten skin as it melts fat? What is the cost of each treatment? Thank You, JB

Answer:

I would not waste my money on using radiofrequency to tighten skin. JG 3.3.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, its Jennifer again, thank you for answering my question in regards to the stand up liposuction. As for the skin sagging he told me that it is a risk that he just wanted to let me know about but he also let me know that my skin tone is very good and tight. The technique they do is Tumescent Liposuction first. If he says my skin is toned do you think it will still sage? I workout a lot and eat right. I have another question I hope you could answer for me, have you seen people that get the circumference and it turns out ok? or is that bad to do? In your professional dr. opinon would you do and have you done a circumference of the thighs for a patient? I value your opinon and thank you again.

Answer:

well, even toned skin can sag if enough subcutaneous fat is removed. Becasue although many connections from the skin to the muscle are maintianed, some are lost with liposuction and can therefore sag. Working out does not help skin to shrink though. I always tell my circumferential thigh liposuction patients that loose skin might arise and might need to have skin removed which can leave visible scars from the medial thigh lift. JG 2.29.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia. My name is Jennifer. Im 24 years old I am from and currently live in New York City. and im having liposuction done on April 3rd of this year. I am getting it all around my thighs and my knees. Its always been a problem area of mine. No matter how much weight I lose Ive always been trim on the top but very bottom heavy in my legs and behind. So I wanted to ask you a couple of questions if thats alright. Ive had some plastic surgery already, breast augmentation about 4 years ago. But i cant help but be nervous about this operation since Ive heard so many horror stories from people. The procedure im getting is Liposculpture and Cool Lipo also knows as Smart lipo. My procedure price is 8500. I found out from the dr. that he does the procedure while I am laying down on a table, Im not alseep but I am sedated. Ive heard that getting liposuction is better if you stand up while doing the procedure. Do you agree? I really want the best possible technique done that will help me recover as soon as possible. I also heard that when you lay down during the procedure your more likely to have to go back for touch ups. If your wondering the amount of fat that is being removed I believe he said a few liters. Should I look for a different doctor that does stand up lipo, or is it ok to lay down? Thank you for your time, I look foward to hearing from you.

Answer:

in 20 years I have never done liposuction on anyone while standing up, that is all a marketing ploy and as to Cool Lipo and SmartLipo, the only smart one is the doctor which is selling you something alledgedly new, it is not, and making it sound better than other techniques, which it is not, and making you promises of better skin tightening, which it can`t. I will also say that circumferential liposuction of the thighs is done but it is not uncommon for the skin of the thighs to sag if any appreciable amount is removed, I cannot say how much could be removed safely and avoid sagging without seeing you in person though. All the best. JG 2.29.08

Question:

Hi - I had lipo about 2 months ago and I have 2 small scars on my tummy. I want to tan before going on a cruise but I was told that the sun will make the scar turn dark brown. Is that true? If so how long do you need to wait before getting a tan?m Is there anything else I can do to prevent the scars from turning dark? Thanks

Answer:

not true, OK to tan, but they might get a little red. JG 2.24.08

Question:

Hi Dr., How do you feel about breast reduction by liposuction?

Answer:

good option to avoid scars but will leave most women pretty saggy if enough fat is removed. JG 2.21.08

Question:

Hi again Dr.Garcia. For a lipo on abdomen and thigh, how long do you usually recommend your patient to keep the compression garment on for 24/7, and after that, how long each day? Thank you

Answer:

2 weeks 24/7, then 2 weeks 8 hours per day. JG 2.19.08

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia. Thank you in advance for answering my questions. I had a lipo on my abdomen SAL 5 days ago. When I changed the garment, I saw the un-evenness on my upper right abdomen and lower abdomen. There were high raised bumps and felt hard. Should I just leave it alone or I can lighly rub the surface to get better circulation?

Answer:

massage it as tolerated, that will help the swelling even out. JG 2.16.08

Question:

Last year in Aug I had smart lipo or the banana roll. The Dr. took out too much fat and I last month had surguery to correct problem(it costed almmost $14,000). Apparently the surgeon ho did my orrction had another patint from the same client that had my problem. Do I have any grounds to get some compnsation?? I know that things can sometimes not bbe perfect after surgery, but I think the dr did something he shouldn`t have done? Would you agree?

Answer:

well, it is a tough call, I must say that there are always risks but if it is happening over and over again, there might be a problem. I think if you are interested you can certainly speak with an attorney and he might be able to find out more infor for you as to the merits of the case. JG 2.15.08

Question:

This is the eighteen year old again, sorry I forgot to include my lower stomach on my wish list!

Answer:

I always do the whole abdomen so the skin can redrape better. JG 2.10.08

Question:

Hi, I was wondering if liposuction would be alright to perform on an eighteen year old? I`m 5`3 145 pounds, 36DD, my waist is pretty flat except for the bottom, and my thighs are big! I`d like to do liposuction on my thighs, and love handles. What do you think?

Answer:

it think it is OK to do so if you cannot lose the localized fat through dieting. JG 2.10.08

Question:

Thankyou for your reply regarding my pain from liposuction and the numbness from the facial work. I have a couple of more questions. firstly..re: swedish massage for the area, I have massaged lightly since receiving your reply, but the whole area is so sore to touch. When do you usually begin the massaging, and for what period of time? and second question. You said exercise will not help tighten the skin, but what I would like to know is would doing situps, abdomen excercises etc strengthin the muscles of the abdomen and therefore improve the appearance of the area? thankyou again for your time.

Answer:

we usually start the massages 7 days after surgery. We suggest each are for 20 minutes. I think the execises will tighten the muscles but may not change the appearance of the abdomen I am afraid as so much of what is going on is above the muscles.Best of luck. JG 2.10.08

Question:

Hello, 17 days ago I had liposuction to my upper and lower abdomen, and my love handles. I am 5 ft 2 1/2 and weigh 57 kgs. I have good skin tone without stretch marks. I had a really huge stomach and after the liposuction, the Dr said he was surprised at the amount of fat removed (2 litres) considering my small size.I was told to wear my support suit 24/7 for the first 2 weeks and from the 3rd week daytime only. I have chosen to continue to wear it 24/7. Does it make a difference if I do this? also the pain I feel is similiar to overdoing exercises. The surface of my body is numb and my abdomen hurts if I press lightly on it.The pain where the love handles were feels as though I have been badly bruised. It hurts to bend, ie: getting in and out of my car. Approximately how long does it take for the pain to go away? Once I am completely recovered, will exercise help to give a really toned look on the stomach? I have been reading your archives, and massage is mentioned. Is this professional massage, or is it light rubbing I do to myself? I still occasionally feel quite weak, would this be due to the fat removal? Or could it be because of the heat? (it is summer here in Australia)I also had a lower face/neck lift one week prior to the liposuction. approximately how long before my ears stop feeling like numb bricks, and I the numbness goes away from my ears, cheeks and throat? Thankyou for your time...Roslyn

Answer:

I think wearing the garment might help some, I think the soreness should be significantly better after 4-6 weeks. Exercise will not help tighten the skin tough. I use a professional masseuse as some areas are hard to reach for th epatient, just a light Swedish massage. The ears can take 6 months or more to regain their sensation in some people. Best of luck. JG 2.9.08

Question:

Hello again, I validated my email address and activated my account by clicking on the link as instructed, then I submitted a question on liposuction and a lower face lift, but I don`t know if it worked. did you receive it, or do I need to type it again?

Answer:

sorry, please retype it. JG 2.9.08

Question:

hello. I asked a question earlier today (Australian time). I had not signed up as a member at the time. Do you have a record of my question, or do I have to ask it again? I really hope you have a record of it. thankyou. Roslyn

Answer:

the questions are stored on a distant server and I do not have access to them, please repost it, sorry. JG 2.9.08

Question:

I had lipo of my double chin 5/07. I`m only 33 I still look like i have a double chin could it be loose skin or not enough taken out? How can I tell? One side is still bigger than the other, I just dont trust my PS anymore. And it sucks to think I would have to pay again to have someone else redo? Would you suggest not going back to him if I have no faith in him as a Dr. he also did a TT on me and one of my friends its amazing we both need touch up in the same (areas) do you think he just does not know what he is doing? Thanks!!!!

Answer:

could be loose skin or fat, hard to tell without examining you. Maybe discuss with him your concerns and see what he will do to help you out with any further surgery if needed. JG 2.6.08

Question:

Thanks for your hard work. I am a 35 yr old male and had (vaser) lipo on my flanks 3 days ago. I did not stop dipping snuff before or after the surgery, will my stupidity cause cosmetic problems or just slow down my recovery?

Answer:

no effect I feel, best of luck. JG 2.4.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. If I had the choice of VASER lipo 2x the price of SAL, which is better to go with, and why?. Do you recommend lymphatic massage post of? How soon after? What is the process to reduce cellulite appearance? is that Velasmooth? Thank you

Answer:

well, it depends on the area being treated, Vaser is very good at making removal of fat from fibrous areas, like the flanks, much easier so more can be removed, but from the areas like the outer thighs and abdomen the difference is small, just easier for the surgeon to perform. I never charge more when I do Vaser compared to SAL, it is all the same price. We always do lymphatic massage after, twice per week for three weeks. We start that after 7 days. I think VelaSmooth helps with cellulite but it is temporary and has to be kept up. JG 1.31.08

Question:

Hi..Can a surgeon use prexisting scars in the groin area (from cyst removed caused by ingrown hairs) to perform liposuction of the inner thigh? Or is it safer not to? Thanks.

Answer:

if the scar is in an area where the cannula can be passed in the correct direction it can be done. JG 1.31.08

Question:

what are your thoughts for natural weight loss,opposed to touch up abd lipo for apperance.9mo post tt small pouchs back on sides was offered lipo. to fix,choose to do wt loss then 8 months maybe lipo?does lipo remove all the fat cells in spot areas? thank you terri in pa

Answer:

weight loss does not have spot reduction so the liposuction might be a more accurate way to remove the fat cells permanently. JG 1.30.08

Question:

What are your feelings about the UAL liposuction to the neck area?

Answer:

I do it frequently and feel iti s a good option. JG 1.26.08

Question:

Wow, thanks, such a fast answer! Very very clear. You say: You might have some type of venous insufficieny where the valves in the veins are broken and will not help the blood get out . Get it. Yes, I regularly go to the doc and he treats my spider veins and any vein that might contribute to further worsening of my circulation. Thank God no health issue going on and the treatment has improved my circulation big deal, other than there! Yes, elastic grade hose is what he suggests too and I agree they are great, but in Summer, which is when ironically I show more my legs, they kill me (tropical country here). Too hot and not practical. Is there any way to fix the bad valves of my veins there? surgical or not? The swelling goes down as I sleep, I always wake up slim and start moving (stand up) and the fluid retention begins. Thanks for caring, yes I had a checkup, no major circulation underlying condition. So no way to stop those veins from leaking? Thanks for explaining things so clear! Mmuack! removal as it will not make things better. All the best. JG 1.25.08

Answer:

At the present time there is no technology to fix those valves, sorry. Best of luck. JG 1.25.08

Question:

Hi dear Dr., always so refreshing to find someone as generous to educate people as you are. Dr, when there`s fluid retention as the days goes by around a person`s ankles, where and by what is the water stored by? does it mean there are fat cells that plump up ? I do all that I can to improve my venous return but does not seem enough. I am asking because I am very very slim, tiny by nature, but for some reason I have thunder muscular calves (gastrocs and soleus) and to make matters worse I retain fluid around the ankles. As a result, not only I am stick thin with thick calves out of the muscles, the water retention makes me look as if I had fat ankles! Really out of proportion (ugh). Do you think that there are (even if few) fat cells there if I retain water in the area? Does that mean that I could get an appearance of at least slimmer ankles if I got rid of the fat cells in the area where my hypertrophic soleus/gastrocs attach to the ankle??? Help, nobody around here (docs) seem to have a clue about this matter. Nice weekend!

Answer:

what happens is the veins are leaky for lack of a better word and the serum or fliid in the veins seeps out into the tissue. It is the tissues that swell actually, not the fat cells but it is boggy so it feels at times like fat. You might have some type of venous insufficieny where the valves in the veins are broken and will not help the blood get out, medical grade elastic hose are good, and of course you should have a medical check up to make sure there is nothing more serious going on. If the swelling goes up and down I would not suggest the fat removal as it will not make things better. All the best. JG 1.25.08

Question:

i am male, 43, had initial consult today for lipo stomach, flanks, chest. Dr advised he used tumecsent method with Erchonia cold laser to liquefy fat prior to suction, what are your thoughts on cold laser. Also, Dr. stitches incisions? is that ok with this method or should incisions drain? Would it be safe to do lipo on pubic area at same time? THANK YOU

Answer:

the reaserch published has shown that the cold laser does not rupture the fat cells, the only people that have published anything like that are the people that work for the company. The vast majority of surgeons close the incisons to keep it more sterile, draining wounds are not easy to take care of and can get infected and messy. I think the pubic aarea is OK to do at the same time, yes. JG 1.23.08

Question:

I have heard mixed feelings on getting smartlipo on your banana rolls. I have talked to four females who have gotten it done and said it gave their butt a lifted apperance, but I had went to two doctors wanting lipo (was not smartlipo method) done under my butt and was turned away - said it would cause my butt to fall. Is this not true with smartlipo?

Answer:

everything that is a potential complication with traditional liposuction is a risk with SmartLipo. JG 1.22.08

Question:

how long does the swelling appear on your legs after a inner thigh lift.

Answer:

50% gone in 6 weeks, the other 50% will take 3-6 months or more. JG 1.22.08

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia. I will be having vaser high definition lipo next month on the following areas upper/lower abs, flanks, upper/lower back and inner and outer thighs. Do you know how effective this type of procedure is?

Answer:

I think the Vaser is a good ultrasonic method for liposuction. JG 1.16.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia: Thank you for your generosity in educating people like us. I`m considering a SmartLipo using Tumescent in a few weeks on my anterior and posterior thighs plus my upper and lower abdomen. I`m 5`4 and 130 lbs. Not too overweight. Had done prior conventional Lipo on my posterior thighs, calves, and ankles. Hence now the fat are accumulating in my anterior and abdomen. I read your archives, did you say that the max to be taken out is no more than 4000 cc in one operation? My PS told me that he could easily take out 1 ltr from each anterior thigh, does this mean total weight taken out could only be 3 lbs max? 1 liter from Anterior of each thigh x 2 using tumescent, is this something realistically performed? I thought you said, SmartLipo is okay only for a small area.Also, if this is performed by an American Board certified PS in a non-surgery facility but a cosmetic center, is that okay? IS there anything else(questions) I should be asking but haven`t thought of. Many thanks.

Answer:

I think that is alot to remove from an anterior thigh and could end up leaving you with loose skin. I think trying to do SmartLipo for that large of an area will take a very long time to perform. I also think it should be done in a normal certified operating room on the rare case something happens, it is much safer. JG 1.16.08

Question:

i actually meant , will the fat be able to grow back from where it was taken from..(not placed)..for the fat transfer?

Answer:

no, the fat once removed is always gone. JG 1.16.08

Question:

For fat transfer, won`t it leave a scar where the fat was taken out of? Thank You,

Answer:

just the small puncture site for the cannula. JG 1.16.08

Question:

is the liposuction used to perform a fat transfer or graft the same as regular liposuction? Will one still be able to grow fat back in the same area ? or will it grow in a new place?

Answer:

it is similar to regular liposuction, possibly smaller cannulas, and the transplanted fat, if it survives, will get bigger with weight gain, yes. JG 1.15.08

Question:

Hi I just had lipo suction on the thighs, stomach and love handles a week ago and I was told I would see results instantly even with the swelling, I do not feel any different and my clothes still feel the same. How long does it normally take for the swelling to go down and how can I speed up the reduction of the swelling?

Answer:

about 50% of the swelling is gone in 4-6 weeks, the rest can take months. It is a matter of time, but massage and a compression garment do help. JG 1.15.08

Question:

When it comes to liposuction, what is the difference between ASPIRATE and TUMESECENT FLUID and INFILTRATION FLUID. Thanks

Answer:

infiltration is the amount of fluid injected into the fat before it is suctioned out, it is essentially the same as the tumescent fluid. The aspirate is what is removed, but that will contain some of the infiltrate, some blood, and the fat. JG 1.14.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia....Does the Vaser High Definition Lipo-Selection procedure really work.

Answer:

it is a good ultra-sonic liposuction machine. JG 1.14.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had smartlipo on my upper and lower abs in May of 2007. It seemed like everything was going down okay but now, almost 8 months later, I have a small bulge on my lower left abdomen. Can this be from the smartlipo or could this be scar tissue since the area is very close to my c-section scar? Does smartlipo cause adhesions that would cause this distention? Thank You Tana

Answer:

it could be scar tissue or some residual fat, hard for me to tell without examining you. Might just need a small touch up. JG 1.12.08

Question:

HI AGAIN. THANK YOU FOR RESPONDING SO QUICKLY. i ASKED THE QUESTION ABOUT THE LIPO AND THE GIRDLE CAUSING CREASES..... i WAS USING THE FOAM UNTIL LAST WEEK WHEN I STOPPED WEARING IT. SHOULD I CONTIUE TO WEAR IT???? BUT SEEMS TOO BIG FOR ME. AND THE SMALLER SIZE I BOUGHT IS TOO SMALL????

Answer:

I woudl wear the larger one and the foam. JG 1.9.08

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I had smart lipo done on my upper and lower stomach and hips on May the 30th 2007 my Dr removed 6 and 1/2 liters from me and everything looks good, but across the belly button area there looks and feels like there is fat bulge in that area, when I sit I can pinch the fat about 2 inches on that area. Can I still have fluid after all this time and do you think I will see anymore improvement or should I consult my Dr about a touch up?

Answer:

I doubt it is still fluid after this amoutn of time and I think you should see your surgeon, might need a touch up. JG 1.8.08

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction on Dec. 5, 2007 of the lower and upper abdomen, love handles, my back, butt, and inner thighs. I also had a breast lift and implants. Damn the works, almost!!!!! I was crazy enough to do it in Mexico but I am very happy with my results, thank God! The dr. removed almost 8 liters of fat and I am loving my results already, can`t imagine as the swelling goes down more. From day one I felt as if the garment was too tight but I wore until the 1st of this year. Now that I am not wearing my stomach is creasing, although my stomach is flat I have these creases that I don`t like. In between my creases my stomach is rock hard I hope it`s the swelling and it will go down. The garment I was wearing was a medium I bought a small but that it is way tooooo tight and I can`t even sit down. Since I am back at wrok fulltime sitting on a desk the creases are getting worse. Is there anything I cna do about it???????

Answer:

massage and you can also put a piece of foam between your skin and a gridle to distribute the pressure more evenly. JG 1.8.08

Question:

Happy new year!Whats more beneficial? fat transfer onto the buttocks or implants? Im scared of implants, ive heard alot of negative things about implants. Asthetically, ive noticed that fat tranfer has better results. Also, how safe is hydrogel injections in the buttocks?

Answer:

Implants are longer lasting.I have actually heard lots of negative things about both I am afraid. I would never, and I repeat, never let a patient have hydrogel injections anywhere on the body. JG 1.5.08

Question:

Hello, I had liposuction about 3 months ago.My PS removed 4.8 liters from my stomach,inner thighs,back of thighs,arms, and knees. I have a dent above both knees that looks like to much fat was removed. My PS says that I will need to have another surgery to correct it. He says the area is to large to do in the office. He will have to fan out over the dent to make it look more tapered and natural. I do not want to have another surgery w/general anesthesia if it is at all possible to do in the office. I will also have to pay facility fees and anesthesia fees again. How much work can be done in the office without having general anesthesia?

Answer:

that varies, depends on the amount of area to be treated as well as the patinet`s ability to tolerate discomfort from local anesthesia. JG 1.4.08

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia..I searched the database and tried to search by phrase and it came up with nothing, but I am sure you have answered this at some point..sorry for the repetition. I went on a consult for a Dr. that ONLY does Lipo in Beverly Hills. He only performs Tumescent under local anesthetic and this is really attractive to me as I have never been put under and am scared to death to do so. What are your thoughts on this, I read you ONLY do lipo under general but is this something I should consider or search for a DR I feel comfortable putting me under. If I was there you would be my first Choice!

Answer:

well, in this case, what I can say is that I think when a surgeon only does one procedure, and one procedure only, I likley would not go see that surgeon because that procedure may not be the best option for you. As to tumescent liposuction, it is an option, it is not any safer than general anesthesia and in many cases is what the surgeon chooses to do because they do not have the credentials to do it in a a surgicenter under the watchful eye of others. JG 1.3.08

Question:

i am a soon to be 57 year old woman with thickness of neck and starting to sag. which will work better liposuction, or lower mini facelift. thanks so much

Answer:

Liposuction will certainly not help and the mini facelift might help some but if it is loose enough a full facelift will be needed. JG 1.1.08

Question:

Happy New Year! I live in Washington DC, and I had liposuction of the knees 19 days ago. A hard lump has developed inside one knee (on the inside of the leg between the front and back of knee). I plan to ask my Dr. about this, but wanted a 2nd opinion. What do you think is causing this? It looks like a baby hernia, but I have never heard of such a thing. I opted to be awake for this surgery and I know I really really clenched my muscles during the procedure. Could that have caused this? I have had 2 previous surgeries with this doctor, with zero complications and I have loved the results. I am a big fan of the procedure.

Answer:

most likely a small hematoma that formed. I do not think clenching caused it though. JG 12.31.07

Question:

Regarding Velasmooth. On one doc`s website he says it dissolves fat because of the radiofrequency. Is that true? He made it sound like a lipo alternative. He said the reduction is permanant. thanks

Answer:

I have never seen it dissolve fat myself in all the patients that I have seen treated, and if it did, I cannot imagine how he could say it is permanent either. JG 12.30.07

Question:

How can you tell if fat is subcutaneous or viseral around the waist?

Answer:

what you can pinch is subcutaneous, what you cannot is under the muscle and visceral. JG 12.30.07

Question:

I am 55 and thin. I work out etc but am experiencing a mid fat roll around my waist and stomache. Will lipo get rid of it? Will my skin then fall and be loose? Any suggestions?

Answer:

well, if the fat is subcutaneous and not visceral, then liposuction will help, as to whether the skin will tighten adequately, hard for me to tell without seeing you but if there are any strecth marks the skin will likely not tighten. JG 12.29.07

Question:

Hi Dr G, 2 questions for you. 1) What is your thoughts on open drainage after tumecent lipo vs being sutured? Does being sutured really prolong healing? Which do you use in your practice? Secondly, `flanks` for women- the area that is right above the hips and goes around the waist/back area- is this typically an area that gets a smooth result? I know some body parts seem to respond much better than others? I am 39, skin tone is good. Thank you and happy holidays!

Answer:

I always close the incision because I feel the fluid is easily absorbed, there is less chance for infection,the suturing does not prolong healing in any way and sutured wounds always heal better than wounds left to close without sutures. If properly done the flanks should yield smooth results, yes. Best of the Season! JG 12.21.07

Question:

I had tumscent lipo of the upper and lower abs a few months back. It appears as though my doc did not get the area around my belly button..so I am flat above it and below it. Should that area have been lipo`d as well?

Answer:

yes, it should, might need a little touch up under local anesthesia. JG 12.20.07

Question:

What is your opinion on the new Cool-Lipo for neck and jowls? 65 years old and has aged quite well, but would like the jaw-line more defined and marionnete lines gone. The Dr is here in Las Vegas, and supposedly that`s the only thing he does; this new lipo procedure.

Answer:

I think any fat removal will likely leave your skin hanging to a greater degree so I do not think it is a wise choice. As to someone who does one thing only, in general, that is not a good sign, all people do not fit into one procedure so it sounds like someone took a weekend course to offer something new and cannot offer what the person might really need. JG 12.13.07

Question:

Hi Dr. I had lipo of my double chin 05/07 the rt side still looks bigger than the left and it still looks like I have a double chin. how do you know it is loose skin or if not enough fat was taken out. Is it that hard to do lipo since such a small area and the Dr still left one side bigger? Also what are dog ears and what causes it? Thanks a bunch. Wish you practiced in the Inland Empire!!!!

Answer:

the doctor can tell if it is fat or skin, you might also but since you have not pinched as much neck skin as he has it is easier for them to determine that. Small differences can happen but can be touched up if it is only a little fat. Dog ears are where skin is bunched up or pleated at the end of incision when there is an attempt to keep the incision short. Thanks for the kind words too. JG 12.13.07

Question:

I had a little lipo done under my chin - where he also made a small incision to extract a little skin. The stitches inside are suppose to dissolve on their own, but the area is still lumpy/bumpy and purple. I have to hide with concealer always. This is 9 weeks post-op. Today I go in for a cortizone shot to have the healing process go a little faster. Does this sound right and when does the purple color fade? I`ve been using mederma on that area twice a day since the outside corner stitches were removed.

Answer:

well the shots might help but I think removing skin from the under the chin location is a less than optimal way to remove and tighten the area as it will blunt the defnition in the neck, it can take 3 months for those sutures to dissolve too. JG 12.11.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had UAL of the upper and lower abdomen, flanks and thighs on 11/27/07. When I first removed the compression garment my abdomen was completely flat. The garment was very tight, and had foam pads underneath. Now the pads are gone and it seems Im not getting enough compression on the lower abdomen, and now there is a big bulge that is rock hard right below the naval. Is this just swelling or is this what my final results are going to look like? Is this common? I was 5`4 130 lbs befor surgery, had 2Liters removed. Thanks, Kara

Answer:

just swelling, it will go down in time, just massage it and apply warm packs. JG 12.9.07

Question:

I have heard over and over that lipo does not get rid of cellulite however I had lipo on my stomach 2 1/2 months ago and the cellulite I had is completely gone. So I am wondering if the same will hold true if I get lipo on my thighs?

Answer:

well, I have to say that I have never seen true cellulite on the abdomen, so maybe what you had there was not cellulite and I do not think that if you have cellulite on your thighs and you have liposuction that you should expect the cellulite to get better. JG 12.5.07

Question:

Hi Dr. G., I am considering liposuction on my arms and was wondering what the new smartlypo or laserlipo is, as compared to the traditional liposuction? I`m concerned, of course, with negative side effects such as dimpling, skin sagging, etc. and was wondering if it`s true that the laser part helps to tighten the skin after lipo. After all, losing big arms (the bat wing effect), which have always been the bane of my existence, regarding of how slender I am, would probably not be a fair trade for skinner arms that dimple and sag. I would appreciate very much your thoughts and guidance before I take the plunge. Thank you, as always.

Answer:

well, I think the new smartlipo is really not new and gives no advantage when apples are compared to apples. If one removes the same amount of fat on the same patients the result is the same. In terms of loose skin, it is a matter of how much fat is removed, the claim that the laser helps to tighen the skin better than traditional liposuction has not been shown to a medical degree of certainty to be true. I think there is no advantage to the new choice. JG 12.2.07

Question:

I am 10 weeks post op for lipo suction to the stomach area. I have been doing massages 4 times a week.I still have lumps, hardness and the area is sensitive to the touch? Will massages still benefit or should I give up?

Answer:

I think at this time the massage will not do much and it is more of a matter of time I am afraid. JG 11.29.07

Question:

hi doctor, what is your opinion on lipodisolve/mesotherepy does it work at all?

Answer:

not a believer, I think it is a large scale unconsented experiment that is likely a direct FDA violation by those performing it. JG 11.27.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I would like to know if it is possible to revise or fix scar tissue (or adhesion) after tummy tuck with liposuction?

Answer:

it should be able to be improved at least some in most cases but it is really hard for me to say without examining you to determine what exactly is going on. JG 11.26.07

Question:

I am 52 yrs old, and I have a severe case of dry eyes. I am concerned about having fat transfer into my tear troughs although it has been recommended by a highly acclaimed plastic surgeon. Do you think it could possibly make my dry eyes worse? I am not willing to take that risk if in fact, that is a risk.

Answer:

I do not think it will make the dry eyes any worse. JG 11.24.07

Question:

You said mesotherapy is something you would not recommend what do you suggest for cellulite? I am very thin work out but thanks to traits from my mother have it no matter what I do. Would that be liposuction?

Answer:

the only things I suggest for cellulite, and they are both temporary are endermologie and VelaSmooth treeatments. Liposuction will never improve cellulite, it appears to while you are swollen but once the swelling goes away the cellulite appearance returns. JG 11.22.07

Question:

Have you heard of mesotherapy for cellulite reduction? If so what are your professional thoughts on the results. Do you think it works or is it a waste of time and money?

Answer:

I have heard of it and I feel it is unprofessional. A waste of time and money. JG 11.21.07

Question:

have you ever heard of laser liposuction? If you have, what is your thoughts on it? In am considering liposuction in thighs and abdomen. What type of liposuction would you recomend for me. I need a minimal amount of fat removed.Thank You for your service.

Answer:

I usually do either traditional or ultrasonic assisted liposuction, at times I use power assisted liposutionc. Laser liposuction was promoted in the mid 90`s, never lived up to its promises and I think it is failing once again to show any significant advantage to the other methods, just a lot of hype I feel. JG 11.20.07

Question:

You mention VelaSmooth for cellulite. Do you have a ball park estimate how much this procedure is per session. I understand that it varies, but is it pretty expensive? Also, one of the only places near me is American Laser Centers. Any opinions on them? I guess I can always wait until more people in my area do the procedure. Thanks a lot.

Answer:

usualy between $100-$200 per session from what I have seen. American Lasers is a big national chain, nothing wrong with that. JG 11.18.07

Question:

I have what I am told is hyperpigmentation on my thighs after liposuction a year ago. The marks don`t present as sun damage or what I`d call brown circular marks, they are more a pinky grey colour, looking like irregular bruising in certain lights. Is this a common problem? Will it go away? Could IPL treatments help or could you recommend any treatment at all. Thank you.

Answer:

it can happen, not common and if they are there at this point it might be permanent. IPL or a YAG laser might help some. JG 11.16.07

Question:

I had tumscent lipo of my upper abs 7 days ago...that area looks good...however, now the rest of my abs look huge...swollen. Is it possible, even though, that area was not touched there is some swelling there? And, if so, how long til it disappears? Thank you for your time.

Answer:

yes, it can absorb the swelling in the area where there was no suctioning. It might take a few weeks to look better. JG 11.13.07

Question:

Hi dr. how are you? I have a good one for you....I have a bit of jowling not really bad but it is ugly and my derm. told me i could lipo it out. Now I may be stupid but want I still have the excess skin hanging?I believe I had rather look like a chipmunk. Can you do such a thing and be ok for awhile could you use filler for the skin or is this just fat deposit in this area? all i all i need a face lift but just think i will grow old gracefully.

Answer:

seems you are smarter than yor dermatologist, you are correct. It is a lump from the dropping of the tissues and needs to be lifted with surgery to lift the deep tissues and then redrape the skin. All the best. JG 11.7.07

Question:

I am about 20 lbs. overweight. I have a double chin. Would I need liposuction? Approx. how much does it cost? How long is the procedure? And finally, what is the recovery time? Thank you for your time, Heidi

Answer:

possibly but in some people that can leave some loose skin, I think you need to choose a surgeon as fees will vary and the recovery time before out in public is about 2 weeks with liposuction alone. JG 11.6.07

Question:

HI DOCTOR GARCIA I AM A 24 YEAR OLD YOUNG LADY WHO HAS LIPOSUCTION AND FAT TRANSFER IN THE BUTTUCKS IN JUNE 2006. AFTER THE LIPO I WAS HOSPITALIZED IN A HOSPITAL FOR SIX MONTHS DUE TO FACT THAT I HAS CAUGHT SEPSIS DISEASE BECUASE THE PLASTIC SURGEON USED A DIRTY TOOL. I HAVE BEEN LESF WITH SCARS AROUND THE BUTTUCKS AREA AND A INDENTATION ON ONE SIDE OF THE BUTTUCKS, WHICH REALLYS BOTHERS ME. I AM LOOKING FOR A DOCTOR TO FIX THE INDENT WITH FAT INJECTIONS ON THE SIDE OF THE BUTTUCKS, THE QUESTIONS IS DO YOU BELIEVE THAT MY BODY REJECTED THE FAT AND WE I BE ABLE TO EVER GO UNDER THE KNIFE AGAIN??? THANKS

Answer:

no, it is not your fat that caused the problem, it is the instruments that were infected. I think repeat fat injections might help but most likely they will not give you a long lasting result I am afraid. Sorry to hear about the problems. JG 11.5.07

Question:

I want your advise regarding lipolysis over liposculpture. I am 4 feet 11 in. and I weight about 114 lbs, i had children, and I regularly exercise, can you please help

Answer:

I do not believe that injecting material to dissolve fat so I would go with liposuction/liposculture. JG 11.3.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia! I am interestesed in having inner and outer thigh-liposuction. What is your opinion about Smart lipo? Are the results equal to traditional (UAL or tumescent)liposuction? I do not to undergo general anesthesia and the down time is much shorter. If I had traditional liposuction, what does your office charge for these two areas? Thank you

Answer:

I do not think the results from SmartLipo are as dramatic as with other liposuction techniques. It is hard for me to give you a quote for the surgery without seeing you as it depends on time required. We do perform all of our liposuction under genral anesthesia though. JG 11.2.07

Question:

Hi Dr! Just a fast question regarding touch ups. I am at 6 mos out and have a few areas that planned to be touched up. Outer thigh and a little around my belly button. I was told that I would NOT being having the twilight sedation this time, but instead local with pain meds, also being told it should be approx a 30-45 min procedure and be able to wear a spanx type garment after. Should I expect the same type of leaking/pain/swelling/bruising as for the original Lipo or would you assume less since its smaller areas? I am traveling for Thanksgiving 2 days later and will be in a car for 5 hours. Do you think its ok? Thanks so much. PS. My first go round, I was very sore, swollen, miserable and leaking. I am hoping this will be less of a ordeal. One more question. Are touchups `normal or does this mean they really didnt do a good job the first time. I am hopeful the touchup will improve the areas of concern. Thanks so much!!!!!

Answer:

less swelling and leaking, yes. I think the trravel should be OK too. Touch ups on liposuction cases occur about 2-5% of the time so not because anything went wrong. Best of luck. JG 10.30.07

Question:

Im having lipo to my stomach and I want to get the best results possible. What do you think I should do after the surgery to get better results. and not have lumps & dimples all over my stomach. I would like to get the smoothest results as possible. Please let me know what all I can do. Thank so much

Answer:

we suggest the garment for 4 weeks, and massage the area at least twice per week for one month, and limit your activity afterwards to avoid bleeding along with avoiding all OTC products and medicines that can thin your blood like ibuprofen and aspirin. JG 10.30.07

Question:

I still dont know which treatment I should do. Lipo or Lipo smart? Which one do you prefer? I have a friend that had lipo smart but she now has alot of dimples on her stomach, I dont want that to happen to me. I dont have alot of fat. I`m about 10 lbs over my idea weight so I just have a little fat on my stomach that I havent been able to remove from dieting. Im haveing this dont in a month but I have to decied which one to do, any info will help!!! Thanks

Answer:

I do not do SmartLipo myself so I cannot recommend it. JG 10.29.07

Question:

I want to have lipo on my tummy but Im not sure which is best lipo or the lipo smart. Will you tell me the difference between the two. Which one is better? I dont have alot of fat to remove , just a little tummy pouch. Also I dont want to end up with bumps & dimples , how can I avoid that?

Answer:

SmartLipo is really only for patients with very small amounts to be removed, if regular liposuction is done to a small amount the differences between the methods are small but it is hard to do Smart Lipo on big areas. The lumps are due to amounts taken so if it is not much it should be a low risk of that. JG 10.29.07

Question:

I have cellulite on my buttocks & thighs. What is the best treatment for that? Do I need lipo? What are your views on mesotherapy? Does it work? Will it last? Please let me know if there is a treatment I can do to make this better. Thanks so much

Answer:

liposuction does not help cellulite, can try Endermologie or VelaSmooth but they are temporary fixes. JG 10.29.07

Question:

Hi, I had lipo all over the stomach area 3 weeks ago. Shortly after surgery I noticed the garmet was causing a crease in my stomach. My doctor told me since I was athletic that I did not need to wear the garmet 24/7 so I only wear it at night. He also said to do massages for 3 weeks. The 3 weeks have passed but the crease has not-should I continue w/ the massages?

Answer:

yes, continue the massages, stretch and try to lift the crease off of the underlying muscles. JG 10.23.07

Question:

Hi, I am a 50 yr old female. I have asked 2 doctors with 2 differnt opinions on lipo of the ankles. The 1st said he wouldn`t do it because of circulation. I am 125lbs and 5`4 . The 2nd said he would do tumescent lipo on just the back sides of the ankle. There is not a whole lot of fat there but I`ve been self concious my entire life. Is it safe and are the results usually good when the amount taken out is low? Thanks Kyle

Answer:

I have had many patients that are happy with liposuction there but I will say that the swelling takes a very long time to go away. JG 10.21.07

Question:

I`m 33 and had liposuction on my abdomin and love handles in May 2007. Just minor, not a lot. But right after surgery, my love handles swelled up and have remained larger than they were before. Also, my lower abdomen is hard as a rock. My doctor - who I am beginning not to trust (I live in Amman, Jordan) says that my lower abs are hardened fat cells and scarring. He wants to go back in and surgically break up the mass in my lower abs and redo my love handles. I`m pretty nervous about it, though - I`m not sure he knows what he is talking about at all since he sort of seemed to be guessing! What do you think?

Answer:

hardness can happen from scarring due to bleeding at the time of surgery, I think using traditional liposuction again might not help much, I think power-assisted or ultrasonic liposution might yield a better result for you. All the best. JG 10.21.07

Question:

Hi - Im having a hysterectomy next month and then I want to have lipo & fix a old scar from etopic preg. but Im not sure how long I have to wait after my hysterectomy to have this done. I cant do it all the same time because it is with 2 different docters. But I wouls like to get it done asap. Thanks

Answer:

I think 4-6 weeks is reasonable. JG 10.18.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia. I live in Atlanta, I am a mother of an 8-yr old. For most of my life I have been over weight. Now about 40-50lbs over weight. I have in the past 3 months started eating healthier, less and I exercise everyday. However, as with every other attempt in my life I can not get the weight off. I have tried everything. I would like to have liposelection done. Pretty much on my entire body, stomach, back, arms, hips, thigh inner and ouer and my arms. Crazy probably. But I have seriously tried everything. What do you suggest? And what is a ball park figure on something that detailed?

Answer:

I cannot recommend liposelect or any other type of liposuction for weight loss, it is meant for the spot reduction of fat so I do not think it is a wise choice, sorry. JG 10.17.7

Question:

Dr. Garcia- If there is excess skin from calf liposuction, is there a way to tighten it? I have read about the removal of skin by placing the incision behind the knee. Do you know about this procedure? Does it provide good results? Thank you.

Answer:

I have not seen the skin sag and if it did the scars would not be pretty from a skin excision. JG 10.15.07

Question:

Dr.Garcia, I was born and raised in Las Vegas and have been told you are the best. I have Peronies Disease on my penis and the plack is located near my pelvic area. I was told by a urologist that it can be removed but there is a possibility that sensitivty can be lost depending on were it is removed from. Do you do these types of surgery? Have you ever done this type of surgery? Thank you.

Answer:

I do perform and have done it, the area where the Peyronie`s plaque is removed will lose some sensation, that is correct, it many times is done with a skin flap or in some cases skin grafts. I would be happy to meet with you in person and discuss what the best option might be. There shoudl nto be any sensation loss in the tip though. Urologists perform that surgery too, although not all of them. Let me know if there is anything else.

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I had smart lipo a little over 4 months ago, on my upper and lower abs and hips. Six pounds were removed in all. It has been a little over 4 months and I still have alot of fluid around my lower abs, from the navel down. Is this normal and if so how long could it take to fully leave the body?

Answer:

very unusual, I think you need to see your doctor and see if they can drain the fluid off for you. JG 10.11.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia: It has been almost three months since my lipo on upper and lower abs, flanks and waist. My waist is a lot smaller, has been since two weeks after the procedure. However, I seem to be retaining a strip of fullness which feels like bloating or swelling around the panty line area. I feel fat there. I have not gained weight. Why would it feel fuller there than before,and if it is swelling, why does it take so long to go away, and when will it go away. Thanks in advance for your answer.

Answer:

it takes time because the swelling as it goes down meets a little resistance at that point due to your clothing, sort of like a dam, and will get better but final resutls will take 6 months or more. JG 10.8.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia- After you have liposuction, is there something available to help tighten the skin? Also, what is the best way to remove the dark skin pigmentation that occurs afterwards? It has been five months since the surgery. Thanks.

Answer:

the ability of the skin to shrink all depends on genetics, age, the quality of the skin, and amount of fat removed, not much else. The darkness can be helped with hydroquinone and at times a YAG laser in severe cases. JG 10.7.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia- You did a calf/ankle lipo on my last December and did a touch-up in May to make them more uniform. You do GREAT work! Now that some of the swelling is down, I believe I need one more touch-up on the left leg (top of calf to middle of leg). It has about 1.25 inches more of fat than the right leg and is noticeable when standing. Could this be done as an outpatient procedure? What is the cost of such? To everyone on the message board, he does great work, even with surgeries that can be difficult (ankle lipo). He is worth the trip!!

Answer:

please call the office and speak with one of the nurses, it is likely able to be done in the office under local anesthesia. See you soon and thnak you for the kind words. JG 9.30.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am wanting to be a soon patient of yours for lipo... I have heard some dr.`s say they are leary of doing the upper abs because of the unforgiving & ripples it can cause. What is your take on that area? Also is there any area of lipo on the body that you do not do? My interests for it is the inner & outer thighs, flanks, dorsal roll, upper & lower abs. Thanks ahead for your answer & time. Shivaughn

Answer:

it greatly depends on the amount of fat and quality of the skin, if it is a large amount of fat to be removed it can leave loose skin, I routinely do liposuction there. I never, at least on a first time liposuction, only treat the lower abdomen alone. All of the areas you mention I perform liposuction on but not all patients are candidates for all those areas due to potetnial loose skin. JG 9.27.07

Question:

I am a MS nurse so speak to me on medical terms this is not my field. I want to know the A&P behind the hard knots after lipo. I know it`s an accumulation of fluids but why & what kind. I can`t stretch, it pulls like tight muscle. Hot baths followed by viberater breaks them down smaller for me. Do to the numbness I`m staying away from heating pads; but by not went from 1 lg saucer size to several nickle size knots so its working but it`s been 6wks.

Answer:

most of it is small blood collections that cause an inflammatory response and feel firm and need to be broken down slowly by the body. Heat massage and stretching will help but the resolution usually takes a couple of months in many cases. JG 9.27.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I came to see you several years ago and didn`t follow thru but now I`m quite ready. I have COPD. However, my tests show improvement every year and my case remains moderate. From taking Presnisone I have an ugly deposit of fat on my abdomen. I want to have liposuction to remove it. If you would not want to do it under a general anesthesia, would you consider doing it under a loca. I have had major surgery since I`ve had this with no unusual problems. I just don`t want to live with the pregnant look any longer. Will you take me on as a patient? My blood pressure is always good, all of my organs function well. My cholesterol is good. I am not on O2. I am very active. I look forward to your answer as I want to take care of this asap. Kathryn Adam

Answer:

As long as the COPD is under control I think liposuction can be done,please feel free to clal the office and hope to see you soon. JG 9.24.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia me hicieron una liposuccion en los brazos hace 1 año y las cortadas estan en los codos, pero casi siempre tengo dolor y no puedo regargar mis codos en nada porque me duelen, aparte se me duermen mucho los brazos, yo creo que dañaron lo nervios, hay manera de hacer una reparacion en eso? O me pordria decir con que especialidad en medicina podria ir? Gracias.

Answer:

lo siento pero no se puede reparar. JG 9.23.07

Question:

What is the difference between Liposculpture adn Smart Lipo?

Answer:

SmartLipo uses laser energy to dissolve the fat before removing it, where liposculture is a made-up name by surgeons doing liposuction to make it sound less invasive, less painful, and more artisitic to what others do with normal liposuction but in reality there is absolutely no difference except for the marketing. JG 9.22.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia- I had Smartlipo on my upper and lower abs over 5 months ago & the machine broke during my surgery. In result, I saw no results. How soon can the procedure be performed again? And also, should the doctor perform the re-do at no cost to me? Thanks

Answer:

I think you can do it again now. I think if the machine broke he should certianly do it for you, it was not your fault. JG 9.19.07

Question:

I am considering Vasar assisted Lipo, but from reading many posts lumps and unevenness seem pretty common as a result of Lipo. I am 37, 5`4, weight 120lbs. and would have lipo on my mid-section, lower and upper abs, back, and possibly arms. I would also like to know if I have a higher chance of getting stretchmarks if I get pregnant post-lipo. Thanks so much! I am learning a lot from reading your posts

Answer:

In general lumps are not common, it is just you hear about them here because people without problems usually do not post and if you have liposuction or not will not affect the stretch mark chances positively or negatively. Thanks fo rvisiting. JG 9.17.07

Question:

How long after a tt and lipo should I be able to get some revision lipo at no cost. About 6 months after lipo I asked my PS about doing more lipo and he said I didn`t need it and he`d be afraid of causing more rippling than I already have. I`m not too happy with any of the lipo that was performed, it`s just not smooth looking. Is there a way to remove fat other than lipo for small amounts of fat and rippling? Thanks for your help. :)

Answer:

might benefit from small fat injections to the depressions. JG 9.16.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia; I have had liposuction on the upper and lower abs about 71/2 weeks ago. I still feel some numbness on the outside part of the stomack, at the naval point and below. Like a belt of numbness and bloatiness or mushiness., and thickness. Is this normal at this point. Would it be swelling, and how much longer can I expect this to last? Secoudly, I now have some loose skin below the belly button area, like undulations, but like skin that is now loose. However, when I pull it up, it does not go away.It`s like the skin is stuck and won`t give and smooth out.Will this resolve itself? Will it pull up smoothly at some point, so I can have a reverse tummy tuck that looks good. Before the lipo, I used to pull the skin up, and it looked good, although my stomack looked fuller than I liked, which is why I got the lipo. Will it pull up smoothky again at some point? Thanks in advance for your answers.

Answer:

it is normal and can take up to 6 months to go away. After that if the skin is stil loose then speak with your surgeon about some skin tightening options. JG 9.16.07

Question:

Is there a difference between lipo on your flanks, as opposed to lipo on your bra roll/side back fat...or, are they just interchangeable ways of saying the same thing? Thank you.

Answer:

the flanks is what women typically call their hips or men their love handles whereas the bra strap is called the dorsal roll usually for both sexes and they are considered seperate areas in terms of treatment. JG 9.6.07

Question:

Hi, is it alright (and safe) to have thermage done on area that is to undergo liposuction a week after? Or could it the thermage affect the surgery?

Answer:

I think the Thermage will not do anything so if you would like, it is OK to proceed. JG 9.5.07

Question:

Hi, is it alright (and safe) to have thermage done on an area that is to undergo liposuction a week after? Or could the thermage affect the surgery? Thanks

Answer:

save your money and skip the Thermage. JG 9.5.07

Question:

With vaser lipo how much more of a downtime does a person have? Do they have the same risks as regular tumenescent lipo? Why do you not feel the lipo dissolve is not safe?

Answer:

I have never found Vaser to add any additional downtime to a liposuction procedure. As to Lipodissolve, I have seen a number of large infections with the material and also the materials they are injecting are not FDA for injections. JG 9.4.07

Question:

What is ultrasonic vaser lipo, and how is it different than tumensent lipo? What is your opinion on lipo dissolve, and is it safe? What is the ingredient they put in you. I`ve read where some people say it`s painful and others say not. It`s really confusing.

Answer:

the difference is that Vaser ultrasound melts the fat before it is aspirated to make the fat removal more efficient. I do not think Lipodissolve is safe and do not recommned it. JG 9.4.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am a petite woman, 110 lbs, contemplating mini-lipo for the purpose of gathering fat to inject elsewhere. The proposed target would be to extract 100 ccs (50 from the waist and 50 from one side of my butt/lovehandle area) for injection elsewhere. Does this sound like a lot given my size?. My question is, could liposuction potentially lower the crease of my buttock (an unwanted effect) or make the crease disappear (as in the case of one of your posters who said after lipo her butt and thigh appeared to blend together.) I am trying to understand the potential risks of this procedure. My skin has very good elasticity but I do now want to end up with the saggy butt issue that some have experienced. Thanks!

Answer:

I do not think the crease of the buttock will be helped with liposuction and yes it can be made worse if too much is removed. JG 9.1.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia - first wrote to you about my ULA lipo April 25th. I later developed 3 seromas which were drained between 3-5 times each. I am now 4 months post-op and seem to have stabilized in terms of recovery (I am hoping for more improvement). I still tightness at the end of the day in my rib cage and waist area especially and the abdominal skin still looks a bit post-op, R > L, especially where I had the most difficult seroma. There continues to be some hardness and immobility of the skin on the R and when I press deeply I can feel a quarter size lumpabout .5-.75 cm thick just under the rib cage. I am concerned that this is a pseudobursa. ALthough it is not painful now I am very much aware of this area still - especially when I work out or stretch - is this something that can still go down with time? How does one determine whether this needs to be removed and what are the complications if it isn`t? Thanks again - I still find compression is the only thing that relieves this tension on the skin.

Answer:

from your history it most likely is a pseudobursa and in time it looks like it will continue to collapse and will soften and get more mobile, it will take time though. JG 8.30.07

Question:

I also had lipo on my abdominal area, 9 weeks ago, my ps told me too continue wearing the girdle after I pointed out that the skin is uneven, like a curve, in and then out. What do you think about this...at 9 weeks does the girdle still help retract the skin into place and is there still hope of skin reattaching better????

Answer:

we use it for 4 weeks and I think some massage and stretching of the area should help. JG 8.29.07

Question:

I was left with a long, about 3 inches, upper part of my left buttock almost by the hip area, I am 9 weeks post op lipo....very noticeable when I wear pants because it sinks in that indentation area...I am very unhappy about this, can this be resolved and if so how?

Answer:

hard for me to say without seeing it I am afraid. The indentation might need some fat injections. JG 8.29.07

Question:

I have been having trouble with my stomach for so long and I`m just sick of letting it hang there. So my question is will it cost me a lot of money removing all this fat? I want to get laser lipo but I don`t know if it might be suitable for me. I`m 33 yrs old and I just gave birth to a girl. I`m not planning to have anymore so I just want to get this fat off. What are your suggestions?

Answer:

I think it is difficult to advise you what would be in your best interst without seeing you in person, or at lesat see photos, the options are too varied. JG 8.26.07

Question:

I had a tummy tuck recently and liposuction done to my back about 2 and 1/2 weeks ago. My Tummy Tuck seems to be healing well, but my back keeps swelling and im concerned about this. I have been going weekly to get fluid drained, but the fluid seems to come back. Also, I am a hiker, when do you think I can resume my hiking? I am afraid of ripping my stiches in my abdomin. Thank You very Much. P.s. i am very impressed with your website.

Answer:

the fluid reaccumulation should slow down soon and as to the hiking, I would say 6 weeks after surgery. Sutures should be OK after that. Best of luck and thanks for visiting. JG 8.26.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, what are your specific objections to Smart Lipo? I see from many of your replies to inquiries here that you are opposed to it. My plastic surgeon is recommending it for my anterior axillary pads. Thank you very much for taking your valuable time to respond. Your extraordinary generosity and expertise help countless people. We are all most grateful to you.

Answer:

well, I am not really opposed but I think the claims are over-blown.I personally have decided not to invest in a new machine that in my view offers no advantage over other older techniques such as ultrasonic assisted liposuction (Vaser or Lysonix). In reality, if you use small canulas and remove very small amounts then recovery is quick and all of the other issues that SmartLipo contends are the same. If one needs large areas of fat removed, it can be removed using SmrtLipo but it will have no advantages over more traditional techniques and will take a longer time to remove. Because it is new, it can also be pricey. For anterior axillary folds I commonly do it using tumescent anesthesia like SmartLipo and just a traditional cannula, without SmartLip. One of the claims of SmartLipo is better skin contraction or shrinking and I have to say that the photos shown at national meetings do not support those claims making it better at skin contraction over other techniques. I am just opposed to the what I feel are exaggerated claims made by some new technologies. I think it works but it is slow and the advantages I feel are small to non-existent. JG 8.24.07

Question:

I asked yesterday about brachioplasty. How do you help your patients decide? I think my upper arms look so fat - and it seems more noticeable because my torso is somewhat tone and slender. No exercise helps. I just know that tuck under the armpit isn`t going to do what I want. The chub seems to pool around my elbow area - as does the sag. But the scar! I just don`t know. I don`t think I have ever seen anyone with that scar, and I know there have to be people out there who have done it. Do you have any before and after shots I could see of your patients? Also, I need to get a compression garment - any in particular you recommend? AND would I get a better result by wearing the garment longer AND doing massage and perhaps putting scar guard or something other scar cream on? Thank you.

Answer:

look at this image link for an idea of what it could look like http://msnbcmedia1.msn.com/j/msnbc/Components/Photos/040303/040303_niptu... Usually the surgoen who performs the surgery will provide the garments. The garment is normally worn for one month but wearing it longer will not improve the end result. As to the scar we use Mederma or ScarGurad. JG 8.22.07

Question:

I saw my PS today about my flabby upper arms (I`ve always had problems with sagging skin, though I`ve never been heavy). He said I was borderline for a brachioplasty. He did mention that he could do a bit of tucking beneath my armpit instead, but my feeling is that the tucking won`t help the *entire* arm, and one of the areas on my arms that bothers me the most is toward my elbow. BUT I do wonder if I`m not trading one thing for the other - meaning, I don`t like my arms in short sleeves now, but then I`ll have a long, perhaps ugly scar and I *still* may not want to wear short sleeves. My PS claims that because of my skin tone that my scar should turn completely white after a year or so, but I wonder if that is true. I could really use some advice, Dr. G. Thanks!

Answer:

well if the elbow area is a problem I do not think a limited armpit incision will do much in the long term, as to how the scar heals, it might be a pale white line but there is tension on arm incisions and at times they heal in a thick red fashion, no way to totally predict it. JG 8.22.07

Question:

hi, it`s been a year now after my lipo done on both of my leg. the scar has never go down, it is red(dark red) and bumppy. what might be the possible cause of this scaring. also, i have to note that a year ago soon after the surgry, one day after the removeal of the stitch, one of the incision broke opened a little and bleeded. and was left to heal on it`s own. the scar for this opened cut are just a little bigger in size then the one on my other leg. i just want to ask if the bad stitching job might have cause this (about 1cm long by 0.5cm wide by 0.2cm high scar). thank you very much, please help

Answer:

it can be due to heat or friction at the incison site, not common but can happen, especially on the legs. If incisions open and close on their own it has a higher chance of that happening to. Might just need to have them cut out and re-stitched, can be done in the office. JG 8.17.07

Question:

Hello it has been 6 weeks since I had my surgery. I had a fat transfer from my stomace to buttocks. I still wear my girdle. I notice that when I take it off my stomache swell. It has been six weeks. How long before I stop swelling back up? And how long before I can stop having to put on this girdle for swelling? And is it true that once your buttocks become soft after a fat transfer to the buttocks that the fat that is left in your buttocks will remain because when I first had my surgery my buttocks was hard.

Answer:

some swelling is normal for 2-3 months. We stop the girdle at 4 weeks. I am not a believer in the long term survival of fat injections to the buttocks. JG 8.20.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I weigh 130 and am 5`5 so not over weight. But I have a lot of fat under my chin so I got some chin lipo. I got 50cc of fat taken out. How much is that? And I don`t notice a difference at all, it`s been 7 days but I heard you always can tell at least a little difference right after. Do you know how long it will take for it to show?

Answer:

It is about 1 2/3 ounce. It might take a month before you see a difference though. JG 8.15.07

Question:

I had tumescent lipo on the stomach/hips in Feb. And then a touch up in June. However, I still have areas that are a bit uneven in fat distribution, on the lower abs and near the belly button. Not grossly abnormal, but noticeable....would it be completely out of line to approach my doctor and ask about another touch up?

Answer:

no, not totally unreasoanble, it is something that is not uncommon with tumescent anesthesia as the anesthesia will distort the tissues and make it hard to see what has been removed and what remains. JG 8.13.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. I had chin liposuction 7 days ago and it still hurts to touch the area it was preformed in (my neck area and lower chin). There is no sign of bruising but still swollen quite a bit. Is this normal? I heard about 7 days you look better and only a few days or soreness/tenderness. Is there anything to make the progress go faster? Thank you!

Answer:

all normal, the pain is variable between patients and also depends on how much was removed, the more taken off the greater the discomfort. Warm moist theat and light massage will help it. JG 8.13.07

Question:

I am 55 years old and am considering arm lipo. The dr plans to use vaser and finish with smart lipo on the smaller area of `pit fat`. I am not hugely overweight, probably only about 15-20 pounds overall, so my arms are just fat enough to crinkle a bit toward the top, with of course the lovely little bulge right at the armpit. Do you think this procedure will be effective? I really don`t want the more drastic armlift. How old is too old for arm lipo to be effective? Thanks.

Answer:

well, the more fat removed the greater the difference but the greater the chance of loose skin, I personally see no advantage to SmartLipo, it is just a conservative method and no better and probably not even as good as Vaser. JG 8.11.07

Question:

Hi Doc, I had lipo about a year ago and have a couple of lumps that need touching up. I was wondering if the new Ultrashape body contouring would work on this. Thank you.

Answer:

yes but it is not commercially available yet. JG 8.11.07

Question:

how many times can you have lipo-tumescent done in the same areas and how far apart? what about in different areas. any danger

Answer:

no real danger, I suggest waiting at least 6 months in-between. I am not sure why you are needing it done over and over again though. It should be done once and in some small fraction of cases a small touch up in large areas. JG 8.11.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction done last january and there was no change, was it because I did not wear a garment after surgery?

Answer:

it more than likely depends on the amount taken off and weight changes after, the garment would not have that effect. JG 8.10.07

Question:

Hello I am 1 month into recovery from a fat transfer from the stomache to the buttocks. Yesterday I kept having to urinate like every 2 hours, but when I go to the bathroom it would not be alot. I was wondering did that come from me having plastic surgery or do I need to go to the doctor. I came home and took some cranberry pills and today I am not using the bathroom as much. I am not hurting or anything when I go. I want to know when can I start exercising and dieting? Thanks for your time!

Answer:

sounds like a urinary tract nfection,as to exercise and dieting we let our patients do that at one month. JG 8.7.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia - I had smartlip on my abdominal area three weeks ago. I`m a small sized woman...I just had a pooch that exercise would not eliminate. My question is about the concaveness I have starting from my belly button and about two inches out. It`s a bit tight and I massage it often. I`m sunken in and I am wondering if this will smooth out. I appreciate your help!

Answer:

it hopefuly will ,all depends on whether the liposuction was feathered, give it some more time. JG 8.3.07

Question:

Thinking about getting lipo and fat graft injection to the butt If done correctly what precentage of the fat will stay.Whats the best for a wrinkles under the eye area besides the C02.

Answer:

I think in two years almost all will be gone in terms of the fat injections. That is what I have been told in person from the guys who do it and are honest. As to the wrinkles below the lower eyes you could try a Rhytec Portrait. JG 8.4.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia: My questions are about Smart Lipo/Vaser. So, Vaser is the best way to go when having this procedure? Also, I read one of your answers to a question about the procedure which stated there is no advantage to having this procedure over traditional liposuction. Is this because the downtime is the same or is there really only 2-3 days downtime with Smart Lipo/Vaser?

Answer:

basically down time is related to how much is removed, if you only remove a small amount there is no difference betweeen techniques. I feel Vaser is hugely more effective in liquifying fat for removal over SmartLipo, and there is no clinical evidence that SmartLipo helps skin shrink any better than normal liposuction. JG 8.4.07

Question:

why is it that after undergoing abdominal lip, 6 weeks ago, anything that I drink, or eat, even just a piece of carrot or 1/2 glass of milk or water, I feel swell up in the abdomen/waist area, like I had eaten 2 three course meals???? still wearing the compression garment, since I still feel uncomfortable without it, is this still helpful. I feel I had a lot more than 1 1/2 liters of fat to extract...was quite bulgy on the core areas....you think my ps was just too conservative that is why he just extracted this amount????

Answer:

as to the amount removed, we remove what is in excess and that varies from patient to patient, as to the indigestion and bloating I am not really sure what could be causing that this far out from surgery. JG 8.2.07

Question:

how long after liposuction of abdomen and flanks will the end results be seen, at 6 weeks there is still someswelling right, can better results be seen after 6 weeks and how long should the compression garment be used if this in fact is important for the skin to contract at this time?

Answer:

6 months. We use the compression garment for 4 weeks. JG 8.2.07

Question:

is it normal to still be swollen from abdomen and flanks after 8 weeks post op liposuction? and is 1 1/2 liters of fat too little to have taken out of abdomen and flanks?

Answer:

not usual, there should be some swelling but not a large amount after 8 weeks. As to the amount removed, it depends on how much was there to begin with, that might have been all that was there to remove. JG 7.31.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, any preliminary opinion on Ultrashape?

Answer:

for small area but effective. JG 7.30.07

Question:

I know you are very busy, but I have a few more questions. I am a week and two days post op. I was told that if I apply heat that I would swell. I am in some pain I had lipo and fat transfer. Is that true? How soon will I start loosing the fat that was transfer to my buttocks? I have not been laying on my back,but I have been sitting some to go back and forth to Dr. app. I have been sleeping on side. So how long will it take before I start loosing my fat that was transferred in my buttocks.

Answer:

well heat does increase blood flow to the area and that makes the bruising and soreness go away and I guess in a rare case may cause more swelling but nothing appreciable in the vast majority. The losing of the fat will start to be seen after 6 weeks or so. JG 7.30.07

Question:

Had lipo several years ago, wavy/lumpy appearance of abdomen. Can anything be done?

Answer:

might need a little skin undermining with the liposuction cannula and in areas where the lumps are more fat removed and no fat removed in the lower areas, otherwise a tummy tuck might help. JG 7.16.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am a 38 yo female who has had 3 children-2 recently. I am considering lipo of abdomen, inner thighs and love handles. I am in excellent shape, am 5`5 and weigh 123 lbs. I have a pooch on my tummy that I would like reduced and I do not wish to have a tummy tuck. When I am standing my skin looks smooth, but is somewhat loose when I bend over-which does not really bother me. I do not have any stretchmarks at all! My little pooch is not nearly bad enough to trade for even the best scar. I have consulted with 3 ps`s--one rec`d a ftt, one said she would do lipo, but be careful, and one was not worried and rec`d Smartlipo. I do not need a washboard tummy, but would not like a pocked, floppy tummy either. Have you seen any evidence that Smartlipo tightens abdominal skin? Is the best bet careful lipo in highly skilled hands? Your input is greatly appreciated.

Answer:

I think the lesser recovery from SmartLipo is only because they remove much less, there is absolutely no published evidence that the SmartLipo causes skin to shrink any better than any other liposuction technique when all variables are controlled for. That technology was performed over 15 years ago and faded away due to the exagerated claims and it has risen again to feed on people`s fear once again Unfortuantely you are going to be faced with a difficult decision, a small amount of lipo that will not leave you with any loose skin but not much of a change versus more definitive pooch reduction but with resultant loose skin. I would tell you that if you are desiring a substantial reduction in the pooch to not do anything unless you are willing to live with a tummy tuck scar. Surgeon`s skilled hands do count but ultimately it is more dependent on the amount of fat removed and your skin`s ability to shrink. JG 7.16.07

Question:

I had fat transfer from my stomache,flanks,hips and I had it transfered to my buttocks. I had the sugery on july 9, 2007 and today is july 15,2007. I am very, very, very sore and I really dont see a big difference. My stomache is hard and I have a big pooch at the bottom of my stomache. I have been wearing my compression garment like I am susposed to. I am also very swollen I use to could wear a size 10 now I wear a size 14. Is there anything I could do to feel better? My body is real sore. And do you think my stomache is gonna keep that big pooch at the bottom. And how long before all the soreness goes away? I have pain pills, but it is more soreness than anything. It hurts real bad when I move or try to ge up, PLEASE give me your opinion and yeah its the diabetic girl again.

Answer:

the swelling at this point is normal and will get better, but it takes a few weeks. Warm packs and massage will all help. JG 7.15.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction one year ago and following surgery I had extreme uneveness in several areas. 6 months later we did another surgery so he could go in and fix the areas. After this surgery some areas were better and others were made worse. Before ever having surgery i did not have much of a gluteal crease and now i have a huge crease and a very saggy apearance and one side is lower than the other. Could you please look at my pictures on the link below and tell me what went wrong and was it a mistake and do you know anybody that can fix me? http://www.makemeheal.com/pictures/viewAlbum.php?albumid=3646

Answer:

I think the best bet for the loose skin and surface irregularities will be a buttock lift and that will leave a scar on your posterior waistline. JG 7.11.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction one year ago and following surgery I had extreme uneveness in several areas. 6 months later we did another surgery so he could go in and fix the areas. After this surgery some areas were better and others were made worse. Before ever having surgery i did not have much of a gluteal crease and now i have a huge crease and a very saggy apearance and one side is lower than the other. Could you please look at my pictures on the link below and tell me what went wrong and was it a mistake and do you know anybody that can fix me? http://www.makemeheal.com/pictures/viewAlbum.php?albumid=3646

Answer:

I think your best bet to correct the loose skin and surface issue will be to have a buttocks lift which would leave you a scar at the posterior wasitline, Sorry to hear about the difficulties. JG 7.11.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I have seen several questions on your site regarding stomach unevenness after lipo, but mine is a little different. I had smart lipo to the upper and lower abdomen and am 3 wks post op. All of my bruising and swelling is pretty much gone and I`ve worn the garment 24/7. In the procedure she also sucked out the fat and did not leave it to dissolve. Prior to surgery I only had a pooch that hung over my jeans as I am 5` 6 , a size 2 and weigh 117. My waviness is just gross and I wish I`d kept the pooch. The waviness starts under my breasts and goes down under my belly button. I have about 5 waves or indentations. It looks like where I had small fat rolls before are still there just smaller and I wantd flat. The garmet just melds to the rolls and is not flattening it out. I bought an expensive garment (120.00 design veronique)and think it fits fine, but leaves red marks because it is tight. When I try to stretch backwards I have a lot of tightness to my upper ab area. Maybe the waves are muscles that I have just never seen before? Will they go away? I have had a lymphatic massage and rub and massage the areas all the time. Would I need a revision or just wait and see and is normal to have so...many of these waves? Thanks for any help you can provide. Also, I now have a puffy area above my pubic area that was not there before.

Answer:

the waves are the skin attempting to reattach to the underlying muscles and it is doing it in an uneven fashion, not uncommon at this point and with massage and time in most cases it does go away. It will take a good 6-8 weeks for more swelling to go down, in the meantime continue the massages and stretching and it should improve. JG 7.11.07

Question:

hello its the diabetic girl again. I have been reading alot of your articles about fat transfer to the buttocks and not being able to lay on your back well at the hospital after they did my fat transfer to the buttocks they laid me on my back all day and night. Will this affect my buttocks.

Answer:

it could as the pressure can injure the fat cells. JG 7.10.07

Question:

Thank you. I am on my way to work now, but later today I will try to get a few shots to show up on my digital and send them to you. I have similar going on with inner thighs as well. I`ll send it all over to you. Honestly, I am getting more red flags with regard to my PS. Everything she has said to me, I have checked with you as well and NOT EVEN CLOSE of similar recommendations or advice. Its very scary (for me) For her, she is paid. Now, my choices are to see if I want to deal with the way things look now, or try to find a plan B to correct. I will send the photos as soon as I can and maybe you can help me decide if it would improve to have a touch up or only make matters worse. Thanks again so very much. B`girl

Answer:

I will await the photos. JG 7.10.07

Question:

Hello Dr G, Bahama girl here with more questions. I have 2. I am 70 days post op lipo of abs,hips,i/o thighs. I am still very concerned about indentions. I asked you before about this,but you said still swollen- but that seems to be not the issue anymore. If you recall, I have about a 2 in width and 6+ inches long indention in starting about at my hip going straight down my outer thighs (on both legs) I did NOT have this before. Nor have I gained weight since the procedure. Its very shallow, but definately noticeable. UGH! I honestly dont see this as swelling anymore. And, one more question...with regard to scars to help fade the color (they are all bright pink/purple. What do you suggest? My PS gave me a coritsone prescription and I notice NO difference after almost 4 weeks of constant applications. Any suggestions - either over the counter or prescription. Dont have $ for laser right now. Just paid 8500 for the lipo that I am UNhappy with....Women. We should be shot for being so vain! Thanks again. PS. Maybe I should send you a photo?

Answer:

photo might help, please send to drgarcia@lvcosmeticsurgery.com I agree that the indentations at this point should be markedly better. What does the surgeon say about them? As to the scars and the redness, I suggest Mederma or ScarGuard, in absence of those, squalene oil or Emu oil. Best of luck. JG 7.9.07

Question:

What is your opinion of Accent for dissolving fat?

Answer:

waste of time. JG 7.9.07

Question:

hello its me the diabetic girl again. I have my fat transfer to the butt today I am a little nervous I hope everything work out for me I have been taking The surgery Program VitaMedica the science of natural health. I have been taking the vitamins that I have suspose to be taking two weeks ahead of time then I started taking the Bromelain with Quercetin three days before surgery. Will me taking this surgery program help my surgery go better and my healing process go faster my daughter is suspose to have a birthday party 5 days after surgery will I be able to attend?

Answer:

ys, it should help. JG 7.9.07

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia! I have a strange question. I am two weeks post op from lipo of the stomach, hips and i/o thighs. While I do wear my garment almost 24/7, when I do take it off, I notice that I have an indentation right across my stomach above my bellybutton. I got scared when I saw that it was from my garment and it doesnt go away when I take it off so now I roll the garment down below my belly button in the hopes that it will go away. I am still kind of swollen and bruised. Is this normal or should I be alarmed? Is there anything that I should do to help it. I wanted a flat stomach but now I have a big indentation right across it and a pouch under it. It is still sensitive so it is hard to try a massage it, like I do with the lump by my bikini line from the stitches. Thank you for this website. It really does help to get a Doctor`s advice!!

Answer:

all normal and in time and with massage that roll will stretch and flatten out. Just stretch the upper abdomen by bending backwards and massage it up and down and side to side. JG 7.8.07

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia I wrote to you last week about my my post-op from my lipo and had alot of swelling and bruising. They both seem like they are getting better but I have a question about where my stitches were. I noticed that one of the areas by my bikini line seems like its hard(like there is a lump under the skin) is this just scar tissue or should I be alarmed? The area itself seems to be closed fine, just the lump hurts. If it is normal, is there anything I can do to make it go away? Thanks again

Answer:

just likely swelling or a little blood that has to dissolve. All normal and it should all go away in time with a little massage and warm moist heat. JG 7.5.07

Question:

I had lipo of the jowels and one side does not match the other and the indentation in the center of each area has not completely disappeared, making it look unnatural. Is there anything I can do?

Answer:

could try some fat injections or Sculptra to lift the depressed area up. JG 7.5.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had LIposuction four months ago on my lower abs and love handles and I am just now feeling burning sensations on my sides is this normal and and is it possible my love handles are still swollen and are just going down?

Answer:

all normal and there might still be some swelling that will take another 2 months to totally go away. JG 7.5.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia. Hace un año me realizaron una liposucción y al parecer tuve una especie de reacción alérgica a la sutura, por lo cual me quedaron dos cicatrices visibles y pigmentadas, qué me recomienda usted que pueda hacer para disminuirlas? Intenté dos sesiones con láser y también me he aplicado cremas de hidroquinona pero no han funcionado. Muchisimas gracias por su colaboración.

Answer:

puede usar o hydroquinone o usar un laser Nd:YAg para mejorarlos. El rayo laser se tiene que hace varias veces para ver como mejora. JG 7.5.07

Question:

Hi, I am a massage therapist. I have been asked to do massage on clients in the 2/3 days following Vasar liposelction. Would this been too soon, or would you recommend it? Thanks, Lesley

Answer:

I usually wait one week as they are still very sensitive at 2-3 days, it can be done but it will be so light I am unsure how much good it will do. JG 7.4.07

Question:

Dr.G, I was wondering how much would a whole body lightbulb-suction surgery would cost in money and time? And where could I get it done where it is closest to me.

Answer:

I am sorry, what is a lightbulb suction surgery? JG 7.4.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia- I had liposuction on my calfs/ankles and my lower calf (mostly where the ace bandage ended) are discolored, looking like a dark brown bruise. When I touch that area, it burns a little. Is this temporary? Is there anything I can do to treat this? Thank you.

Answer:

all normal and all temporary. Massage and warm packs will help. JG 7.3.07

Question:

when u say `syringe` lipo, is that traditional liposculpture with canula? thank

Answer:

it is traditiona,l in the sense that nothing special is used, liposuction with a syringe is an easy technique done with a syringe instead of a large suction machine, but it is the same, just used for small areas and very quiet. JG 6.30.07

Question:

I made an error in my question : Hi Doc. Can you please give me some advice. I am 24 yr old female who is very, very slim. However, I have very small fat deposits on my knees and just under my buttocks (banana fold). These two areas are very small but for some reason I cannot get rid of the fat in these two areas. I am looking at having lipo done but am not sure which would be better for me. Laser lipo or traditional lipo? Bearing in mind the two areas are very small. I have HEARD that laser lipo is more effective for small areas and gives more precise results that tradional lipo. Please tell me what you think. I am 24yrs old, 5ft 6, and weigh 50 kilos. Thanks again, ur brilliant!

Answer:

syringe liposuction of the area is what I think would be a good option, skip the laser. All the best. JG 6.29.07

Question:

What is your opinion on laser lipo? Does it give good results? For small areas.

Answer:

lots of hype and not much to show it is any better than regualr liposuction it was tried 12 years agao and went away due to over-exaggerated claims and it is trying again, I would skip it. JG 6.29.07

Question:

Hi Doc. Can you please give me some advice. I am 24 yr old female who is very, very slim. However, I have very small fat deposits on my knees and just under my buttocks (banana fold). These two areas are very small but for some reason I cannot get rid of the fat in these two areas. I am looking at having lipo done but am not sure which would be better for me. Laser lipo or traditional lipo? Bearing in mind the two areas are very small. I have had that laser lipo is more effective for small areas and gives more precise results that tradional lipo. Please tell me what you think. I am 24yrs old, 5ft 6, and weigh 50 kilos. Thanks again, ur brilliant!

Answer:

I think the claims that laser lipo is better for small areas is only accurate in that it is less good for large areas, but that does not make it better for small areas. Just a lot of hype. I think syringe liposuction of the small areas is all you need. JG 6.29.07

Question:

Hi Dr. G. Thought I would give you an update on my status - I e-mailed you 4.1. weeks and 6 weeks after U/LAL after experiencing signficant post-op skin edema, hardness, pain and multiple seromas. I am now 9.1 weeks post-op it has been an arduous recovery but I wanted to let you know, as well as others here who might have similar problems - that I finally see a light at the end of the tunnel. I followed your advice with the DMSO - actually ended up using a combined DMSO/MSM product through Jacob Labs (excellent product NO SMELL)which I applied to the skin during ultra-sound (phonophoresis) - daily for three weeks until I could tolerate endermologie (I am a physical therapist). I have now had 5 endermologie treatments and spent my first day pain free yesterday. There is still obviously hardness and swelling particularly in the LA and waist, but at least 75% better than where I started from and I can now run a couple of miles and do 80% of my yoga routine, carefully. I would also state emphatically that although many people do not think a garment helps beyond a few weeks - I COULD NOT TOLERATE THE DISCOMFORT WITHOUT IT. I finally feel confident that the rest of the swelling will resolve in time and my skin actually looks great and the result is smooth. I once again want to thank you because altough my PS has been great about staying in contact with me he did not recommend DMSO or US particularly and without my PCP draining my seromas regularly I think I would still be very miserable. I realize that post-op complications, like Monday morning quarter backing, come with the territory, and I do think a post-op check-up (I stayed in overnight) would have alerted my PS to the need for drains - anyway - just want people to know they should trust their gut and be persistent and STRETCH GENTLY, BUT STRETCH. I want to extend my appreciation, once again for your availability.

Answer:

my pleasure and I am glad thing are getting better. JG 6.28.07

Question:

Hi Dr. For someone that underwent abdominal/hip/flank lipo 2 weeks ago, should diet be important at this time, to avoid gaining weight because of not being active right now?

Answer:

yes, good diet is needed. JG 6.28.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia I am a 38 year old woman who just had tumescent liposuction to my inner/outer thighs, abdomen, and hips, I experienced a great deal of pain that the doctor almost had to admit me in the the hospital after the procedure. On the second day, I took off the garment and socks to look at the damage. There was alot of swelling and brusing in the front and not too much on the backside. I have been taking my antibotics, and just finished taking all of the SinEcch. It is now the 4th day and when I took off the garments to shower, I was in horror when I saw that the entire back of my thighs were both bruised! I am still walking around like I had stomach surgery, resting with elevated legs and even taken stool softeners so I can use the restroom. Am I doing something wrong? Is there anything I can do for the brusing and swelling? Should I use a cold or heat pack? Thanks so much for your time

Answer:

no, you are doing it all correect, it is that patients are told that tumescent anesthesia is easier and you are finding out that it is not, all will get better in time though. At this point I suggest warm packs. JG 6.27.07

Question:

Hi, I am a 40yo male who is 6 weeks postop for lipo on the abs and love handles. I asked the dr to be aggressive and I guess he was. I have an adhesion but I dont know if it is small or runs up to my rib cage from just above my bellybutton. My abs feel like they cant stretch any more when I lay down on my back and put my feet on the floor. My main worry though is that above my belly button is a fold that will not go away and that a masseuse has worked repeatedly on. I dont know if it is stomach muscle folded over or what. This is right below the adhesion and above the bellybutton. I noticed it right when they were putting the girdle on me after sugery. I was out of it and didnt say anything as there was so much going on when I was in a different state of mind. I asked the surgeon and he said it wasnt there when he finished the surgery. A few days after surgery he checked to see if it was a hematoma and said no. He said he would now go back in thru my belly button and release the adhesion and put the muscle that is folded down back up. I don`t know what to do. Any suggestions would be helpful.

Answer:

I think aggressive massage and stretching, maybe some ultrasound and maybe some DMSO liquid to soften the adhesion before more surgery I think. JG 6.25.07

Question:

I AM HAVING A BUTT FAT TRANSFER SURGERY ON JULY 12TH, HES DOUBLE BOARD CERTIFIED & HES TAKING OUT FROM MY FALNKS & OUTTER THIGHTS TO GIVE ME THAT CURVY ROUND BUTTOCKS, HE SAID MINIMAL PAIN I CAN BE BACK AT WORK 5 DAYS & SIT AS WELL, HE SAID SOME MINOR SWELLING & BRUISING & THE PAIN IS MINIMAL AS IF I WORKED OUT TO MUCH,I STOPPED SMOKING LAST WEEK& WANTED TO KNOW MORE OR LESS IF EVERYTHING HE SAYS IS PRETTY MUCH WHAT YOU WOULD HAVE TOLD A PATIENT, HE ALSO SAID MY BODY WILL ABSORB MOST OF THE FAT BUT THAT I WILL STILL SEE MORE OF A RESULT THAN WHAT I HAVE NOW.

Answer:

well, I agree that most of the fat will dissolve and I think the pain and recovery is normally much more but that depends on how much is injected, the less injected, the less the pain, best of luck. JG 6.25.07

Question:

I am 32, 5`6 and 176 pounds. I am looking at the Vaser Liposelect for my lower abs, hips and possibly inner thighs. I am wondering how much the average procedure costs for each of these secections and what the overall rate of possitive / negative affects are. Thank you so much for your time.

Answer:

fess vary from surgeon to surgeon and involve time so it is hard to say but I would figure about $5-6000 or so would be an average extimate. Negative effects are that it sounds like there might be some areas of fat that are not treated so getting a litle closer to ideal body weight might be better. JG 6.25.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I have Ehler Danlos Symdrome, and i am thinking on getting Mesotherapy done on my midsection. Would this be safe, considering my skin condition? Just wondering before i go ahead...

Answer:

I am not a fan or believer in mesotherapy, sorry. JG 6.25.07

Question:

Hello hope you enjoyed your vacation. Its me the diabetic girl. I was wondering what did you think about vaser liposuction. That is the kind I am susposed to be getting with my fat transfer from the stomache to the butocks. Is it a good kind and would you recommend it?

Answer:

well if you use the VASER to liquify the fat it cannot be injected because it has been damaged, sorry, and I had a great vaacation, thanks. JG 6.25.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I have Vaser along with smartlipo, I have been using heat to reduce brusing which really helped I have very little brusing. Is it ok to use cold? It seem to help reduce the swelling.

Answer:

cold only helps the first few days. JG 6.15.07

Question:

hi there. I went to a surgeon today for a consultation for lipo on my knees and just under my buttocks (banana fold). These are two very small area, however instead of recommending smart lipo which i would prefer, he said the traditional lip would be better. Why is this as my areas are only very small so I thought the laser lipo would give more precise results opposed to tradional lipo which is better for larger areas!! can u help me with this? I feel that my surgeon is trying to make more money off me as the traditional lipo is far more expensive than the laser lipo..

Answer:

I feel SmartLipo is an advertising ploy and is no better than traditional liposuction. Cheap is cheap for a reason. JG 6.15.07

Question:

Hello! A week and two days ago I had smart lipo in my abs, flank and inner thigs. I feel o.k. offcourse I found that the garment is very unconfortable. How ever I notice that I have some areas on the side and on my belly that are hard, like knots. I called the doctor office and I spoke with a nurse that apparently asked somebody that said that it was normal. I spoke with some friends in my original country that had done lipo and they all told me that I should have liphatic massages and ultrasonic. My Dr. did`t mention anything how ever I am very worry about those hard parts like small balls. It is normal? What I should do?

Answer:

they can be normal, due to swelling and blood, massage and mild heat, along with ultrasound massage would help speed the dissolution. JG 6.14.07

Question:

hello thanks for answering all my questions. I know you must be pretty busy. I am getting fat transfered from my stomache, flanks, and hips to my butt. I know that you said that a good bit of the fat will not last. Well I know that the PS is not going to use all the fat that he get from my certain areas. Is it true that the extra could be frozen and put into my butt if the fat that was already placed in my butt did not survive. If so how long is the healing process and do I have to wear a garment second time around. And do most PS charge to feeze exta fat and normally about how much in cost?

Answer:

unless he has a liquid nitrogen feeezer and a preservative for the fat it is an absolute waste of time and fat. I could not tell you if they charge to store it but I think you should skip it. JG 6.12.07

Question:

Hello, two questions, first I just had liposculture 3 weeks ago today and want to know howw long should I wear the garmet. my doctor said 1 week but every other doctor and web site says 4-6. I had liposuction 10 years ago and wore it for 6 seeks but I don`t know if if was tumescent as this was. Second I have on and off appearence of lumpiness on the inner thighs and some swelling still will this all go away and when and should I look into ultrasound to help it along or regular massages? Please let me know. Thank you so much

Answer:

we use the garment for 4 weks. Ultrasound and massage will help the swelling that comes and goes but in time it should stay away. JG 6.12.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia....How do you feel about breast reduction through liposuction? Can it affect future mammograms? THX

Answer:

I have done it, it can leave them saggy, and most mammograms are still able to be performed, the amount of calcification is no different from a regular breast reduction. JG 6.12.07

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am interested in having a buttocks lift and understand that you are one of the Artist I should see. I have also visited the AMA and AACS web sites and saw your listing. Would you please send me a brief overview of the lifts associated with this body part and if possible a range in cost. I will then schedule a consultation appointment. I appreciate your response and look forward to meeting you. Patti

Answer:

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, Is it up to us or can we decide on how much fat amount will be sucked out on the buccal fat removal procedure? And, is it possible to completely remove all the fat stored in the cheeks? Thanks for your answers before, have a nice day! sincerely, Nick

Answer:

well, there is only a certain amount in there and it is difficult to predict that amount before you start the surgery. I think it is nearly impossible to remove all of the fat as it is intertwined with nerves and tissue. JG 2.26.07

Question:

Hi. I had liposuction 2 years ago but recently went to a new surgeon for a consultation on having another area done. When he looked at me naked, he knew straight away that I had had liposuction previously. How can he know this? I also have no scars as they have completely dissappeared. Can you tell by looking at someone`s body that they had lipo?

Answer:

many experienced surgeons can tell by the way the skin drapes and they can see scars others cannot. JG 2.26.07

Question:

To my previous question about the surgeon knowing I have had lipo... what do you mean by how the `skin drapes`? I am confused by this.. this has made me self conscious now if I go to the beach in a bikini?

Answer:

in term of how the skin hangs and where the residual fat deposits are, if you had not noticed it before I would not be concernd about it. JG 2.26.07

Question:

Thank you for answering all of my crazy questions. Is there any benefit to wearing a compression garment past the 6 week period (ie; helps with swelling etc)?

Answer:

minimal to none. JG 2.21.07

Question:

Hello, Is there any down side to wearing a compression garment past the 6 week period? I feel more comfortable in the garment and was wondering if it would have any positive or negitive effects. Thanks agian

Answer:

no negative effects if you wear it longer for comfort. JG 2.19.07

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, any hope for the removal of cellulite from ones thighs?

Answer:

nothing on the horizon I believe in, sorry. JG 2.10.07

Question:

HI, doc, i have a question for you does Lipo-dissolve realy work? have you tried it on your patients? Thanks

Answer:

I have not tried it, I have no plans to do so, I do not believe it works safely at this time. JG 2.9.07

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, It`s been now 6 weeks post-op from ultrasonic liposuction on my abdomen (4200cc removed). I still dont see any results, my stomach is bulged and swollen. Sometimes the swelling is a lil less but on some days its just huge. Is that at all normal? Can it really take that long for me to see results? I would assume 4200cc of fat for one area is a great deal. Thanks for your opinion.

Answer:

that is a large amount but by now you should be seeing some changes if that much was removed. JG 2.8.07

Question:

Had lipo on upper inner/outer thighs and buttocks 5 years ago. 33 yrs old 122 lbs. 5`4`` I look boxy with my upper buttocks being larger that the lower. I have heard fat grafting might help restore a more natural shape ( I can actually see where the fat was taken out) I just want these dips filled in as much as possible. I find it painful to sit without much fat for padding.I seem to have fat to spare in my lower thighs, flanks and upper hips in small amounts. Is there a site where I can see before and afters of this kind of lipo fix and are there any doctors you know of that could help me near my home state of Maine (no Drs. in Maine will do fat grafting)

Answer:

there are no sites that I am aware of, may need to look around, I know Dr Syd Coleman in New York and Dr Tom Roberts in North Carolina. JG 11.23.06

Question:

Dr. I had a question. I am trying to loose belly fat like maybe 7 pounds. I am skinny, but my belly is the only thing i always have trouble in. I can loose a lot of weight, but that part is difficult. Is there something else besides lipo and all that downtime procedures to remove this. Is there such a thing like a injection to remove this in this part.or some other thing to give me a slighter waist. only the waist

Answer:

well, liposuction does not always work if the fat is below the muscles. It can only remove the fat below the skin. I am afrid there is nothing I can suggest that will work besides diet. JG 11.21.06

Question:

Starting with the most effective, how would rank the following devices for treating long-term swelling and slight laxity after liposuction of the abdomen: (1)thermage, (2)velasmooth, (3)accent, (4)polaris and (5)endermologie? Thanks

Answer:

Velasmooth, endermologie, forget the rest. JG 11.19.06

Question:

Hello, my question is -does facial liposuction show decent improvements like in the Jaw line, neck,& the shape of the face making a thinner look OR would a face lift be required. There is not much excess skin but some and i am just looking to make the face look more defined.?

Answer:

definition can be gained with liposuction but whether the skin will tighten enough depends on your skin quality, so it might not be the best option, some sculpting can be done during a facelift also. JG 11.17.06

Question:

I just wanted to thank you Dr. Garcia! I think this site is so informative and so wonderful. I`m the one that keeps asking you about the lumps under my chin from lipo and everytime you`ve replied to my questions your answers are thoughtful and help me feel better. Thank you for your patience and taking time out of your busy schedule to answer so many questions. A lot of plastic surgeons lack what you have and that is compassion. Thank you!

Answer:

my pleasure, hope that I have helped and thanks for visiting. JG 11.16.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I have a wide square face and I was wondering if liposuction can be done on the edge to make the face less square and wide. Im not chubby face so there isnt much fat. Is that an area that can have lipo and is there an estimate price since it is a small area. Also I have heard people saw down the bone from underneath the skin. Is there such a thing and what is the procedure called? Thank You so much

Answer:

I am afraid liposuction will not help you and jaw bones can be reduced by cutting and splitting the bone, yes, oral surgoens can do that for you. JG 11.16.06

Question:

Hi I had lipo on my thighs about 4 months ago... I`ve noticed that when I gain a little weight it goes straight to my cheeks. It has actually made me look more fat and more insecure. Is what I`m saying correct that gaining 5 lbs instead of getting spread out to thighs goes straight to face? Or is it possible that my rhinoplasty swelling(3 months ago) went to my cheeks?

Answer:

I doubt that at this point the rhinoplasty would cause cheek swelling but if you gain weight after liposuction, it will find new places to go rather than the old ones. JG 11.16.06

Question:

Follow up question regarding chubby cheeks... It`s wierd because the rest of my body stayed slim even those with out lipo. Anyway I was wondering if there`s such thing as lipo for the cheeks? My hamster cheeks are really bothering me and I want some sort of cosmetic procedure for it...

Answer:

there is but it can prematurely age you down the road. JG 11.16.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia. I am now 3 weeks post-op from lipo under the chin and jowls. You were very helpful with my last couple of questions but I have another concern. I`ve been using a warm compress and then massaging the area twice a day. The lumps don`t seem to be getting any better yet but they are still sore to the touch. Is it normal to still feel sore 3 weeks later? I also feel like I looked a lot better 2 days after the surgery because there were no lumps and now the lumps make me look like I still have a double chin. Is it common to not look noticeably different because I paid a lot for the procedure and would be very disappointed if it did not look any better. Thank you so much for your time!

Answer:

not uncommon at three weeks. What typically happens is that as time goes on the swelling goes down and the lumps that were there all along are more easily seen. Might take 6 weeks to see a good change and final results are 3-6 months later. JG 11.15.06

Question:

I had liposuction a 3 motnhs ago on my abdomen. A small amount of fat - 200ml- was removed. My abdomen now looks kinda lumpy, a bit like cellulite. What is this and how can it be improved? THanks

Answer:

it might be some tethering from the previous liposuction and that tissue may need to be elevated and allowed to stick back down, so more surgery. JG 11.15.06

Question:

Hi doc, I`m a 6`00 220pd. male seeking advice on lipo in the glute area i`m 34 and in good physical shape wourkout steadily. Geneticly unfortunatly in the family tree theres been overexesivness(cellulite) in the glutes and even working out the area is a task impossible, what would be your advice be and what procedure do you recomend? how much if so?

Answer:

unfortunately there is not much I can suggest for cellulite, it is a problem within the skin, is visible and thin and heavy people and all of the treatments out there are temporary. VelaSmooth treatments help but you need to continue with them. JG 11.14.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am a 51 year old female in peak condition. I am five foot two and approx. 102 lbs. I am a long distance runner and have been for quite sometime. Approximately, 10 years ago, I had liposuction for saddlebags. My weight has never wavered. Problem: I have very bad indentations on both exterior sides of thighs where all the fat was removed. It was always like this, but lately it bothers me more, particularly if I wear a swimsuit. It is very noticeable. I have no fat to transfer,and I know this is only temporary. My bodyfat is already low from running. Is there a way to pull the exterior skin like a lift and tighten tissue? I am fine with the contour, but the skin looks really bad. Lots of irregularities. Thanks

Answer:

yes, but the scars are long and at times unsightly. JG 11.13.06

Question:

Thank you for replying to my other question so quickly. I will follow your suggestions and massage the neck area twice a day and hopefully it will settle down. The area under my chin does look a little better than before I had the lipo done but I am disappointed because I thought the contour would be better because now it still looks a little heavy under there. Is this normal due to swelling and the lumps or can I expect it to just get better with time? If so in general how much time before I can see the final result of the lipo? Thank you Dr. Garcia!!!

Answer:

all common and should get better slowly. Final results at times can take 3-6 months, hang in there. JG 11.12.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia - MSM in some joint supplement claims it is good for hair skin and nails. Do you think it has any benifits? - After Lipsuction will the cellulite be reduced or smooth out? Thank You

Answer:

I think it has some benefits for skin too. Liposuction will do nothing, good or bad for the cellulite in most cases. JG 11.12.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia...I am 25 years old and had my first lipo procedure done under my chin and jowl area about 2 1/2 weeks ago. I`ve noticed that there are a lot of hard lumps/knots in all different sizes and a small lump at the incision. I know that this is normal but I`ve also read a lot about scar tissue. So now I am scared that this might not be blood clots or swelling but could be a more permanent form like scar tissue. How much longer should I wait before I should be really concerned? Also my doctor was very vague about the massaging and wearing the garment. Could you please give me some guidelines on how to massage as well as how often to wear the compression garment? Thank you so much!

Answer:

it most likely is what we call induration and that is just exhuberant swelling in the tissues due to trauma and will all settle down with massage and time. It can take a couple of months for it to soften so don`t get too worried. I think at this point the garment is not as crucial but massaging twice per day for 5 minutes or so is a good idea. JG 11.9.06

Question:

Excellent site Dr. Just looked at your lipo photos and would be interested in the neck area. Is this procedure contraindicated for a smoker? Thanks very much.

Answer:

no, we do smokers for neck lipo frequenlty, should be OK to proceed. Thanks for visiting. JG 11.7.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I am 3 weeks post op after having UAL lipo on my abs. I still have lumps and swelling on my lower abs. I`ve been getting lymphatic massage as you suggested and this has helped some. You mentioned that heat will help. Should I buy a heating pad and just lay it on my abs? How much time per day should I apply heat? THANKS!!

Answer:

ten minutes 2-3 times per day should be good enough and it will take some time but it will soften. JG 11.5.06

Question:

is ultrasound assisted liposuction better than regular liposuction? why or why not? do u recommend it for the abdominal area? i thought one isnt supposed to do ultrasound over the reproductive organs?

Answer:

I feel you are able to extract more fat easily with the ultrasonic technique. I use it personally. Ulrasound liposuction does not go deep enough to cause any efffect on any internal organs. JG 11.3.06

Question:

I posted a question but i dont know if it went through because i cant see the question in this section.

Answer:

if you asked the question from the ageless forever site it has been forwarded to the lvcosmeticsurgery site if it is related to plastic surgery. JG 11.2.06

Question:

Im reposting my question again. Im a belly dancer and i dance a lot. Im considering liposuction on u/l abs and flanks. I have a 30 inch waist and 2000ccs would be taken out. I know i would be stiff for a while but would i be able to twist my waist like before i had the surgery? Will my waist be flexible again? Also how many inches would i possible lose from my waist based how much would be taken out?

Answer:

once it has healed you should be able to do all of those things again. I am not able to guess on the inches without seeing you I am afaid. JG 11.2.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia. I am 40 yrs. old and in relatively good health. I am a fat man, and have been large pretty much my adolescent and adult life. I have had a couple years here and there where I lost weight and was in pretty good shape. Overall, I have worked out quite a bit when younger. These past 5-6 years I`ve slowed quite abit. That`s a bit about my health and now my question. My body is fat. Luckily, as I see it, I am fat all around and thus the fat is pretty equally spread around my body. I don`t have a pot belly or thunder thighs , etc... I am just fat evenly everwhere. My area of concern is the pubic area just below the abdomen and just above and around my genitals. I have had this excessive fat pad as long a I can remember. Even those times when I was in very good, thinner, physical shape, that fat pad was always there. I would say that there is easily at least 2 of fat if not more that could be removed before hitting the harder muscle underneath. I`ve considered lipo in the past and am really considering it more and more as I get older. It`s been bugging me for years and I think it`s time to do something about it. I don`t want the penis lengthing procedure that I`ve read about where some ligaments are cut along with the lipo, and/or penis pumps with it. I want a simple lipo or fat removal of whatever excess fat can be removed. I know that will improve the overall flacid and erect appearance of my penis, enough to make me comfortable with it. Is that possible, just to remove the fat and not cut anything else? The fat pad is quite extensive as I`ve said. It not only pushes down onto my shaft, but it also surrounds it on the sides as well and even goes farther down towards my testicles. How much could lipo take away but be safe? Just so you know, I have no physical problems with my penis and am very happy with it`s performance. It`s the flaccid appearance that bugs me the most. Flaccid my penis is about 3-3.5 , but with that fat there you can guess how much smaller it looks. Thank you for your time and info.

Answer:

It is possible but it might leave you with loose skin there once done. JG 11.16.06

Question:

Is it possible to have fat removed from the lower abdomen at the same time when one is undergoing a caesarian section (so that the same incision is used, and recovery time is saved). Is this commonly done, as I have not heard of this? But is it possible if someone wants it, and what are the cons?

Answer:

possible, not commonly done as it increases complication rates and potential infection. Would need to find a plastic surgeon and a gynecologist willing to do it. I would not. JG 10.28.06

Question:

I am 8 weeks post lipo, and my abdomen is very lumpy bummy due to swelling, mainly at the base. Do you think an elastic garment is still helpful at the this stage? Or could it impede healing? What about cold or warm packs to the region?

Answer:

I think it is more time and a little massage, I do not think the garment will add much. Warm yes, cold no. JG 10.26.06

Question:

I had liposelection done in june 2006 and i have a large lump in the rib area the size of a baseball. it is a little sore and when i stretch it feels like its pulling. What is this and how can i correct this?

Answer:

most likely some old blood or a fluid collection like a seroma and may need to be aspirated with a needle. Massage will help along with moist heat. JG 10.25.06

Question:

i have read several places that the patients satisfaction rate with breast implants is about 97%, do you know approximately what it is for liposuction? thanks.

Answer:

I would say in general about the same. JG 10.25.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had UAL lipo 2 weeks ago on my waist and abdomen. After reading thru your answers, I see you recommend starting massages 2 weeks post op. My doctor told me the hardness would go away by itself. I have been massaging the hard areas with emu oil twice a day. Is self-massage enough? Someone told me to just use a rolling pin on the hard areas. If self-massage is not enough, what type of massage, Ultrasound, Lymphatic, Sweedish, etc. is BEST? I live in California. And I have called over 20 plastic surgeons offices in LA asking for a recommendation for any of these massages. They do not advise patients to go to a professional. Do you know anyone in the Los Angeles area whom you can recommend? Or just point me in the right direction. By the way, I`ve passed on your website to a forum of women! It`s great! Thank you!!!

Answer:

self-massage is good bt I liek a preofessionl amsseuse as they cna press more evenly. I usually start at one week and do two massages per week. Just a basic Swedish massage, ultrasound can help in cases where there is a lot of swelling and firmness, if it is available. JG 10.25.07

Question:

what is the approx. cost of lipo on the hips, flanks, and lower and upper abs? if it is a smaller person? thanks.

Answer:

maybe $5500 to $6500. JG 10.25.06

Question:

dr. garcia, when you perform lipo on the back, are the hips, and flanks usually included as well? is that one set of incisions and where are the incisision usually? thanks.

Answer:

it varies from person to person, we do not call the area the back, we break it down into sections and the incisions and their location will depend on the body shape, but they are usually near the bones of the spine. JG 10.25.06

Question:

I had liposuction of the abdomen and love handles 8 months ago. Before having it done, my abdomen wasn`t too big, and the surgeon even said that i might not notice too much of a difference because not much is needed to remove. My abdomen has very hard lumps, especially under my belly button and imbetween the incisions sites. Coming up from the incision sites towards my belly button you can feel and see lines from what i`m guessing is from the canula. What might have caused this? would it be from sucking too close to the skin surface? What can I do to remedy it? I cannot wear a bathing suit, which was the whole purpose of this procedure. How often does this happen with patients? are there any options for me? and what side effects or concerns are there with these options? please help!

Answer:

it could be from removing fat too superficially or from bleeding after the surgery causing some adherence of the skin to the underlying tissues and leaving an irregular surface. It happens rarely and it migth be made better if the tissue are released so they are not as attached, essentially another liposuction with no suction. Side efects are that you might do it and it wil heal the same way. JG 10.24.06

Question:

I am 35yo male, normal weight, who has always had a big thick tissued face. I`ve had 2 lots of tumescent liposuction, and the doctors say there`s no point having any more because more fat wont come out. I`ve also tried Lipodissolve (I`m aware of your views on that), and I could only see a very minor benefit. My problem is I`m desperate to thin down my face, but I dont know what I can try? Some people have said I have thick front face muscles and should try botox... Is there a way of thinning down the deeper tissue fat, maybe using another form of liposuction, ie ultrasonic. Any guidance appreciated.

Answer:

well ultrasonic liposuction might be an option, along with the removal of the fat pad of Bichat through an incision inside your mouth. But I will say that genetics are hard to combat at times. JG 10.23.06

Question:

you wrote an answer to my question the other day about the little saggy skin in my inner thighs from lipo performed 5 years ago. I guess squats wont do it, however what will? would i need surgery to remove the skin and make it smoothe? its kind of uneven. help

Answer:

only thing would be surgery I am afraid. The scars also are not tiny and thin, but more on the wide side. JG 10.20.06

Question:

Hello! I had Liposelection done 5 months ago. Below my butt I have thick creases and under the creases there`s an area about 1 1/2 inches thick that looks like it needs to be liposuctioned some because it`s not even, it sticks out like he didn`t take out enough or didn`t even it enough. I talked to him about my concerns, but said there wasn`t nothing to do about it. I felt self conscious in my bathing suit because of the creases and uneven. Is there a way to fix this. Thank you very much. Michelle

Answer:

more liposuction there in the banana roll area can leave loose skin that will look worse. JG 10.23.06

Question:

Hi can I put Hydroquinone Tretinoin on my tumescent lipo scars? when I use it on face it peels so maybe the scars will dissapear quicker? Or am also thinking of my whitening cream which works well for my face. How different is scar skin?

Answer:

I do nto think it wilkl make much different, it will all be the same in a few months with or without the creams. JG 10.14.06

Question:

hi, do you recommend a dr. for liposuction in the dallas area? thanks.

Answer:

Due to potential legal issues, and some doctors wanting to know why I referred a patient to someone else and not them, I think you are best to go to this website and look for a plastic surgeon in the area you desire. I wish you all the best. JG 10.14.06 www.surgery.org/public/findasurgeon.

Question:

Is lipo advisable for calves? Also, if I were to get lipo on the calves, I`d want my thighs done too. Is that too much area at once? About how much down time would there be?

Answer:

in certain cases calves are good areas to do. We commonly will do thighs and calves together. In terms of recovery, should be walking on a treadmill in two weeks and back 100% in 4-6 weeks. JG 10.12.06

Question:

hi dr. garcia, great advice! can you elaborate on why you think smart-lipo may have more risks but the same benefits? is it less likely to have the lumps, from what i`ve read it seems that you can recover faster from it? thanks.

Answer:

well, the company thinks you recover faster, time will tell, I think it is not any better than what exists out there at present, and I am conncerned about the smal chance for burns of the tissue. JG 10.12.06

Question:

I had lipo in my stomach area 6 years ago and as a result now have indents. How can I rectify this problem in order to wear a bikini again.

Answer:

may benefit from fat injectiosn to the indentations. JG 10.11.06

Question:

I had liposuction done on April 11, 2006 to my entire abdomen, flanks, low back, inner and outer thighs and my upper arms. I was not over weight at all I am very muscular but had the typical women areas that bugged me. From the begining I felt like the contour was not even and some areas I have no change at all. I have brought my concerns to my PS and he keeps telling me that It has to be what I am eating or the swelling. I was not overweight from the start and actually my eating has been better than ever since he started making those comments. I am at 6 months post op now and I look terrible. He keeps telling me that I am still swollen but admits to only one area that needs to be touched up and won`t look at anything else until I lose 10 pounds. I don`t understand this at all. I haven`t gain any weight. I mean my weight flucuates during the month depending on my cycle by only a few pounds. I also didn`t have this done for weight loss either. I am so frustrated. I am a RN and I have access to my surgical reports from medical records at the hospital where I work at and had my at procedure and it states that they instilled 2400ml with a return of 2325ml of aspirate. I know that something was definately done because of the pain I was in but I don`t think it was consistent throughout. Would it be wrong to ask him to do the touchups? He also stated at our consultation that any touchups needed were included in the total fee. I am sure it is safe to say that the results I am seeing is not swelling correct? Any help to address this would be great. I am sick of him also trying to sell me his nutritional weightloss supp. I bought 1 month for $250 with no results. I workout with an hour of cardio 5 days a week and am staying away form heavy weight training and limit my daily calories to 1500, I am 5`9 Thank you so much.

Answer:

I do not think it is unreasonable to do touch ups. As to the amount taken out and the number of areas you had doen, I must say that even if you did not have a large amount of fat, that is a small amount of aspirate for the number of areas treated. I think if you have not gained any appreciable amount of weight since the surgery there is no way then that post op weight gain can be the culprit. I personally like to wait 6-12 months after a liposuction to do a touch up to see how well the skin shrinks. Best of luck. JG 10.8.06

Question:

i had mini lipo of the lower abdomen (starting from the navel and below it), only a medium amount to get injected for fat grafting. it did not really lessen the fat there, but it was done twice in the same area (after only 1 month gap) as the second fat grafting injection required more fresh fat. But i remember feeling very much `traumatised after the second liposuction done in the same area and i was very weak, felt wounded, and if im not going to make it (mentally was traumatised too as the outcome of the fat grafting was terrible) This was all done in the beginning of 2003. But now, even after 3 and a half years, there is sometimes discomfort (not pain as such), but a twinge of noticeable discomfort in the area which makes me worried, and especially at that 1 particular point where the lipo was done twice. sometimes when i press that point, it feels sore, not strong like the rest of my stomach. What could be the reason for this, and is there any solution?

Answer:

most likely due to some scar tissue that developed there. Not much to do to make it better though besides stretching it out. JG 10.5.06

Question:

in continuation of my previous question on mini lipo of the lower abdomen for fat grafting, i read that scar tissue forms inside the abdomen where it was lipo`ed, the scar tissue is harder and less flexible that our normal tissues. my question is - if someone gets pregnant sometime soon after liposuction (like 2 to 3 years), when their abdomen stretches during the pregnancy, will it be hindered by the scar tissue, which will constrict it from stretching normally? will a woman feel any pain because of her scar tissue, when her abdomen startes expanding? and will this in any way have any effect on the baby?

Answer:

usually the pregnancy will stretch that tissue out well and with minimal discomfort. JG 10.5.06

Question:

Hi.thanks so much for your hard work and time! appreciated. do you know if someone that has adult growth hormone defciency, (or the like metabolic syndrome X or problems in the pituitary or hypothalamic HPA axis)- that if they got liposuction for the excess fat that typically accumulates around the abdomen (otherwise thin, stable weight always).... if you have ever seen COMPENSATORY GAINS or accumulations elsewhere as part of this metabolic abnormality. ? . I tried to look at research in rats with lipectomy but did not gain much information. Is liposuction of the abdomen/waist area not advised for an endocrine patient with AGHD? one who otherwise balances all hormones including growth hormone/ IGF-1 , eats whole food diet, and exercises. thanks!

Answer:

well, if someone gains weight after liposuction, growth hormone deficiency or meatabolic syndrome aside, they will place fat in new areas as the fat that was removed cannot grow back. I think first you need to balance the hormones and then consider if you need the surgery. I will say that metabolic syndromic and GH deficient patients due tend to gain intrabdominal fat which cannot be removed with liposuction.JG 10.4.06

Question:

How many inches around the waist and hips can one realistically expect to lose with one session of liposcution. Would it be realistic to expect to lose 2-3 inches? I am not overweight, and only want to slim down specific areas. TIA.

Answer:

all depends on where the fat is and how much is there to begin with, impossible for me to tell without examining you. JG 9.29.06

Question:

I had chin liposuction 4 weeks ago, and have about a 1/2 scar under my chin. To date my PS has not advised in regards to scar care. Should I be rubbing in vitamen E at this point, or what would you suggest..... thanks!!

Answer:

Vitmain, Mederma, or ScarGuard, all good to use. JG 9.28.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia I am debating if I should go through with the Liposuction tumescent technique for my stomach and side areas. But before I do so I would like to know what are the effects of someone with high blood pressure. So just to give you some incite, I am 29 yrs old and currently on medication Metoprolol--PO 50MG. I take ½ a pill twice a day. I am on no other meds. The procedure that will be done is in his medical clinic for dermatology and dermatosurgery, (located in Germany) not a hospital. The Dr. that I will be going to is a Specialist in Dermatology and a physician for over 28 years. He has been focused on Liposuctions for more than 9 years now; with over 1000 performed Lipo´s. He has also a degree in Ambulant Surgery. I guess what I’m looking for is some reassurance. Are 6 litters of fluid injected a lot? Thank you so much for your time. Vmg

Answer:

It is quite a bit and the medications should not pose a problem, I am not a big believer in tumescent anesthesia as I think it is difficult to get the whole area numb and I also think you end up giving large doses of the local anesthetic, but many people do it and do it safely. JG 9.26.06

Question:

Hi. I got Tumescent Lipo done on my thighs 3 months ago and ofcourse after the surgery I gained almost 8 lbs from the anesthesia. After a month and half I was so happy though cuz I became almost 10 lbs lighter than my original weight. Now, however, I am back to my original weight. Is it true that our body tries to stay at a certain weight even after diets and surgery? I`ve been eating the same way all throughout. I mean We might not gain more fat cells in that area but other areas will increase its fat? I seem to have noticed this with others too...

Answer:

well, there is a body wieght at which your body stays at but is is variable and is controlled more by diet and exercise more than some unknown set point in our body. As to weight gain, correct, any weight gain after liposuction wil make the fat accumulate in other fat areas and some of thsoe are not as easy to lose weight from. JG 9.23.06

Question:

What do you think about SmartLipo and is it the same as regular lipo

Answer:

not too different to other ultrasonic techniques for liposuction, the machine is not yet approved for use in the US. JG 9.22.06

Question:

I`m 3.5 months after having lipo on my hips and flank area and a tad in the waist. My question is can I still be swollen at this time even though I havent seen any changes for several months? One side of me is pretty okay but the other my waist seems to look like something is stick out of the side of it directly under neath it seems to be a pretty deep dent. Not just a little dimple, more of a big bit out of off my upper hip. It seems hard, but Im not sure if I am feeling a lump, scar tissue or maybe just muscle or something? It seems a bit too hard to be me. At this point can I really see significant changes or am I pretty much a done deal now? :( My doctor told me at the beginning not to bother massaging, that it was just busy work to keep an unhappy or worried patient occupied. Now I keep reading that you should massage to break down the hardness. Should I massage? Will it make a difference? Is it too late to start massaging? Could this lump be scar tissue and Im going to be stuck with it? I think I might have to have this dent filled with fat. Does fat injected in hips retain fairly well?

Answer:

there will still be a little swelling at this point, yes, but not much. We massage for the first month and at this point it is not to beneficial. The lump could be either fat or scar tisse, the doctor might need to do a little touch up under local in a month or two. All the best. JG 9.21.06

Question:

I am 3.5 months post-op from UAL of upper/lower abs, arms, i/o thighs totalling 5,100 cc`s. I am hoping for more results but am getting frustrated because I have only gone down one size. I also am noticing now that I am working out again (4-5 days a week cardio (including 2 spinning classes)and 2-3 x`s strength training) that I seem to be swelling even bigger!!! Is this normal? I started out at 155 lbs, 5` 8 in a loose size 10. Please let me know how long you think the swelling will persist (especially in relation to the working out)....Many many thanks, Kim

Answer:

swelling does occur after that surgery when one exercises but it goes down, I think by 6 months you should be where you are going to be. JG 9.20.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia...This is Courtney (Jensen), Kristen Hanson`s daughter. I am in the market for a little liposuction on my inner and outer thigh/hip area. My mom said you did some on her and she would recommend you. I live in Idaho now, so wonder if I came down there to get it done would I need to fly there 3 seperate times for the initial consultation, the procedure and for a re-check or how does it work for out of towners...what is the average cost for 2 areas of lipo and what is your waiting list like? Is there anyone in Boise, Idaho you would recommend if I don`t end up doing it in Vegas? Those darm genetics of saddle bags have doomed me! Hope things are going well with you. You look good in your pictures and I saw you a few years ago on TV. Seems like life must be treating you well. Courtney (Jensen) Myers

Answer:

Courtney, it is so nice to hear from you,I am doing well, yes, I trust all is well with you too. I do remember you and yes, genetics can sometiems be troublesome. I would be happy to take care of you but I think Craig Bass in Boise would do a fine job. I could send you a list of the blood work you would need if you chose to come here and then have you here the day prior to surgery and then let you go home after 2-3 days, but you might be more comfortable with your support mechanism there. Let em know if you have any quetions and please say hi to your Mom for me. JG 9.19.06

Question:

Hi Doctor, i had been searching the internet for info on Lipodissolve and found your site. I have started the process, and i have checked with all my physicians (PCP, OB/GYN, and Gastro), they all believe this is a safe procedure, although not approved by the FDA for this particular proceudure. I have seen results on the upper abs, and have just started the lower abs. I see where you do give excellent advice, so i was just wondering what about the Lipodissolve dont you believe in, the safety of it, or that it can work? Thank you so much, this is a very interesting site!!

Answer:

well, I think all people that go to Lipodissolve are put on a diet and exercise regimen so on one knows if that is the reason why it changed, secondly, in over thirty yeras of mesotherpay being done, no one has bene able to say how it works, no one knows if it permament, no one knows how to stop if from working if it goes too far. The study done in Brazil showed subtle results around the eyes but subsequently the Braziain government removed the product from the market due to danger concers. So, in short,I think it is a wide experiment being performed at a cost to patients when the patients are not being told they are being experimented on, are told it is safe and natural when there is no evidence it is. I have personally seen infections and cellulitis from there types of injections, and I question the ethics of a plastic surgoen that performs such procedures without enrolling the pateint in an investigational protocol when our national societies have recommended it not be used, endorsed or promoted. Caveat emptor. JG 9.17.06

Question:

i had a ftt i year ago, then a upper outer and inner thighlift and lipo on my knees, i have now been advised to have an upper tummy tuck, have you heard of this?

Answer:

yes but it will leave a scar across the bottom of your chest. JG 5.7.06

Question:

hi again. it has now been 11 days since i have had liposuction to my neck . i feel something hard just underneath the chin area. it my be swelling i don't know but it kind of protrudes out.when i touch it my skin is numb.could there be any damage to my muscle? i have been doing the massage but it feels like it doesn't help. i'm panicking. is all of this normal?a.b. 5-7-06

Answer:

most likely a little blood clot under the skin. JG 5.7.06

Question:

I have a lipoma 4cm x 5cm. I would like to know if a liposuction is in order. Thanks, EJ

Answer:

it is defintely an option. JG 5.6.06

Question:

I had liposuction on my right outer thigh three weeks ago to remove part of a large lipoma. (Three pounds was removed.) I now can feel large, hard, painful areas under the skin within the surgical site. My doctor stated that they were cysts and that I should massage them to break them open . Pain in the area is increasing, and I don't believe that I have reduced the hard areas at all. Is this normal? Is there anything else I can do? I am continuing to wear constrictive clothing. SK 05/06/06

Answer:

it is most likely small amounts of blood or residual fat, give it some time and see what happens in a few more weeks. JG 5.7.06

Question:

How do I get injected artecoll and fascian removed from my naso labial area? They were put in about 10 years ago but it is now turning into bumps on my naso-labials and I haven't injected them with anything for years. The doctor who did it is no longer with us and he put too much in from the beginning.. Also—as opposed to excising them altogether I would prefer them to be “micro-lipod”. What do you think? Please help.LA-DC

Answer:

you can try the micro lipo but it will remove normal tissue too, cutting the small lumps out may be more direct and may not remove as much normal tissue. JG 5.6.06

Question:

Will lumps on lower abs after lipo 3months post op dissapear? have tried ultrasound and endermologie so far with little results will velasmooth help or anything else? not sure if they are fat pockets or seromas? Thanks Dr, Garcia

Answer:

coudl be a little scar tissue and they may soften and shrink for 6 months. JG 5.5.06

Question:

You mentioned that the flanks usually do better than the abdomen after lipo due to more connections with the underlyign structures. What about the skin just below the shoulder baldes and the sides of the chest? Thanks

Answer:

potentially better than the abdomen, but if there are already folds of skin, then you can expect loose skin, even in the flanks and shoulder area on the back. JG 5.4.06

Question:

Why does the skin of the flanks generally do better with liposuction than the abdomen (i.e. why is it more elastic?)

Answer:

it is not really more elastic, just has more attachments from the deeper tissues to the skin so it shrinks better. JG 5.4.06

Question:

Is it better to do liposuction multiple times (using the same incisions) if (1) a lot of fat needs to be removed, (2) there is a greater than average risk of developing loose skin? Thanks

Answer:

I think the differenc in terms of skin shrinking may ultimately not be too different. JG 5.4.06

Question:

If I put on some weight after liposuction, can I expect the weight to be better distributed throughout my body, or will it again tend to accumualte in greater quantieis in my trouble areas? Thanks

Answer:

you actually may gain the weight in new areas as the fat cells have been decreased in the areas where you will have the liposuction. JG 5.4.06

Question:

I am underweight and have too little fat in my arms, face and legs. But I still have VERY prominent love handles and a pot belly. If I have liposuction on my mid-section, but then gain weight, will I still have a better shape, or will the disproportionate pot belly and love handles come back? Thanks

Answer:

well with regards to the pot belly, if the fat is inside of the abdomen and under the muscle, it may persist and actually not be able to be removed with liposuction. If you have it below the skin and have liposuction and the gain weight after the surgery you may gain it in areas that you do not want, so you need to be careful with the weight gain. JG 5.4.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had a neck lift three months ago and when I think I'm on the way to healing something pops up..I've now developed little lumps under the chin..I did have liposuction in that area..I have one small one behind the under chin incision..one closer to my neck on the underside of the chin and one larger one just under the jaw near the jaw bone..I had two of them for a while but the last one that developed right behind my incision under the chin just developed yesterday! Is this normal? It's like a little pea and the others are bigger..Any light you can shed on this would be wonderful..Thanks so much..

Answer:

not usual but not unheard of either, can be small blood collections or liquified oil, can usually be aspirated with a small needle but heat and massage will help also. Best of luck. JG 5.4.06

Question:

hi again. i asked a question about liposuction to my neck area being lumpy and uneven and you replied everything normal with a little massage. what kind of massage? how do i do that?a.b. 5-3-06

Answer:

gentle small circles and then back towards the ear lobe, twice per day using a face lotion. JG 5.3.06

Question:

what a great site!! Can you tell me specifically what is cervical lipo and neck/c submentalplasty? How are they performed. Thanks!

Answer:

cervial lipo is liposuction of the neck below the jawline. It is performed under local or general anesthesia where the submentoplasty at times includes dividing the muscle in the neck to remove fat from below the muscle that cannot be removed with liposuction and then the muscle is repaired, bigger operation with more healing but if needed a more dramatic result, usually done under general anesthesia. JG 5.2.06

Question:

hi. i just had liposuction of the chin and neck area. it has been 6 days and the bruising is going away but it looks like there is a depression on one side and under the chin it looks uneven and lumopy. is this normal?by the way i am a 34 year old women. a.b. 5-02-06

Answer:

all normal and should smooth out over the next few weeks with a little massage. JG 5.2.06

Question:

What is an average estimated cost to have buccal fat pad extraction, chin implant, and lipo on the cheeks and chin area? Thanks SC

Answer:

I could quote you fees but that varies greatly form doctor to doctor. I suggest you get a fee quote from the doctor you are considering perform the procedure. I can only quote fees for people that are going to have me do their surgery. If you desire that fee quote, contact us via email at drgarcia@lvcosmeticsurgery.com rather than the message board. Thank you. JG 5.1.06

Question:

Hello, I am a 37 year old female with 3 kids 10,7,5. I made the mistake of doing Lipo of my full abdomen and a bit on my hips and inner thigh along with a mastopexy. I am 4 weeks post op. Four days after surgery I started having spells of increased heart rate coupled with flushed feeling in my head/face, tingling in my hands and feet, and a jiggling feeling throughout my chest and abdomen, followed by diureasing afterward. These spells were thought to be a drug reaction at first to Benadryl, I quit all meds, they con't. Over time they have diminished some, they are worse when I overdo it physically. I am taking beta blocker Inderal PRN to pull my heart rate down when it happens. The sympathetic nervous system symptoms persist despite the med. Have you EVER encountered this? I am still feeling very numb in my abdomen, numb but sore in my inner thighs...normal there? My other concern is that there seems to be an indentation/line of soreness around my middle where my body naturally bends. I still have soreness in my upper abd, swelling prob too. It feels like the muscles at the top of my abdomen are very sore and it's a little puffy over them. ( I had to shop for girlscouts' campout food last week and made myself really sore) I still wear the garment all day, and have been told after 3 weeks I can sleep without it so I am. Is this okay too? Do you have suggestions about the soreness in my middle abdominal line? I try pulling up my posture, laying flat when I can, and keeping the garment pulled up. When do people get past all this soreness...is the type I describe typical? Thank you! Kat

Answer:

soreness and swelling are all normal. As to what caused the heart issue, I am at a loss. Most of the soreness is gone in 4-6 weeks but it might take longer in your case with everything that has gone on. JG 5.1.06

Question:

I HAD NECK LIPO WITH TIGHTENING OF THE MUSCLES 3 WEEKS AGO IAM STILL VERY SWOLLEN I WEAR THE COMPRESSENT AT NIGHT THE SWELLING WILL APPEAR TO BE GOING DOWN WHEN I TAKE IT OFF BUT SHORTLY AFTER IT SWELLS AGAIN AND ONE SIDE OF MY FACE IS A LITTLE BIGGER THAN THE OTHER I WAS WONDERING IF THERE IS ANYTHING I CAN DO TO GET RID OF THE SWELLING AND HOW LONG WILL IT BE BEFORE IT GOES DOWN COMPLETELY I WAS TOLD 3 WEEKS IN THE BEGINNING BUT I AM STILL VERY SWOLLEN AND WAS WONDERING WILL IT BE GONE WITHIN A MONTH

Answer:

It just will take a little more time I am afraid. JG 4.30.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. You have answered some questions before. It has been 9 weeks since I had minimal liposuction taken out on outer thighs and I am still not seeing the results. I want to run but every time I try it really hurts on my right thigh and feels like shaking around and there is no way to run. Will this ever get better and will I see results ever? Thank you K 4/28

Answer:

well, it should be showing by now, maybe go back and see your surgeon. You may need a little more taken out, but I would wait 6 months before any more surgery. JG 4.30.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had lipo of chin/neck area 6 mos ago and have had nothing but trouble since. My platysma muscle is very tight and very distended. I can't lift my head without opening my mouth. My PS wants to go back in and notch the muscle in hopes of it relaxing. He told me that I am definitely not text book and he has never seen this before. I'm scared and not quite sure what to do. I'm scared (as he is) that this might not work. I've already had kenalog shots, Botox shots, massage and ultrasound treatment with no visible improvement. Any advice you have would be greatly appreciated.

Answer:

It is probably due to scarring of the platysma and releasing it or transecting it might loosen the neck and it also might let the things below the platysma be more visible, like your salivary gland, but I am afriad you may not have many other choices. Best of luck. JG 4.28.06

Question:

Hi! I Love this site. It has been 8 weeks and I am still not noticing any difference in my clothes. It seems as I start working out doing lunges or running, the area hurts more. Am I messing it all up by exercising? Minimal fat was taken out so I am wonderingif it was worth it even having it done. Is it true it may take 6 months and why would that be?K 4/22

Answer:

It takes 6 months for the final result but usually by 6 weeks you should be seeing some changes, of course, if only small amounts were removed, the changes will not be as dramatic. Exercising at this point will not negatively affect the result. JG 4.23.06

Question:

You stated before that it takes time for the skin to shrink back down from liposuction. It has been 8 weeks, is there anything that I can do to help it shrink back down and is there anything that might slow the healing, like exercising hard and running? Thank you so much! k 4/22

Answer:

I think strong activity can cause some swelling but not that much, as to the skin, it is going to shrink on its own, not much you can do to speed it up. JG 4.23.06

Question:

Is there anything that can be done for loose skin following liposuction on the thighs?? Thank you! 4/20/06

Answer:

a thigh lift if it is bad enough. JG 4.21.06

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia: I had a lipo of hips and thights two months ago, since the beginning i noticed better shape in my left leg, now this left leg is fine but the right one looks still with a little fat area (chaps) that i don´t know if is inflamation. there are some irregularities in the skin too. I have had take care of my self, but I started to have relations with my husband after a month of the surgery and i had a long trip to europe where i travel and i made my normal life, could this affect to me, and what can i expect in relation with this fat area that is still there.

Answer:

most likely just a small amount of fat that remains that needs to be removed. After 6 months I think the swelling is down and you could proceed. JG 4.21.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I developed a lump under my chin after liposuction. I'm two and a half months since the surgery which also involved a necklift and platysmaplasty. It feels hard like a marble and is noticeable because it pushes the looser skin out. I guess it wasn't that noticeable before because the area under the chin was still hard and I was massaging it..It's much loser now..too lose in fact..What could the marble lump be other than old blood which I know it isn't? Could it be a lymph node or fat? It's smooth so it leads me to believe it's a lymph node. Should I wait it out or call my ps. I'm not going to see her until the end of May. Thank you.

Answer:

Could be lymph node, fat, scar around a suture. I would wait it out and then see what they say in May, hang in there. JG 4.19.06

Question:

Its me again!!the one with the little fat pouch in her belly. Is there such thing as mini liposuction for it? How much could that cost and lets say I want it done by you..How quick can I return to O.C from Vegas? Thanks Doc!!

Answer:

I would want you here for a couple of days but mini-liposuction is really an amount and the pain from a larger amount being removed is not necessarilly less. The discomfort comes from the irritation of the muscle and that will lay you up for a couple of weeks at least. Also a larger area than just where the fat is has to be undermined for the skin to redrape properly. Cost will vary depending on time involved. JG 4.18.06

Question:

Thank you for your quick responses!! I will take a pic of my belly for you to evaluate asap.and will send via email.I will also tell you how your peptides cream is working for me.You are soo kind with everyone!!You must love your profession!!!I NEVER knew of a Doc that will have so much communication with his patients/no patients like you do!! U r great!!

Answer:

The word doctor is from the Greek word teacher' not healer, that is all I am trying to do. JG 4.18.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am one week post-op of large volume lipo on my upper/lower ab and inner thigh (5000cc) as well as an upper bleph. My recovery was relatively painless and I was up the same day. I now have severe swelling in my feet (feet are 2-3x normal size--painful). When I sleep w/my feet elevated (as per Dr.), I awake with swelling in my face/eyes. Will this subside or should I be concerned? Any suggestions on reducing swelling in feet (other than elevating them)? Thanks. M

Answer:

not uncommon and should get better in the next few days, especially around your face. I think you are doing the right things so far. JG 4.16.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had conservative liposuction of my inner thighs, knees and slightly more aggressive lipo of my upper and lower abs - 5'4 37 yrs old, 139lbs going in 135lbs after. It's been 4mos and I'll see my surgeon this week. My abs look great very natural but much improved - same for my inner knees and my right inner thigh...but my left inner thigh has two areas that did not turn out well. One area near my crotch looks like too much was taken and one just below mid-thigh that looks like too little was taken (this one makes it look like there is a dent at mid-thigh just above but when I examine it more closely I think too little was taken from the area below. So, three questions: 1.) Who do you recommend in Dallas to consult about revision? 2.) Also, since it is the inner thigh (a difficult area) is it even realistic to think that it can be fixed? 3.) Will going through the same incision site on the back of my knee cause the scar problems with ultimately healing (now the scar is nice and flat but still very red on my fair skin)? Overall the result is that my left thigh looks wavy and not something that I’m confident showing. I’m just trying to get a realistic expectation in place of weather revision would offer me improvement or if I would be better off just accepting it. Your objective feedback would be much appreciated. Sincerely -Erin in Dallas

Answer:

I think the plastic surgeons at UT Soutwestern Medical Center are very good. It might take a litle more liposuction and a little fat injection to smooth it out. Using the same scars again should be OK to do. Best of luck. JG 4.15.06

Question:

I am wanting to have lipo on my legs, from top to bottom. All my friends tell me my legs to not match the rest of my body. I usually wear a size 4. I weight about 125. My upper body is very toned and shaped well, but my thighs are about 21 , the area above my knees is 18 , my calves are close to 16 , and my ankles are 10 on a good day, as I retain fluid in the calf area. Mid thigh to my knee the skin is loose and very fatty. It looks like that of people that have had large weight loss, almost a little drapey . I am 42 years old, one child, and have maintained my weight within 5 pounds since I was 16 years old. I am concerned that lipo will make the skin worse. I do have premature aging issues. My skin is dry and I have elasticity problems. My plastic surgeon says he can remove a fair to good amount. What is your opinion?

Answer:

if the skin is already loose now, liposuction will remove fat well but will leave you with looser skin so be prepared for the eventual need the loose skin to be removed leaving long scars. JG 4.15.06

Question:

how long to wait before a revisional abdominal liposuction

Answer:

at least 6 months. JG 4.12.06

Question:

Most gracious doctor.....I'll be 5wks post lipo next week and I'll be in Mexico. My abs and thighs are still blotchy. I was told I risk hyperpigmentation if I expose those areas to the sun.....is that the case??? thank you

Answer:

if there is bruising or brownish discoloration, that is correct. JG 4.12.06

Question:

hello dr! 3 months after my lipo, question 1: im having some areas where the skin colour is diffrent: some areas are brownish, some areas are redish! im afrais of having a permanent skin change of colour! what to do? do u suggest anything that can help the skin get back to normal colour? question 2: eben if its early to judje, but i have a deep hollow on the abs area! its so deep and for sure will need a revision! do u think that the LIPOSHIFTING technique is better than injecting fat? are the results of any of these permanent? if the liposhifting is to be performed, does it need a large incision to use the MFGC canula or is it a small canula? im extremly thankfull for your help

Answer:

no sun and may need some bleaching creams for now. I think the liposhifting does not alwyas work either, but I would give it 6 months before doing anything. JG 4.12.06

Question:

How long is a normal healing time for a chin lipo with a necklift?

Answer:

should be back to most things in 3-4 weeks but final result in terms of skin tightening and smoothness may take a couple of months or so. JG 4.11.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I have a recessed discoloration on my face from lipo. (PS says it's from the blood leaking to that area-something about the iron)I've been using Retin A on my face and on that spot. I know it's supposed to help promote collagen & I've used it a long time-my skin's used to it. I've also been putting an organic oil on the spot called Scar So Soft . Am I doing the right thing, what's your advise? T.B.

Answer:

if it is stained form the iron in the blood staining the skin it might take a laser to get the color out. I think the Retin-A might help some, but not much and traditional bleaching creams will not work I feel. JG 4.11.06

Question:

I had lipo 2 weeks ago of the upper and lower abdomen and flanks. I have a few hard lumps (small bumps under the skin). I understand this is normal? Will a heating pad and massaging the areas speed up the time for them to go away? What other tricks work for getting rid of the hard spots sooner.

Answer:

yes, heating pad and massage will help slowly. I would use that for now. JG 4.10.06

Question:

I had chin, jowl lipo and neck lift 4 weeks ago. I am concerned with lumps and indentations along the jawline. Also underr the chin above the throat there are lumps and 2 cords that run vertically. Will all this resolve by itself or will i need some kind of revisions, if so what will have to be done? I appreciate what you do for all od us!

Answer:

the lumps may be due to the swelling from the liposuction, as to the cords in the front they are most likely from the tightening of the muscles and should get better in time. I think it is to early to tell if anything else will be needed , give it some time before making any decisons. Hang in there and all the best. JG 4.10.06

Question:

Are stretch marks a definate contraindication to liposuction? I have quite a few stretch mark on my flanks and I'm terrified that the skin won't spring back after the procedure, especially since a lot of fat will need to be removed.

Answer:

no, liposuction will still remove the fat, but stretch marks mean loss of skin elasticity so the chances of loose skin are greater than if there were no stretch marks. JG 4.10.06

Question:

This question is regarding the new LIPODISSOLVE treatment. How long does it take for the bumps to dissolve. I am a small bone women. I have had 2 treatments on my saddle bag area (not alot of fat to loose)... I look WORSE now... This is a MUCH slower process than I thought. It's been 2 weeks since my last treatment and I feel and see the bumps and they are not dissolving.. what can I do and how many treatments for an AVERAGE person before they start looking good. I was hoping by pool season (here in June) that I'd look better in my swim suit... now I'm worried and wondering about this new Lipodissolve treatment. Thank you for any help and advice you can give me.

Answer:

well, it is nothing new, first of all, and it doesn't work, so save your money. Just doctors capitalizing on peoples desire to avoid surgery. JG 4.10.06

Question:

I had chin lipo 3 weeks ago. I am 41 yrs old and it still looks swollen and droopy. Is this normal? I also had breast mastopexy with implants at the same time, and my breasts now look square...will they round out?

Answer:

the breast will round out in time but it might take a few months to see the final result. As to the skin under yor neck, it might take another few weesk for it to start to tighten, the more fat was taken out, the longer it will take. JG 4.8.06

Question:

HI! You have helped me a lot with this site! It has been 6 weeks since I had lipo on my outer thighs and I am anxious to get back into running but it feels really weird if I start to do that. It feels like something inside is loose and it stings and hurts a little bit. I was told I could start running but it is just not working yet. I still have a little numbness, how long before this goes away. K..4/8/06

Answer:

numbness may take a few more months to go away,. The sensation you have is because there is still a little fluid in there and also because the skin has not shrunken down totally yet. As you feel more comfortable you can progress but it will not hurt anything at this point in time. JG 4.8.06

Question:

I am wanting to have liposuction and am nervous about it. How much fat can they remove from my inner and outer thigh? I have read some have only had a pound total. Thatwould not seem worth the money to me. Also can I come there and have the surgery done and come back to Louisiana? How long would I have to stay there? Thanks so much. Shirley

Answer:

How much fat can be removed depedns on how much you have and your skin quality. Usually after surgery I have the patients stay here for 4-5 days to make sure all is OK. As to the pound, usually we can remove more if there exists a large amount. JG 4.8.06

Question:

how much money for Liposuction for some one how is 40 years old and weghits 150?

Answer:

all depends on the number of areas and time involved, it is not done for weight loss though. JG 4.8.06

Question:

Hello Dr.Garcia, I am a 43 year old woman and I have a question about Vaser liposuction. I have lost about 20-25 kilos and now I only have some excessive fat on my hips and abdomen, like I had all my life even when at the right weight (which I was most of the time). The problem is I have some loose skin there and on my arms and legs, which I also had most of my life since this is not the first time I lost weight. Exercise does not seem to improve my skin much. Aging of course made it worse. I do not want normal surgery,like a tummytuck or thighlift, because I think it does not look as bad now as the scar would. But bad enough to always cover my arms, legs etc, even in summer. So,the reason I am thinking about Vaser is because they say it can even lift the skin a little, which would be enough for my abdomen and hips. Could you tell me if this is true, or do they just mean skin will not look worse then before the Vaser treatment. My thighs are not really too fat but if this story about the minilift is true I would even consider removing just a little fat from the innerthighs, only to lift the skin a little (a thighlift would certainly look worse because of the huge scar). Thermage would be another option for arms and legs but the results only last for about one or two years? That is very short considering the costs.Is it possible the results last longer if the loose skin is caused by losing weight and you manage to stay slim by dieting and exercise? Thank you very much in advance. Eva

Answer:

I have been using Vaser for quite some time now and can tell you that although the company boasts about skin shrinking and I have to say the amount of skin tightening compared to regular liposuction is mild at best and will never come close to replacing a tummy tuck, sorry. JG 4.8.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, well its been about a year now since I've been researching & viewing your website and its amazing. I ready to have liposuction of the ankles, inner knee, calves & outer thighs. I have had liposuction of the outer things before about 3 years ago. It turned out amazing but has come back a little. Can my results be as good as the first time? Or has the skin changed a little and won't respond or recover as quickly. I'm 23 years old 5'3 and weigh 120 pounds, but plan on losing 5 pounds before surgery. I plan on a consultation with you within the next few weeks, but curious if you can give me a estimate of costs? Thank You for your help and hope to see you soon.

Answer:

hard for me to say because the price depends on time involved and I would need to see you, so hang in there until we can chat in person, sorry. JG 4.6.06

Question:

I had lipsuction of the thighs and flanks 3 weeks ago and also had the dog ears left over from a previous abdominoplasty removed. All was going well until about 4 days ago. The back of my upper right leg has become very sensitive and painful to the touch. It feels like an extremely strained muscle and at times there is a severe stabbing pain. Is there something wrong or is it just a part of the healing process?

Answer:

sounds like some of the normal swelling has caused some pressure on your nerves, I suggest seeing your doctor but otherwise walking and stretching and not lying in bed for too long should help along with some heating pad treatments. Best of luck. JG 4.6.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction on 2/2005 on my upper and lower abs. I now have a dent on my lower ab and a lump above it around my waist. How can I correct this?

Answer:

could benefit from some small amount of liposuction where there is still fat left and a fat injection into the depressed area. JG 4.6.06

Question:

I just had liposuction of my abdomen & flanks about a week and a half ago...I have a little more swelling on my right side...and I have some hard spots. I also have some hardness/& depressions that are right where the edge of the garment zips/buttons up....do you think the garment is exacerbating the hardness and am I going to have those depressions permanently??

Answer:

no, the depressions are because the swelling is never even, in time that should all even out with massage and time. JG 4.6.06

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I asked you previously about a fat transfer to my cheeks that disappeared within a couple of weeks. I didn't mention that I had facial lipo at the same time. I'm wondering if the fat loss was do to too much trama at one time or ps's technique? The reason I'm so puzzled is because I've had fat transfers before to my n/l with great results but with a different ps.(retired now) What do you think of Doctors using fat pearls supposedly giving a more permanent result? Any thoughts appreciated..thanks! 4-5-06

Answer:

I don't think the pearls work any better, the fat loss may be related to the fact that liposuction was done to an area close to the fat injetions. The increased inflammation may have slowed the ability for the fat cells to develop new blood supply and survive. JG 4.5.06

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I've heard you advise against facial lipo because it causes premature aging. Do you mean you're afraid too much plumpness might be lost making the person look old or does it really prematurely age the person in some way? I'm curious because I'm considering it. Please advise.. Thanks! lynn 4.5.06

Answer:

fat supports the skin of the face so if you remove the fat, then the skin loses support and therfore will sag prematurley. JG 4.5.06

Question:

DR GARCIA, I HAD LIPO 8-9 WKS AGO ON THE LOWER PART OF MY FACE AND IT LEFT SCAR TISSUE ON SIDE THAT STICKS UP(PS ADVISED ME TO MASSAGE) AND THE OTHER SIDE OF MY FACE SINKS DOWN, WHICH HE SAYS IS ALSO SCAR TISSUE. WHAT WOULD CAUSE THIS & WHAT CAN I DO, WILL IT RESOLVE ITSELF IN TIME>

Answer:

what has casued it it is uneven fat removal, it might soften and even up in time but if not you may need some more surgery to balance it all out. JG 4.5.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I'm having lipo on my arms, abdomen, flanks and inner/outer thighs in a hospital OR under general anesthesia. My PS described the flank area as the roll under my bra. Will I be placed on my tummy on the OR table for this or how will this be achieved? If I am on my tummy, do they flip me back around to get the front areas?

Answer:

yes, you will be on your tummy for part of the operation. They then reposition you for tthe other areas, correct. JG 4.5.06

Question:

When a ps says that he will be doing inner thighs, how far down does that include? I'm getting my arms done as well, is that circumferential?

Answer:

the inner thigh typicaly goes about half way down on the thighs, as to the arms, it usually involves the sides and back as there is usually little fat over the front. JG 4.5.06

Question:

Hola Dr.Garcia,I had a revision of umbilicoplasty & liposuction in upper stomach & flanks about 2 weeks ago. i feel really good,just a little sore around navel area. when would you say i could start exercising? can i start slow maybe like walking ?(minor detail i forgot to ask my ps)i appreciate your help. Gracias,T.M.

Answer:

we allow walking after two weeks and then full activity in 4 weeks. Best of luck. JG 4.2.06

Question:

I understand that I have to massage the area that I had lipoed (I had my neck lipoed along with getting a chin implant.) to get rid of the lumps. Is it possible to massage too long, too often or too hard? What are the guidelines? Also, when can I expect the lumps to soften to give me a more natural look? I'm 35 and healthy. J.M.C. 4/2/06

Answer:

you do not want to do it too strongly, just gentle. It might take weeks for it to all soften up. JG 4.2.06

Question:

please help! im 4 months post tumescent lipo for abdominal area! on waist im having very HARD areas, very big hard bumps on belly! Looks that i also have overresection of fat in some areas! Another problem, on waist line, some of my skine has a purple tone! what can i do for:1- hard areas (massage didnt get me nowhere so far)? 2- overresected areas (does the fat, if injected there, survive permanently?) 3- Skin tone (is it a permanent coloration of the skin? if so, if there anything to help it fade)??? please please help!

Answer:

may need some kenalog injections to the lumps, areas of over resection may benefit from some fat injections may last a long time but not all will be permanent. Skin discoloration may get betterover time too. All the best. JG 4.2.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I'm contemplating lipo of the flanks, thighs and butt, a tummy tuck and breast reduction and lift. My first question is of cost. What's a rough estamate of multiple procedures? Second, is it recommended to have everything done at once in this way? Lastly, how much time would be needed to recover (enough to resume daily activities) from multiple procedures? Thanks - CJ 4-1-06

Answer:

the fee will vary from surgeon t surgeon so pick who will do it and then ask. I think what you desire is more then I would be willing to do all at once. Recovery time will all depend on what is done, but it will be a few weeks. JG 4.2.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had a scar revision and Lipo in my belly and flanks 2 weeks ago. I am now starting to feel the hard spots under my skin and I was told to get a dough roller and start pushing everything down. In 2 weeks from now he wants me to go to a massage therapist so she can rub the knots out. Will the rubbing really help the hard knots or will they go away on their own. I am wearing the girdle 23 hours a day, and still can't see the great results. Am I hurrying things up to soon?

Answer:

we start our massages after the first week. It will take a few more weeks probably to see the difference.JG 4.1.06

Question:

I have bight red marks around my knees from lipo. they don't reaaly look like bruises ... more like a bright red-wine stain/birth mark. Is this normal? will they go away? should I be worried? what are the chances for them being permanent and if so how can i get rid of them?

Answer:

normal for the first few months, may benefit from sunblock and possibly lasers after 6 months.JG 4.1.06

Question:

im 4 months post lipo. still suffering from very very hard large bumps on the waist line and ares of depressions under belly button. PS suggested a touch up lipo. in 2 months. Is it true that fibrotic hard areas can be suctioned out with the touch up lipo? can the touch up get rid of those hard bumps? if a lipoinjection is performed in the area of depression, does the fat survive in there? gracias

Answer:

scar tissue cannot be removed with liposuction, just residual fat. Fat injections may help the depressed area though. JG 3.30.06

Question:

any treatment to fade the color of liposuction scars? the scars are darker than the surrounding skin! im using Neosporin silicone sheets for now, but no visible improvment so far! Can hydroquinone 4% help? Can laser resurfacing help? what would be the best to fade those scars!

Answer:

could try either of the things you mention. JG 3.30.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia I am having liposuction of arms, abdomen, flanks and inner/outer thighs via general anesthesia in a hospital OR. I will be staying overnight in the hospital where the nurses can give me meds and then the doctor can round on me the next day and release me. I just moved to a new city and I don't know anyone to take me home the next day. Is it okay to take a cab home? I live within 6 miles from the hospital. When can I go swimming after liposuction? What do you recommend for scars (I'm african american) from liposuction? Is it okay for me to ask for my before pictures before the surgery or should I wait until the 3 months post-op pictures from my doctor?

Answer:

As long as you are on no medications the cab may be OK, as to swimming you need to ask your doctor but usually I wait about 2-3 weeks. For the scars we use ScarGuard. I think you can certianly ask for copies of your photos of the befores at any time. JG 3.29.06

Question:

i had liposuction done under my chin. i had a huge black and blue bruise and egg like on my neck. the bruise has gone away, but i still have a lump. i also have many small lumps under my chin and on my neck. what are these from, will they go away and how long? would ultra sound help?

Answer:

the lumps are from small collections of blood that can happen normally and will with time and heat and light massage should get better, not unusual. JG 3.28.06

Question:

I just had lipo four weeks ago on my outer thighs. When can I begin running again. it seems when I run something is moving in there, could this mess it up? How soon can I start endermologie treatments after lipo? THNAK YOU!!!KG 3-27

Answer:

I think you are OK now. The running will make some of the swelling that is still in there to bounce and that will all go away in time. You can start endermologie now too. Best of luck. JG 3.28.06

Question:

Hello! It has now been four weeks since I had lipo on thighs and they removed not even a pound total but I am still numb and do not notice any different yet? What is the time that most people notice after having it? I just had a laproscopic and I held a lot of fluid EVERYWHERE but that has went down, I just hope it was worth having the lipo if I may not even notice anything. Do most people have it more than once? KG 3-28

Answer:

most people may need 6-10 weeks to see a difference, the more that was taken out the quicker you see results. Most people only have it done once. JG 3.28.06

Question:

Dear Dr G. I had lipo 15 days ago. The incisions were left open. They are healing nicely except one. The one under my arm has been rubbed by the edge of thecompression garment. It looks like the edge incision had been rubbed back, so it is sticking up by about 3mm and has not closed neatly like the others. It hurts to touch it, where as the others do not. What shall I do?

Answer:

go back and see you doctor, most likely you will need a scar revision in the future. JG 3.28.06

Question:

i have hard bumps on waist line post-liposuction (10 weeks ago). PS suggested warm compress, massage and endermologie! For how long should i massage the area? like 5 min/area or longer? Can classical endermologie be done over these bumps knowing that the area is still sensitive when pressing on it! thx

Answer:

no, 5 minutes is good. Endermologie can be done but may need to be decreased in intensity unitl it is less uncomforatable. JG 3.28.06

Question:

Dr G, I have fat ankels and tend to retain water in this area as well. Can you lipo the ankles? what are the risks?

Answer:

yes it can be done but the results take a long time due to gravity and their dependent state, risks are that of numbness and small littel dimples mostly. JG 3.27.06

Question:

dr. garcia wonderful site! i had lipo of inner thigh (i thought it would be just the area under vagina) PS did thigh from vagina to knee leaving dents and depressions and bruising that a year later has not gone away. what to do for the dents can sculptra or radiesse help? i used to love my legs now i hate them! what about the discoloration (i am a chocolate african american woman) and the black bruising makes my skin look dirty. i had one fat transfer 6 months afterwards in my thighs but the problem is still there now that another 6 months have passed (for a total of one year since the lipo was done). can sculptra help? what can i do to lighten the bruising? thank you TJ

Answer:

probably fat injections would be better due to the amount needed. Sculptra ia an option but it will take a large amount and will last one year or so. The darkeness may be difficult to treat this far out I am afriad. JG 3.26.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I just had some revision liposuction with very little fat taken out. When can I expect to see the final results; I'm assuming it will be quicker than the first round of liposuction. Thanks.

Answer:

no, actually it might take longer, yes there was less taken out but now there is some scarring under the skin and that will slow the resolution of the swelling by about 50%. JG 3.36.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction about a week ago. I feel hard lumps around the area that was done. Will this go away in time and what is it? Thanks

Answer:

all normal and should go away in time. JG 3.25.06

Question:

Does Lyposection take out muscle as well as fat?

Answer:

no, it does not. JG 3.25.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am considering lipo on my legs and calves. I am 6' and weigh 155 lbs (38 years old). My legs have always been heavy and my upper body is small/normal. My question is how do you find a surgeon that specializes in the area of calves? I have always felt different because of my legs, and now that I have started doing some research and haven't found one doctor that specializes in this area I really feel odd. My calves are about 16 around at their thickest area, and even when I starved myself down to 127 lbs they only changed about 1/2 . I am very happy with my body (except for my legs) at my current weight and want to be able to participate in summertime activities with my family. Thank you, Michele

Answer:

I think you need to ask the surgeon you interview, not all plastic surgeons do liposuction there, so just ask them and look at some before and after shots. JG 3.25.06

Question:

hello Dr. i had lipo. done 2 months ago on abdominal area! 2 hard BIG bumps are there from each side of my belly button! very hard area is there too on my waist line! what are those bumps exactly? the surgery was done overseas so its impossible now to go see the Dr again! do u think i should worry about it and anything can be done or i just need to wait? would it be possible to undergo another lipo after 6 months to correct asymetries?thank u so much

Answer:

the bumps are a little scarring from the bleeding that occurs during surgery. Some kenalog injection may help soften them up a little, most likley will not need any more surgery.JG 3.25.06

Question:

If I had lipo a few weeks ago and I started working out...does that slow down the process? Because I feel a lil sore around that area when I work out but after I take a shower the pain goes away...and also does alcohol have an effect on it?

Answer:

it at times will slow the resolution of the swelling a little. Alcohol after a week or two has little effect. JG 3.22.06

Question:

I am 32, 5'6 and weigh 175. Have been same weight basically since 15. Am active and don't necesarrily have one obvious problem area. I am proportional, but thick in the middle with hips on my back. Is liposuction a good option for me?

Answer:

liposuction will only remove subcutaneous fat, so if the fat is below the abdominal muscles, where we call it visceral fat, it will do nothing. JG 3.22.06

Question:

March 22, 2006 Dr Garcia, Your website has been very reassuring to read. Here is my question. I am almost 4 weeks postop from liposuction of upper and lower abdomen. Immmediatly after surgery my weight went up almost 10 pounds and is now up about 4 and holding. I still have pain especially in the evenings and lots of itching all day. Nothing fits me - going out is hard unless I wear a burlap sack. Will there be a change on the horizon or am I destined to be a swollen sack of potatoes forever. I have been reading that most swelling is gone by 2 to 4 weeks but not for me. what can Ý do??? Help....I had a sunny vacation preplanned for two weeks from now. DAC

Answer:

everyone is different but I am sure the potatoes will leave soon. It just takes time and all that you describe is normal. Go on your trip and have fun in the sun. JG 3.22.06

Question:

I had lipo on my knees and inner thigh and have really red bruisng and what looks like yellowing under the skin. It's all over my inner thigh right down to my knees. Its been 9 day since my surgery. Is this normal?

Answer:

all normal, old blood that will all dissolve and absorb in time. JG 3.21.06

Question:

Hi It's ben a week since I had lipo on my stomach and I have a big dent on one side of ty tummy? Is this normal or had the Dr. taken too much fat out there?

Answer:

normal at this point, swelling is usually uneven at this point and should all flatten out in time. JG 3.21.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia...I had Thermage several years ago and it thickened my face so much that I actually lost the contours of my cheeks. I had a rather full face to begin with that now looks fuller and less attractive. Would it make any sense to seek microliposuction to regain some of the contours?

Answer:

it might but that may leave some loose skin, must be careful. JG 3.21.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction on my upper and lower abdomen a year ago. My lower abdomen has a few dents and there seems to be a lump around my waist. After the surgery I had some fluid accumulation which was drained twice but it kept coming back. Could that fluid have turned into fat? Is there anything I can do now to correct this problem? I feel ok with clothes on but cannot wear a 2 piece. Would you recommend another lipo or a tummy tuck? I'm 34 years old and I've had 2 children but there isn't too much skin. What bothers me the most is the abnormal shape of my lower abs and the dents. Please advice! Thanks! V. Byrner

Answer:

the fluid area may have developed scar tissue which is what you may have, it would not create fat.Hard to say what are the options without seeing you but a little liposuction and possibly fat injections to the depressed areas. JG 3.21.06

Question:

Thank you for answering my question...You are so nice to do this forum to help us all! I would like to ask you one more question: what is the best treatment for cellulite. I have a lot, specially because my mom has it. still have to loose weight so I wonder if I should start seeking for cellulite treatment now or when I loose all my weight. I am pretty serious about starting a new life. I got tired of being fat. Currently I don't eat more than I supposed to and I have a personal trainer whom I paid already to train me for 3 months so this way I know for sure I will keep training. What is the best way to get rid of cellulite if money is not the issue but to have the best effective way to get rid of it? and should I wait to loose wait first? Please help me. My legs look awfully bad with all this cellulite. Thank you!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Answer:

sorry, but nothing really works very well. JG 3.21.06

Question:

Hello DrG: I had tt w/lipo flanks 6 month ago. the area below my bb is still hard and not flat and the pubic area still large. Is this normal? do u follow up with more lipo? tks,vj

Answer:

may need a little liposuction in a month or two. Best of luck. JG 3.20.06

Question:

how long does it typically take for the hard spots after lipo to go away i massage everyday? ler 3- 20-06 6:56 pm

Answer:

3-8 weeks,sometimes more, all depends. JG 3.20.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I just had liposuction on my hips, but this was just a revision/touchup. It was done in the doctors office and very minimal fat was taken out. I feel fine, no swelling or brusing. Is it safe to start running after a weeks time? Thanks!

Answer:

I would wait another 3-5 days then then go ahead. JG 3.20.06

Question:

I just had liposucion on outer thighs 3 weeks ago and they ssaid they removed almost a pound total. That sounds like NOTHING. I am still numb in some places but it seems the swelling is down but I seem to still look the same and I am wearing the garment 23 hours a day and just getting ready to change to 12 hours for three more weeks. Will my body continue to shape or is this the extent of it and can I begin running?

Answer:

it may take another 3-4 weeks for you to see some changes, just give it a little more time. JG 3.20.06

Question:

HI DR, I HAD LIPO OF THE UPPER ND LOWER ABS AND THE LOVE HANDLES *(FLANKS) I HAD THE LIPO ON MARCH 6TH, HOW LONG BEFORE I SEE SOME TYPE OF RESULTS i HAD 3 LITERS REMOVED. ALSO I HAVE BEEN MASSAGING AND THE AREAS THAT WERE LIPO'ED ARE SO HARD, VERY HARD WHY IS THAT? WHAT DOES THE HARDEST CONSIST OF? LIKE BLOOD, SWELLING AND LIQUIDFIED FAT? PLEASE ANSWER THESE QUESTIONS FOR ME. THANKS

Answer:

the hardness is swelling and it should all feel and look better by the end of the first month. JG 3.20.06

Question:

Hello, I recently had liposuction of the upper/lower abdomen, inner thighs and hips. I had extremely fat inner thighs, where they touched/rubbed when walking. My surgeon took out 2400cc's which seemed really conservative even though I asked him to be aggressive. When revealing my new contours for the first time, I don't see much difference at all even though I know I have swelling. I am 5ft 11 and 190 pounds...so I was expecting a volume of at least 3500 removed! Now I feel like I will have to go back for revisions and the revisions are about $1k each area, plus anethesia which will end up costing me half of my original fee again! Does the volume seem low to you for my size and the amount of areas?

Answer:

very hard to say without seeing you and determining whether the amount quoted was the total aspirate or the fat supernatant. JG 3.18.06

Question:

Hello Dr Garcia: I had a lipo of hips and legs exactly a month ago, i feel very well and i feel very ashamed to ask you this but i have to, when can i have sex relations with my husband? i don´t want to have risks in my surgery results. Thank you

Answer:

I think you can go ahead now.All the best.JG 3.18.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I am interested in large-volume liposuction and a tummy tuck. Would you recommend the liposuction first, with a tummy tuck the following year, or the tummy tuck/repairing of the abdominal muscles first? Thanks KT 031706

Answer:

lipo first and then the tummy tuck 6-12 months later. JG 3.17.06

Question:

I am considering chin lipo. I don't have a double chin but it doesn't not have a right degree angle anymore. It just flows at an angle to my neck. How much does a procedure like this cost?

Answer:

I would need to see you in perosn to determine time needed and whether the lipo alone would give you the desired results, sorry. JG 3.17.06

Question:

What do you think about microliposuctioning the jawl area and redepositing the fat into the cheeks. I know you've said that lipo could cause premature aging, but if you are putting the fat back in, does that eliminate this risk?

Answer:

it might help but not all of the fat injected will survive. JG 3.16.06

Question:

i just had neck lift with lipo 2 DAYS AGO how soon can i go back to work? Also been reading your search sites on n/l and now i am worried about cords, pleats, etc. how soon would they appear if i do get them? thank you so much for your website.

Answer:

pleats and loose skin will not show if it will until all the swelling goes down. As to going back to work, I would say it depends on what you do but somewhere around one week or so. Thanks for visiting. JG 3.15.06

Question:

Thank you so much for doing this. I am 8 months pregnant (and huge although I only gained 30lbs and started low to begin with) My 1st baby was 9lbs and I never got my flat belly back. How do I proceed now. I will not have any more kids, but I know diet/workout will not get rid of my belly completely. Can anything be done at the same time with my c-section? if not how long after that should I wait?

Answer:

I would not do anything at the time of the C-section. I think once you get to the weight you are going to stay at, you need then to get evaluated to see if you need liposuction, a tummy tuck, both, lots of options. JG 3.15.06

Question:

OK ITS BEEN A MONTH SINCE I GOT LIPO ON MY ARMS...N THEY STILL HAVE DAT FUNNY TEXTURE...WHEN WILL THAT GO AWAY COMPLETELY?

Answer:

maybe another 2-3 months in some folk. JG 3.17.06

Question:

how much will a lower back liposuction cost

Answer:

prices vary from surgeon to surgeon, you will need to ask the surgeon you have chosen and most likely need to see him/her in person. JG 3.16.06

Question:

Im 2 months post a multi area liposuction but mainly performed on my abdominal area! My lower abs is full of lumps and bumps make it look asymetric so far! On My left side, there is a huge lump solid like a rock! I started 2 weeks post-op undergoing lumphatic drainage 2 times/week but im not noticing any huge improvment! my right and left waist lines are asymetric so far given the lumps ! Do u think its normal at this stage to still have those solid lumps? How long does it take to lumps to disappear? Do u think that i should wait more before judjing if any asymetric results are to be expected? thank u

Answer:

should be getting better by now but it might take 6 months to soften up. I think it is reasonable to go back to the surgeon and see what they say at this point. JG 3.16.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am interested in having liposuction performed on my upper arms. Which type of liposuction would be best for this area? I'm also wondering how common lumps are and why they occur. Thanks

Answer:

I personally do it with tumescent fluid then ultrasonic and then regular liposuction. Lumps are common short term but long term lumps I would say are about a 5% chance. They occur from scarring as the skin is so thin there that there is not a large cushion to protect agaisnt it. JG 3.7.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction of the lateral and posterior thigh 6 days ago and seem to be healing very well with very little bruising or swelling. I had 6 liters removed. I am in good physical and mental health, but for the last three days I have been feeling very sad and don't care about things that normally matter to me. Today I have been crying most of the day for no reason. I have stopped all medications for at least 24 hours, excluding minimal amounts of tylenol. I have been as active as my Dr. said is appropriate. Is this a common reaction to a surgery? If so, how long before I feel good again and is there anything else I can do? Thanks so much. J

Answer:

Yes and it might take a week or more for it to wear off. JG 3.6.06

Question:

Dr.G: Another question, 5 months TT w/lipo to stomach & thighs & I feel I could use a little more lipo in the back & waist. Can this be done at 1yr? and will the recovery be as such as a full lipo? thanks again vj

Answer:

Yes it can and recovery time will depend on how large of an area is done. Best of luck. JG 3.4.06

Question:

Hi, I am three weeks P.O from lipo of the stomack..I still don't fit into pants from before the procedure. (very tight) I am a little discouraged. Especially my lower ab loos like I had nothing done. I where the garment 24/7..Is all this normal, I am anxious to see results. What do you think? Thank you.

Answer:

just give it a little more time. JG 3.2.06

Question:

HI DOCTOR..TENGO 35 AÑOS PERO LUZCO MUCHO MAYOR...AL LEER SUS RECOMENDACIONES PUEDO VER QUE EL LIFTING DE LA CARA ES PARA GENTE MUCHO MAYOR QUE YO. YO NO ME VEO CON MUCHAS ARRUGAS PERO SI TENGO MI CARA Y CUELLO MUY GORDOS CASI NO TENGO CUELLO..SE PUEDE DISMINUIR O HACER UNA LIPOSUCION DE LA CARA Y CUELLO, AL MISMO TIEMPO...R.A. LAS VEGAS

Answer:

si se puede pero a veces la piel le cuelga despues de la liposucion y se tiene que remover con cirujia. JG 3.2.06

Question:

After liposuction, I know you need to keep the incision sites out of the sun for a while, but how long before you can tan or actually be in the sun for an extended period of time without causing the scars to retain more pigment than they should? Thanks AA

Answer:

The scars will not get more pigmented, but they will stay red longer. I would suggest sunblock for 6 months. JG 3.1.06

Question:

Dear Dr. Garcia, I am one month post-op lipo of hips, knees and thighs. Approx. 1 gallon (7-8lbs was removed) but I still don't see such a major difference from before and it's starting to get me very anxious. I do still feel swollen, although nearly not as bad as the first 2 weeks. Am I just being too impatient? I don't want to spend a lot of money on new clothes either, hoping I'm going to shrink more! Please help! Also, a place my sister goes to for endermologie also offers an ultrasound-endermologie. Is that recommended or should I just stick with regular endermologie? Please get back to me ASAP- I'm anxiously awaiting for a hopeful answer! Thanks so much for your time!

Answer:

I think regular endermologie is enough and I think as the swelling continues to improve your new shape will come through. Give it some more time. JG 3.1.06

Question:

I am 49 years old and have slight jowls and a pad of fat under my chin that is quite noticeable. I was wondering whether liposuction of these two areas would restore the defined jawline I once had. It's considerably less expensive than a lower face lift and I believe less invasive. The photos i've studied on the internet show amazing results but I wonder if in real life I could expect such a great result. Thanks. MF Fe.28/06

Answer:

I think fat removal there could leave you with loose skin. JG 2.28.06

Question:

dr garcia i had lipo on my arms...how long before i can work out? not exactly my arms but like going running,swimming, hitting the gym? oh n when can i start smoking again?

Answer:

3-4 weeks.Smoking after one month. JG 2.26.06

Question:

Hi there! I was wondering if my neck lipo is normal to get hot everynow and then. Its been 3 weeks. Its also a little lumpy, and sometimes hurts.

Answer:

not uncommon, just the swelling resolving. JG 2.26.06

Question:

How long is the recovery period for lyposuction?

Answer:

all depends on the area done and how much is removed. JG 2.26.06

Question:

I am 17 weeks post op from lipo of the chest, abs, & flanks. My right side is still very numb and by the end of each day I am extremely swollen. I never thought it would take this long to heal. Is the continued numbness and swelling normal at this stage? Thank You

Answer:

not totally unheard of, all depending on how extensive the removal was. JG 2.26.06

Question:

hi!: I it normal to have edema in the ankles after one week of lipo?, lipo was on hips, but now ankles look fat, like pregnant women.

Answer:

not unusual, due to swelling and gravity pulling it downwards, keep your legs elevated when you can and it will get better soon. JG 2.24.06

Question:

Hi doctor, I have been thinking about having lipo, I have fat around my hips that I have not been able to work off,I saw some of the befor and after picture and that's what I need .. How much would a surgery like this cost..Thank you very much ...ym 02 24 2006

Answer:

It totally depends on the surgeon and how long it would take him/her to perform, but a national average for one area of lipo, all included would be $3500 to $5000. JG 2.25.06

Question:

hi Dr Garcia: I am an ophtalmologist, I am 31 years, from Mexico, I had a liposuccion of the hips only, it was not with microcanulas, last 7 days ago, I didn´t have exagerate edema, so the fourth day I started to make moderate activity, just walk a little and go out for no more than three hours, I saw a pair of patients and I was sit in a chair almost all the time. I had my surgery (lipo) in Monterrey and I have to come back to my city in a week more, to start to work a little more, it means 16 days before the surgery, my city is one and a half hour from Monterrey by plane and 4 hours by car, if I choose this one I someone else will drive, I could go almost horizontal and I could stop whenever I want, Do you think I could do it?. Another question is that I planned to travel to Spain three weeks before the surgery, but as you know, that means 12 hours, do you think I could do it?, what could it happen? because I don´t want to have risks and I want to have good results. I will have an appointment with my surgeon next Thursday but I wanted to make these two question before to prepare my plans. Thank You, I appreciate your opinion.

Answer:

I think it would be OK to do, as long as you take the precautions you mentioned. A trip to Spain should also be OK, just get up and walk on the plane every few hours to avoid a leg blood clot. All the best. JG 2.24.06

Question:

I had lipo on my flanks and upper and lower abs a month ago, i had fluid on the right side that was taken out, now the same side is swollen and lumpy is this normal.

Answer:

normal, yes, may need to be aspirated again. JG 2.234.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I asked you a question a few weeks ago about my necklift..I also had liposuction on the jawline and under the chin..I still feel it is swollen on the jawline and under the chin..I am three and a half weeks since surgery..How long do you think it will be before the swelling is down completely? Is there something I can do for it..My surgeon stopped me from wearing the compression bandage three days ago..I'm now questioning that instruction..Thank you for all your help..My mom said you are a special person to do this. I agree..md

Answer:

Completely, 3-6 months, but the visible swelling should be down in 4-6 weeks. I think at this point the compression dressing will not do much. Just massage it. Best of luck and hi to your Mom. JG 2.24.06

Question:

I am a 40-year-old woman. I have not had any children and my husband (46) and I don't want any. I would like to have my tubes tied and am wondering if I can have my abs lipoed at the same time? Also, I have a small hernia near my belly button and my primary care doctor said if I wanted it fixed (sometime it gives me pains) I could do both procedures at the same time. If I did have both procedures done at the same time, would I be able to also have abdominal lipo done as well? Thanks!

Answer:

I guess it could be done but you will have more abdominal swelling than lipo alone. A small hernia could be repaired at the same time too. JG 2.23.06

Question:

Is it possible to have lipo of my thights and a tummy tuck at the same time as having a C-section. Have you heard or seen this and what kind of results do you get? please advise. I am to have a C-section and would like a plastic surgeon to also be present. is it at all possible

Answer:

I would not recommend it due to much higher risks of bleeding and infection and inability to take care of the new baby. JG 2.23.06

Question:

hi, i had lipo 5 weeks ago today(on my abdomen and upper hips), and when i do my yoga and stretch the skin feels like it's pulling and tight. i was just wondering if this will subside being as since it's hindering my flexibility. i don't know if this is relevant, but i also had a small amount of excess fluid drained from one side of my belly button two weeks ago. (that's doing much better, although it seems like some of the fluid has come back. but i am very pleased with the overall results.

Answer:

it will get better and it will get better faster if you continue to stretch it. JG 2.23.06

Question:

Dr Garcia , it wasnt a typo, it was 56 lbs removed. here is her response to all of us:Total with airfare, apartment, food, transportation, post-op therapy, garments (custom made), surgical procedures, EVERYTHING was under $8,000.00. Well ladies, sorry to have left you hanging. I did have 56lbs of fat removed. I didn't go to Colombia b/c of how much they'd take out. I didn't even know that much WOULD be coming out. I guessed 20lbs max. I went to Colombia b/c I've seen this surgeon's work (he's absolutely amazing) and because he comes to Miami every 2 to 3 months to see new & old patients. My skin is compressing nicely. He doesn't just take fat out, he CONTOURS your entire body. He lowered my waist and made it nice and small, rounded my butt, gave me a great proportional shape. He's the type of surgoen that PICKS your implants for your frame (doesn't let you bully him into implanting 2 balloons on your chest) As for the anesthia, he uses local IV sedation & epidural. The general came in when the did my nose because the epidural only anesthesizes you from the shoulders down (not like pregnancy epidural at the waist). I weighed 196 lbs before surgery. I'm 5'5 and have a large frame. I still haven't even begun losing real weight yet, which my surgeon says will happen up until 6 months. I'm very happy so far. As for more reasons on why I chose him, he strictly belives that post-op therapy is most important. Before leaving Colombia I had 20 hyperbaric chamber sessions (a big oxygen chamber for your skin & body), 15 lymphatic drainage massages, 10 ultrasound massage therapies & lots of walking. JR (your opinion, Dr Garcia???)

Answer:

well, honestly I do not believe it, at least the amount of fat removed. Now if he counted the amount injected and the amount of fat together it would increase the volume but it would still not I feel be safe to remove that amount in one sitting. I think someone who has 56 pounds of fat removed by liposuction would need to see an almost immediate loss of body weight, even taking into consideration the post operative swelling that occurs as about 50% of the swelling is done in the first month. I would also expect a pretty significant amount of loose skin if one looses 56 pounds of fat. As to the price for all of the surgeires, it is not uncommon to be much less in foreign countries due to the lack of medical malpractice, the lower wages paid employees and the value of the American dollar versus their currency, the problem is what happens if you have a complication, are you going to get on a plane and go back? I always remember what my father used to tell me, if it sounds too good to be true, it usually is. JG 2.22.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, there is a woman on the lipo message board who saif she had lipo, BA, Rhinoplasty in Columbia and they took out 56 lbs! We all think it was a typo, and she hasnt responded yet to our many questions. Is it possible to have that much removed in Columbia??? or do you think she meant to say 5-6 lbs??? she said everything was done under a local except for the nose job! JR

Answer:

I agree it was a typo, more like 5-6 liters or pounds which is a common amount. JG 2.22.06

Question:

I had lipo 2 weeks ago on my abdomen. I asked you before if it is normal to have a bulge of fluid. My Dr. did try to stick a needle in an drain some out, but was not able to get anything..He said the body would absorb it in time..It appears to have gotten a little larger. In addition, I took my garment off last night and tried on some of my old pants (big mistake) they are even tighter then before my surgery..Is this normal? Thank you.

Answer:

yes, at times the needle has to be placed pretty deep and can cause some discomfort. May want to have him try again in a few days. Hang in there. JG 2.21.06

Question:

I am two weeks post op. for lipo in my abdomen. My lower ab, is still swollen and has a pocket of fluid..My Dr. says the fluid will absorb into the body. How long will this take, it looks weird.

Answer:

it might take a few weeks, all depends on how much is there. He can also stick it with a needle and draw the fluid out. JG 2.20.06

Question:

I HAD LIPO DONE ON MY ARMS 3 DAYS AGO...HOW LONG DO I HAVE TO WAIT TIL I CAN APPLY LOTION AND OILS TO MY ARMS? AND WHEN WILL THEY START TO LOOK FIRM? (MY ARMS WERE NOT REALLY FAT BEFORE LIPO)

Answer:

OK to do now as long as you do not get it on the incisions. As to them looking better, it wil be a few weeks at least. JG 2.20.06

Question:

Hi there! I had chin lipo 2 weeks ago. I knew i was going to have some lumps. I have been treating it with ultrasound treatments. Is it normal for some of the lumps to be sore??

Answer:

yes, all normal and should all go away in time. JG 2.19.06

Question:

I have a lipo fat tumor in my right under my ghin what coused it and shoud I get it out It's about the size of a colf ball Thank you

Answer:

they can occur for no reason and if it bothers you it can be removed but there is no medical need to remove it. JG 2.18.06

Question:

WHATS THE PRICE RANGE OF HAVING LIPOSUCTION DONE

Answer:

all depends on the number of areas done and the time involved. JG 2.18.06

Question:

Hey Dr. Garcia! Few quick questions...I'm 2 weeks post-op lipo of hips, knees & thighs and I just started my massaging. Should it be done once or twice a day and for approx. how long at a time? Also, when would you recommend I start endermologie treatments? Approx. 1 gallon was removed, how many cc's, etc is that equivalent to? Thanks so much! Your help is greatly appreciated! :)

Answer:

twice and for about 5 minutes per area. Endermologie can be started at week 4. One gallon is about 4 liters, so imagine two large 2 liter bottles of Coke. Best of luck. JG 2.18.06

Question:

I had lipo on my abdomen, 11 days ago, I have a golf ball size swelling on my lower right ab. I went to the dr. and he said it was some fluid and the body would absorb it in time....Do you agree that it will be absorbed..I am anxious for results and this bothers me.

Answer:

Most likely. Warm packs and massage and they should get better shortly. JG 2.17.06

Question:

I am considering a liposuction revision. I am very athletic. How long do you think until I can return to playing tennis after the surgery?

Answer:

I would say three to four weeks. JG 2.18.06

Question:

I had liposuction on my abdomen 10 days ago, I have swelling, which I understand, however, one side of my lower abdomen has a bump about the size of a golf ball..Is this part of the swelling process?

Answer:

it can be a localized small amount of blood, not unusaul at this point. JG 2.16.06

Question:

What is the Liposuction shots, is it safe, Whould it be safe for me if I have high blood pressure. I would like to have it on my stomach. I have scoliosis and I have a rod in my back and it gives me problems. I have gain weight and in the middle of my chest where the sernum is feels like it swells at times and I think it's because I have gain weight and everything is pushing towards the front. All I know I stay tired I don't feel like excerising and I'm in pain every day. I feel like if I got this weight off me I would feel better well I know I would. I lost weight at one time because I was under a lot of stress and I did feel better and had more energy. After the operation my Chiropractor told me I should not gain much weight but at that time I was only 26 weighing 126 now I'm 47 and the weight is not that easy to keep off. Please can you tell me what should I do.

Answer:

not safe, would not recommend them. Diet and exercise is the way to go. Liposuction should also not be used for weight loss purposes either. JG 2.16.06

Question:

DOES LIPO ON ARMS REDUCE THE VISIBILITY OF STRETCH MARKS? ANN

Answer:

absolutely not. JG 2.15.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am the 42 yr old female who had lipo of u/l abs 6 1/2 months ago. Unfortunately, I am also thinking that skin excision will be necessary to have the best results and am scheduling a followup with my PS. In your experience, are many patients good candidates for mini TT or do most require full to have best results? Thank you.

Answer:

from what you are telling me, you might get away with the mini. Fingers crossed for you. JG 2.13.06

Question:

Dear Dr. Garcia, I am 34 years old and I had lipo of the waist, flanks, upper and lower abs a year ago. Initially I was happy with the results but after 1 year I find I have some fat in those areas. I've only gained about 5 pounds. I also have unevenness and dents on my lower abs. Can this be corrected. Thanks, VS

Answer:

Might take a little more lipo but should be able to be improved. JG 2.13.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am a 42 yr old female who had liposuction of the u/l abs about 6 1/2 months ago. I have some lumpiness and dents below the belly button area. I have a small amount of skin laxity. I am very happy with my results so far as how I look in clothes, but am not completely happy with how I look in a bathing suit. Is there any non-surgical procedure that would help or would I need to check into a mini or full TT? Thank you. 2.13.06

Answer:

I think it will require surgey, hard to say whether a mini for full tummy tuck without examining you, sorry. JG 2.13.06

Question:

I had liposuction on my hips, knees & thighs about a week & a half ago and the nurse told me they took out close to a gallon. How much does that come out to? I know it's measured differently than just saying it was X amount of pounds. I look forward to hearing from you!

Answer:

about 4 liters or about 7-8 pounds. JG 2.13.06

Question:

I had lipo of the chin and under the jawline 2 1/2 weeks ago. One side is smooth and barely swollen but the other side has a lump the size of a cherry and you can see a line of swelling from my hear to the middle of my chin. What is this lump? Will it go away? Why isn't the other side swollen?

Answer:

most likely fluid of some sort, like serum or blood, should go away in time with some heat and massage. One side always gets more swollen or irritated than the other. JG 2.10.06

Question:

I'm having lipo and my doc only recommends wearing the garment 5 days or so. He says wearing it for a longer time can actually hinder healing and after the initial phase does nothing for skin retraction. It's confusing and hard to decide who to believe. Why can't there be a concensus on what protocol is best.

Answer:

well, becaue medicine, especially plastic surgery is not a science, it is an art. I think it makes a big difference and we recommend two weeks of the garmet 24 hours per day followed by another two weeks of 6-8 hours per day. JG 2.10.06

Question:

Your Website is so so so neat! Just from the questions and answers alone, I learn and become somewwhat knowlegable. THHANNNK YOUUU for having such a unique website. Have a great day

Answer:

Thank you very much, hope I keep you entertained and better educated too. JG 2.10.06

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia. It's the arm liposuction gal again. It has been 4 months since my liposuction. I have been doing Endermologie since week 6. My arms are still dented on the backs. Looks like cellulite. Apparently this is not going away. Did my ps take out too much? They didn't change in size that much, I was actually disappointed with how little he removed. Can it be fixed with fat injections or am I scarred for life? Thank you so much for your advice.

Answer:

fat injectiosn ,may improve it. That is a difficult area to do as there is only a single layer of fat and surface irregularities are not uncommon. I think it can be improved in time. JG 2.8.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, What is your take on Meso-therapy verses Liposuction? Thanks, Pamela

Answer:

I do not endorse Mesotherapy and do not recommend it. JG 2.8.06

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, I am 3 and a half weeks post op from a submental neck lift with liposuction. All seems well, but the incision scar just under my skin has developed a lump that runs nearly the length of it (1.5 inches) and is quite noticable and causing me great concern. Is this a keloid, will it go away, what should I ask my surgeon to do? I have had other stitches in various places on my body over the years and they have always healed very smooth and are not noticable. Please help! MH

Answer:

it is probably normal swelling as keloids take usually 6 weeks before the start to form. Just massage it and go back for your normal follow up appointment to see your doctor. JG 2.6.06

Question:

In general, how is the skin retraction for arm lipo? I mean compared to other body areas? thank you

Answer:

not as good as stomach or hips or outer thighs. JG 2.5.06

Question:

Thank you for quick response to two of my questions: one regarding excess skin on the side and the other one about the leg liposuction. Since you said that neither one could get treated with the theories (if you can really call them that), then in your honest opinion, what surgeries are out there to treat those two conditions and can you perform them yourself? Thank you Dr. Garcia!

Answer:

It might take either a straight cutting surgery or maybe a staged procedure where fat is removed and then at a later time the skin cut out and tightened. Yes, we do perform those procedures. JG 2.4.06

Question:

Over the past 4 years, I went from 356 to 190. I am 25 years old now and was overweight from the age of 11. Unfortunately my skin hasn't done remarkably well in regards to shrinking. My legs are still fatty even though I can feel a very toned calf muscle underneath the fat. I walk and do squats a lot and occasionally jog. There is stretch marks on the back of my knee and at the top of my lower leg. What happens if this area, along with the knees, was lipoed? Is there a chance that there will be loose skin afterwards? I get frequent rashes behind my knees and sometimes the skin gets so dry that it cracks and bleeds. Is there an alternative surgery to turn to take care of the problem.

Answer:

liposuction will leave you with looser skin that you have at present. I do not have any options that do not involve surgery. Congratulations on the weight loss. JG 2.2.06

Question:

Hi, I have a few questions: 1. Typically, how much fat (liters or cc) can be removed in a 3-hour lipo surgery? 2. Assuming no complications, what determines whether a lipo patient requires an overnight stay? 3. Approximately how much more is the hospital fee for an overnight stay? Thank you

Answer:

as to how much fat can be removed, that really depends and varies form surgeon to surgeon. We determine the overnight stay by length of opertation and also by amount of fat aspirated. Hospital fees vary but it is around $350 at the hospital I use. JG 2.1.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I've been researching doctors and read you are experienced in the vaser lipo. Do you recommend vaser or tumescent for large volume (abdomen, thigh, hip, back, chin)? Why? 5'5 175lb w/favorable elasticity of skin. Thanks

Answer:

Yes, I use the Vaser for large volume liposuctions and difficult fibrous areas also. JG 1.30.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am a normal weight woman but with some moderate deposits in my hips and abdomen, i would like to have a tumescent lipoesculpture with microcanulas,would you recommend it to me, does this tecnique have good results?

Answer:

I think it is an alternative, I personally do not use the technique as I prefer to use tumescent fluid to rupture the blood fat cells and also use ultrasonic energy to dissolve it further, but your desire is an option. I think results though vary from surgeon to surgeon and there are more incisions needed with the microcanulas. JG 1.30.06

Question:

Will lipodissolve injections work to reduce the small pockets of fat in the lovehandles.

Answer:

nope. JG 1.30.06

Question:

Are females ever too old to have liposuction? km 1/27/06

Answer:

as long as they are healthy, no, but the older they are the less the skin will shrink afterwards. JG 1.27.06

Question:

Dear Dr. G. I am 3months post TT/lipo to abs/thighs. my incision is from hip to hip also in the middle a T from the lateral incision to mid way to the bb. Is this normal. I thought it would just be hip to hip - Also is there any scare remedy to lighten this? Thanks,

Answer:

It is not uncommon if there is not enough loose skin above the belly button to allow it to be removed. For the scars I recommend ScarGuard or Mederma. JG 1.25.06

Question:

I had lipo sculpture on my upper arms a few days ago and my inner and undersid of my arms are full of very visible smallish bumps. It seems to me that the DR. took out too much fat, leaving just skin. Are all thesesmall bumps normal and should I expect them to go away? D.M.

Answer:

Those lumps should all get better in time with a little massage. JG 1.25.06

Question:

hi dr garcia, I had liposuction on my arms and back about 2 weeks ago...I cannot stretch my arms stright up in the air without pain, it seems very tight under my arm pits... is this normal and will it go away. thanks 01/25/06

Answer:

all normal, all will get better in time, warm packs and massage will help too. JG 1.25.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I just had lipo on my arms and back..why is it necessary to wear the garment. Also I was told I had to keep my arms up for the first week. Is this necessary.

Answer:

it will help keep the swelling down and get the skin to shrink faster. I think you need to move the arms, but you do not need to keep them up. JG 1.25.06

Question:

I had a consult for lipo with a doc in San Diego. He uses two lasers for skin retraction. The first one, I believe is called Erchonia (EML)and is used during the surgery. The second is an Elos laser , the Polaris WR, used right after surgery. He said he is getting great results from these. Your thoughts? thanks!

Answer:

Erchonia is a waste of time and the ELOS may have some effects but not all people need it, it won't hurt though. JG 1.25.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I'm a 56 year old male in excellent health. I had lypo throughout my chest and abdomin about five months ago. Since then I've gained 10 - 12 pounds and am gaining fat in the same areas that were lypo'd even though I work out regularly and have reduced my dietary intake significantly. I'm a former body builder so I understand nutrition and exercise. What's going on?

Answer:

very unusual, maybe some type of thyroid/ testosterone imbalance? JG 1.24.06

Question:

I got a very large blister on my thigh after tumesent liposuction, and my PS surgeon says he doesn't know how that happened and that he never saw this before in 30 years of practice.! How can that be? I have since learned it can sometimes happen (by searching on the internet) In my case the blister got infected and now I have cellulitis...

Answer:

It can happen from the fluid being injected too superficially I guess, or repetitive trauma by the cannula or a burn if ultrasonic energy is used, either internal or external, or from a pressure garment also if it is too tight, all rare but possible I guess. JG 1.23.06

Question:

How long before seeing the results of liposuction of the knees and inner thighs? I am 3 weeks post op and do not see much of a difference yet..

Answer:

may take 4-6 weeks or more, depending on how swollen you got after surgery and how much was removed. JG 1.24.06

Question:

I have read a lot about the female back (flanks) but I am concerned as much about the upper back rolls, can they not be liposuctioned as well and at the same time? (as the posterior axillary fat pads perhaps...)

Answer:

yes they can but that skin does not shrink as well as skin elsewhere and can leave some loosness. JG 1.22.06

Question:

Hello. I am doing the lower eye lids on the 3rd..next month. I also am doing lipo on my neck. Tell me please, my dr mentioned that i should be doing weekly ultrasounds(?) on my lipoed area..does it make a difference with healing..lumpiness..bruising..what if i didnt do this treatment afterward? How long does the swelling last?

Answer:

ultrasounds can help decrease swelling and bruising. The swelling goes down to a great extent within the first month. JG 1.22.06

Question:

What causes blistering of the skin immediately after tumescent liposuction surgery? CB Jan 21/06

Answer:

it is not a normal occurance, but it could be if the skin was injured from below. JG 1.22.06

Question:

I am 54 Years old, and am happy with having had liposuction of my abdomen, flanks,hips, waist, knees and inner & outer thighs. My PS is hesitating to do my upper back rolls and arms. Why? Are the results not good at my age? CS 01/22/06

Answer:

The reason is the skin in those areas is exposed and since it does not shrink as well as the other areas it may leave you with a visible loose skin problem that will be hard to hide. JG 1.22.06

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia, I had lipo on the outer side of my thighs 3-4 yrs ago, the result was bad, it left me with a bulging outer thigh and it feels lumpy and when it's massaged, it hurts even after 3 yrs,the Dr. denies that there is anything wrong and it looks good. I just had another lipo on my buttocks and the outer thighs again 2 days ago, this time I want to care for it correctly and hope it will turn out well. I would like to know, is frequent massage needed and when should I start and how long to keep the garment on? Thank you.

Answer:

Start the massage after one week and get two per week for a month. Garment all the time for two weeks and then 8 hours per day for the following two weeks. Best of luck. JG 1.20.06

Question:

Hello Dr. I just had lipo on the buttocks and outer side of my thighs. Is it never too early to start massaging the areas, as long as I don't pull or touch the wound. Thx!

Answer:

I would wait a week or so. JG 1.20.06

Question:

A few hours after tumescent liposuction of my inner knees, I had a large ( 3 in x 1 in) sausage-like blister starting about 2 inches above the incision on one leg, which has since (2 weeks later) developed into what looks like a bad second degree burn with oozing of serous fluid, surrounded by painless but itchy induration, and redness of the whole treated area. There is no associated purulence, or fever. My PS is treating this as an infectious cellulitis, with oral antibiotics and saying at the same time he has never seen this! What is your opinion? Couldn't this simply be iatrogenic trauma to the underlying skin with an inflammatory cellulitis? (I do not understand the argument for an infection because of the immediate post-op blister, and absence of incubation period, fever and purulent discharge..) Thanks for your input. ( SF Jan 20 2006)

Answer:

infections are rare after liposuction but can happen and it sounds like that is what you have, or a clotted vein and thombophlebitis. The blister can happen if the cannula was placed too close to the skin and the skin was damaged. JG 1.20.06

Question:

hi dr. i got lipo on 1-12-06 it's been about a week my doctor told me he took out 6 liters of fat, is that to much, and also how would you be able to tell because i go on the scale iam 5 lbs heavier, would doctors lie about things like that. rw CA

Answer:

no, not an unusual amount for some people. The weight increase is due to the swelling most likely. I do not think the docotr is lying. JG 1.20.06

Question:

If i wanna have liposuction on my abdomen and my love handles, how many areas do you consider that? How much do you charge per area?

Answer:

That is two areas and would need to see you to give you a quote as the time involved contributes to the cost. JG 1.20.06

Question:

Had liposuction done on the fat under my chin less than a week ago. My plastic surgeon doesn't believe in using a compression garment beyond 24 hours. Will this compromise my result? Starting the 4th day after surgery, I've been compressing the area with an Ace bandage as much as possible. Your thought are much appreciated!

Answer:

it might slow the resolution of the swelling. I have them use a compression dressing for 2 weeks all the time and then week 3-4 for 8 hours per day to optimize the healing and shrinking of the skin. JG 1.20.06

Question:

I'm planning on doing lipo and want use some fat in my cheekbones. This doc does it but his main focus is lipo. Do you think I should go to someone who secializes in f/g work or does it not take that much skill. thankyou!!

Answer:

it does take skill so it might be better to see someone who does a lot of it and then have the liposuction later. JG 1.17.06

Question:

Hello doctor, I had liposelection done on my whole lower body, from the waist down to my ankles on Dec. 16 of 2005, one of my incision located in my back is still draining,after almost a month, is this normal?

Answer:

no, you need to see your surgeon to make sure there is not an infection. JG 1.145.06

Question:

dr garcia, how does the doctor know how much fat needs to be taken out when performing liposuction..do they take all of the fat out in that area, and can it come back.

Answer:

we pinch the skin and feel it to see if there is a smooth contour. We never take all the fat out to avoid depressions. The fat removed is permanently gone. JG 1.14.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I had liposuction on my abdomen..if all the fat was removed why did my weight stay the same.

Answer:

most likely because you either have swelling or gained weight somewhere else, although I will say that fat does not weigh much.JG 1.14.06

Question:

Dr Garcia, I recently had lipsuction on my arms and back about 1 week ago, I feel great...I only have a little discomfort and I think it because of the garment I have to wear, feels like it's stopping my blood circulation. My question is how quickly can I start lifting weights and exercising.

Answer:

usually 3-4 weeks for weights but can walk on a treadmill after 2 weeks. JG 1.14.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am going to have liposuction in 2 weeks. I am currently taking Minocycline for acne. Will this cause any problems? I know all medication taken must be told to any doctor. Thanks.

Answer:

no problems with it, you can continue. JG 1.14.06

Question:

Can one ever gain fat in the area that has been liposuctioned? Im considering having liposuction in the upper and lower abdomen and also my love handles. Right now, when i eat, my stomach gets bigger, is it still gonna remain the same way or its gonna remain flat, even when i eat? After childbirth, does the fat come back to the same area that was liposuctioned?

Answer:

Well since not all of the fat is removed, that fat that remains could potentially get bigger but it would take a good deal of weight gain for that to happpen. Any fat cells that were removed are permanently gone as after puberty all you can do is change the size of the fat cells, not the number. JG 1.11.06

Question:

Hi I posted last night about my lumpy puffy lipo that is still here after 6 months and you suggested checking to see if there is fluid in there that might need drained. My doctor doesnt want to see me until march. Is there any telltale signs to whether its fluid? Any thing I should be looking for? Thanks again

Answer:

it would move like water in a waterbed, with a little wave, and feel squishy. I am a little suprised he does not want to see if you have a concern, not good PR. JG 1.11.06

Question:

Hi doctor. Is there anyway I could still possibly be swollen when I had lipo all the way back at the beginning of september? I had it done in my flanks and I must say the entire area still looks very wacky. The top of the flank looks ok but down below seems bigger and bouncier. The area is still sore when I massage or press it and the area right under the flank just seems to be extra bouncy and fat and sticks out unnaturally. It's like my lower flank is thinner but underneath in the top of my butt area this new springy flesh is there that even pops out. It even seems too be bulging out further from the hip which wasn't touched. So it doesn't just look bigger from the top, its looks bigger from the bottom. And I swear it feels bouncy and springy. It's very odd looking and still feels like there is knots in there. What to do? Can it improve? Are the knots scar tissue never to fade away? What do you think? Could this still be swelling or just bad lipo?

Answer:

there can be small amounts of swelling at this time but most of it should be gone by now under normal circumstances. Best thing is to go back and see your surgeon and make sure there is not some fluid in there that can be drained off. The knots are scar tissue and can take up to one year to soften and fade. Hang in there. JG 1.10.06

Question:

dear dr Garcia I have had liposuction on my upper and lower abdomen along with a mini tummy tuck. It has been 2 years..my weight is fine and I exercise..However I am left with a very bumpy tight almost burn like apperance on my stomach...is there any treatment that can smooth this out? Break up the scar like tissue? thanks L

Answer:

it might help just to lift the skin up again and let it redrape itself again to break up some of the scar tissue. May not do much for the pain though. JG 1.10.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia,i had a liposuction on my stomach 7 years ago. a year after my surgery, i noticed my stomach had cellulite, uneven effect, very lumpy like in the light. i exercise regularly and no matter how much i diet it doesn't go away. So here i am, after 7 years, considering mesotherapy. do you think this will smooth it out?? please i am desperate. i can't wear bikini bathing suýt.

Answer:

No, I don't't think it will work. I think you may need something else to lift and redistribuute the skin more evenly. JG 1.99.06

Question:

hi dr garcia, i recently had liposuction on my back and arms, how long do i need to were the garment. how long will it take for my swelling to disappear. g.w.

Answer:

I have the patients wear the garment all the time for two weeks and then for week 3-4 just 6-8 hours per day. About 60% or so of the swelling is gone in the first month but will take about 6 months for the final result. JG 1.9.06

Question:

dr Garcia, what what you suggest I use to fade my scars that i got from liposuction,

Answer:

ScarGurad or Mederma. JG 1.9.06

Question:

I have written you twice in the past about liposuction to my arms. I was concerned initally about lumpiness and rippled appearance. You assured me it takes a very long time and that Endermologie would help. I go once a week to Endermologie and continue to massage my arms regularly myself. It has been 4 months since my procedure. They look better, but still have a cellulite like appearance on the back. They are still a little numb and the skin crawls and tingles like when I massage. Should I still hope for improvement? My biggest fear is that this will not completely go away. Thank you.

Answer:

I think if those sensations persist there is still room for improvement. JG 1.8.06

Question:

I am 42 year old male that is 8 weeks po from lipo of the chest area. One problem I am having is that my nipple area still seems puffy or somewhat extended. Although I may still be swollen I don't think thats causing this problem. My chest is flat and then bang out goes the nipple area. Is it possible the PS just didnt lipo this area effectively or can nothing be done? Will a touch up be necessary? - Thanks for your advise

Answer:

Still early to tell, could be swelling and also could be residual fibrous gland that did not come out with the liposuction. Touch up is possible but too early to tell. JG 1.5.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had Liposuction of the Chin about 7 weeks ago, and have had lock jaw ever since. There is a lot of Scar Tissue going from my chin (Incision area) all the way down my neck that stands out when I tilt my head back. I am unable to tild my head all the way back or eat normally. Is this something that is going to go away, or a side effect that I was not told about?

Answer:

I think with time and massage it should get better. May consider seeing a physical therpist for some stretching exercises too. JG 1.5.06

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I will be having a TT, lipo to tummy, hips and around upper legs. My weight has been consistent for the past couple years - 5'4 about 150 Lbs 51 years old- I work out 5-6 days each week and this is the weight I seem to hold without depriving myself. I am lifting weights again and will likely see my body fat get down to about 18% if I really work at it. Right now I am at 28% body fat which is a little high for me. Why is it adventagous to loose weight/body fat prior to surgery? Is it best to loose as much weight/body fat as possible - or just to get to a level of healthy body fat that one's body seems to naturally settle at. I do not want to loose weight/fat just for surgery to have it come back on again. Or would there be an advantage to this? Thanks KA 1.5.06

Answer:

I ask my patients to get to the body weight they can maintain after the surgery. There are no advantages to losing it before if you are going to gain it afterwards. JG 1.4.06

Question:

Dr. Garcia I have searched plenty of surgeons and I want to pick you but before I make plans I have a few questions. I have been cursed with endomeotrisis for 5 years. I have had 4 surgeries and I have had my left ovary and appendix removed. Long story short. During these 5 years I have gone from a 130lb girl to a 205lb blimp. I can't seem to loose the weight from all the surgeries and hormone therapy I have been thru. It is so depressing. The last surgery in 2004 took care of the problem but I am still not loosing weight. I am so depressed and unhappy with myself. I need a lot done but I want to focus on the lipo right now, it's the main problem. The fat in the face and breasts I can deal with later. Can I still have lipo or would there be to much scare tissue? I will be making an appointment tomorrow. Thanks Kelly

Answer:

I think liposuctiuon can stil be done but understand it does not remove fat inside of your abdomen and most likely will leave loose skin if a significant amount of fat is removed. It should not be used as a weight loss procedure. Let me know if there are other questions. JG 1.3.06

Question:

I am 42 year old male that had UAL performed and about 1800 cc were removed from my Chest, abs, and flanks. (8 weeks PO) I am very happy with abs at this point but my chest area has two indentation on the inner wall of the chest area. When I stand naturally it is not noticeable but if I flex the indention are very pronounced. It looks terrible. PS says it might be just the skin still sticking to underlying muscle. How do I know if this is the case or if its a cannula mark and to much fat removed in that area? I noticed a staight line above the indentations. Thank You

Answer:

Hard to differentitate at this time although skin sticking is the more common problem. I would continue to agressively massage and pinch the skin like you are trying to lift it off the underlying muscle to get it to release.

Question:

Dr Garcia, Hope you can help??? My Girlfriend had lipo on her calf's in may 05, and now has two marks one on each calf, an indentation of the skin and the viens showing!!! Her PS in the UK stays he has not seen this before!!! But I think that he has taken too much fat away in the areas. A dematolgist says its morphea but after looking on internet it looks more like LIPOATROPHY. Is this possiable and is it just a matter of injecting fat back into the area??? also how long to wait ??? as he PS said 3-6 more months before he would do anything??? Many Thanks LG

Answer:

Sounds like your diagnosis is correct and she would benefit from some fat injections to the depressed areas. I think after 6 months it is OK to proceed with the revision. JG 1.2.06

Question:

- HOW do plastic surgeons assess the elasticity of skin before lipo? Thanks

Answer:

pulling on it to see how it snaps and also looking for stretch marks and asking how long the body contour has been that way. JG 1.2.06

Question:

Hi Dr G. I am planning on coming in for a consult with you but you were booked months out! Sign of a great Dr. tho. So Ill get on that ASAP. I did go to another dr for a consult for lipo and he did not perform Lipo under general. This for sure appealed to me!But wondered your thoughts on it? How do you perform Lipo, local or general and can it safely be performed under local?

Answer:

I use general anesthesia as what they don't tell you with the tumescent technique is about the 20 inch needles they use to numb you over a period of one half hour or more and if they say they give you medicine so you don't feel it in many cases it is enough to put you under genral anesthesia but you do not have someone monitoring you. Also the problem with the local is if you get to the edges and you are not numb then it can be hard to complete it at times. JG 1.2.06

Question:

How do plastic surgeons assess the elasticity of skin before lipo? Thanks

Answer:

yes, it is part of the pre-op evaluation. JG 1.1.06

Question:

I am considering liposuction of the abdomen and flanks. But I'm worried about loose skin since i have lots of stretch marks. I really don't want a tummy tuck scar. Do you think it would be a good idea to have the lipo in two sessions instead of in one go? That way I can see if there is any skin sag after the first session before moving onto to second. Plus it will give my skin a chance to shrink in between. Thank you. JV

Answer:

The two sessions will ultimately not make a big difference in how the skin will shrink. Stretch marks are a bad sign for shrinking. All the best. JG 12.31.05

Question:

I had lipo on my outer and inner thighs. Now my skin is realllly saggy. Is it possible to get just the back of the thights lifted . . . with the scar under the butt? Are the scars reallllly bad? How can they be minimized? I'LL PAY EXTRA! I would rather not have my inner thighs lifted because of the positioning of the scars. AAB 12/28/05

Answer:

scars underneath the butt will not lift the outer thighs I am afraid. We always do everything we can for everyone to minimize the scars, there is no need to pay extra. The scars will not be tiny though. JG 12.29.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had liposuction of my abdomen 2 months ago and developed a rather large raised area above my belly button. It was diagnosed as a seroma and has been aspirated several times. Two weeks ago when the seroma was resolved, Kenalog was injected. I don't notice a significant improvement and the PS has mentioned he may need to go back in with a liposuction cannula to fix it. What are your thoughts? Do you have any additional ideas for flattening the area?

Answer:

Could try injecting a sclerosing agent like tetracycline to try to get the seroma cavity to close off. JG 12.28.05

Question:

My wife last month had her Liposuction of thighs,hip and mini Tummy Tuck. Unfortunately, results came out very bad. Initially her HB dropped from 12.9 to 6.5 and then after 24 hours she received Blood. Immediately after that her lungs and body started showing water retnetion. Consequently her corset(surgical garment) was removed. Thereafter she developed Seroma in her thighs and tummy. Now it has been over one month and Doctor tells us that she has developed Nacrosis in one of the thighs which appears as bad open wound and beneath tummy stiches. Her thighs are haedend, hips are also hasrd from upper end. We had solicited opinions of other Doctors and they tell us that a very poor job done by the Doctor. We have lost trust in the doctors here in Pakistan. Please advise what is the appropriate treatment in such a case and how much time it may take to recover.

Answer:

the area of necrosis may need to be cut out and the areas of fluid accumulation will need to be drained. In time the tissue will all soften and then she will need to be re-evaluated to see what can be done. I am sorry to hear of her problems. JG 12.26.05

Question:

Hi, Dr. Garcia. I received liposuction on my upper and lower abs, as wells an on my hips/flanks area almost 4 weeks ago. My abs look great so far, but are still quite swollen. However, I'm quite concerned about my hips/flanks area. The right side of my hips/flanks area looks great, but the left side looks as if there is a love handle still there-very asymmetrical. Also, the side that appears to have this love handle never has really felt sore or worked over like the other side (the one that looks good). When I pinch both sides, there appears to be more fat?(or swollen tissue perhaps?) on the side with the love handle vs the other side. My PS has told me on 2 occasions that this is normal and he expects it to go down over the next few months to a year. I'm scheduled for a FWP in 2 weeks (6 weeks post op), and worried that he will again not take me seriously. The PS's office also has a rule that all touch ups do not include surgeons fee if scheduled less than 6 weeks post op. I asked him if he thought a revision would be necessary and he said he didn't think it would be. Do you think this unevenness could be due to swelling? Or, do you think it is due to uneven fat removal? I *do* sleep on my side at night, and the side is sleep on is the side with the love handle ....any help would be greatly appreciated...thanks!

Answer:

I think one month out is too early to tell. Certainly sleeping with that side down will create more selling on that side. JG 12.19.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I'm 32 years old and have always had a double chin. I went in for a consultation yesterday to possibly get a chin implant and lipo. The doctor recommended a chin implant and removing the fat pad under my chin instead of lipo to remove all of the fat. Will that be better than lipo and will my skin retract back? Thank you!! DN 12/14/05

Answer:

The skin should do well at your age and at tiems that is better if the fat is below the muscle as lipsuction cannot be done below the muscle. JG 12.14.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am considering liposuction on my thighs. I am a good candidate according to your definition on the website. I am only 29 and I am going to try getting pregnant in one year. Should I wait to have the surgery, or am I ok to get it right now? DG

Answer:

You could have it done before the pregnancy. JG 12.13.05

Question:

I am 30 years old with slight double chin and rather flat features, would you recommend Thermage on my chin and undereyes (to create bigger eyes)? what are the consequences if they are overdone?

Answer:

I don't think Thermage will do enough, sounds like you need a surgical procedure. JG 12.12.05

Question:

When skin is stuck to muscle after lipo, does this correct itself over time, do the depressions pop back up, or does it have to be surgically corrected? Particularly in male breast area that has been lipoed?

Answer:

most of the time it corrects itself in time and with motion and masssage. JG 12.12.05

Question:

Had a 3 month post lipo the other day, had 950 total out of flanks, hips and banana roll area. I never had a banana roll per say but now have a nice little strip about a half inch wide under one butt cheek that wasnt there before. PS says its permanant and that it is skin and the only way to get rid of it is to cut it out WTF????? Does this sound right?

Answer:

liposuction of the banana roll can cause that,it probably is skin that is now loose from the fat being removed and the skin is now deflated. Cutting it out or lifting it is an option although you can try fat injections to refil it also. JG 12.10.05

Question:

I am 28 yrs old and weigh 128 lbs. I have been working out for years now. I run or do some form of cardio 4 times a week for 45 min. to an hour, then do some weights. I am scheduled for liposuction on just the outer thighs

Answer:

I think if the doctor has a good amount of experience that the chances of bumps is small. Best of luck. JG 12.10.05

Question:

Dear Dr. Garcia,regarding some loose skin after lipo. I had always pretty firm abs. Little pooch starting, so added that into my lipo. My abs look flat when standing, but when sitting now, there is an overlap of skin on lower abs. Lipo on 6/30/05. Will the skin continue to shrink? Or is this pretty much how it will be now? Is there any exercises that will help? Thank you for caring about us to share your knowledge!

Answer:

At this point most likely it will stay that way. Exercises do nothing to make skin shrink. Sorry. JG 12.9.05

Question:

I WAS CONSIDERING LIPO ON MY ARMS BECAUSE THEYRE REALLY FLABBY AND THICK, I DO EXERCISE EVERYDAY BUT THAT DOESNT HELP, THE MAIN REASON I WANNA GET LIPO IS TO GET RID OF STRETCH MARKS ON MY ARMS BUT I READ IN AN ARTICLE THAT THE STRETCH MARKS WONT GO AWAY WITH THIS PROCEDURE EITHER,IS THAT TRUE? M.S. 12/08/05

Answer:

liposuction will do nothing for the stretch marks and if you have enough skin, it may leave you with loose skin and look flabbier. JG 12.9.05

Question:

My calf looks huge and swollen all the time and they are not in porportion with rest of my body, I look awful when wearing skirts, are there any way I could achieve slimmer calf?

Answer:

If it is fat, liposuction may be an option. JG 12.8.05

Question:

Hi, I had lipo under my chin 4 weeks ago and now have a hard spot the size of a large marble. Is this scar tissue or swelling? How long before I can expect it to go away? Thanks, ES 12/7/05

Answer:

Most likely just swelling or some old blood, too soon for scar tissue, that takes at least 6 weeks. Massage, warm packs and time should get it to go away. Might take a couple of months for it to totally go away. JG 12.7.05

Question:

Hi, When liposucton of the abdomen is performed, is the upper and lower sections considered two seperate procedures or areas ? Thank you

Answer:

I count it as one area, some doctors count it as two though. JG 12.7.05

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia I always wanted to have lipo..im 24 yrs old with 1 daughter, i am only 100 lbs but i have big belly. i do exercise 3-4 times a day for bout 30 min,and i eat healthy foods.. my question though is, is it ok to get liposuction or lipodissolve even if i am a chronic hepatitis b carrier? Thanks Rian.

Answer:

The hapatitis should nto be a problem but I would recommend the liposuction as I do not believe lipodissolve works. JG 12.7.05

Question:

Dear Dr Garcia, can one have liposuction done only on the thighs? Also, can it be done in the calf area? What is the average recovery time for these areas? Thank you. LR 12/06/05

Answer:

yes, you can do it only on the thighs if desired. Recovery is light activity for 2 weeks and then full activity after one month. It can be performed on the calf area but it takes months for the swelling to go down there as it is a dependent area. JG 12.6.05

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I am having lipo touch-up on my abs will that get rid of the lumpiness on my below the belly button area from previous lipo and is the lumpiness fat? it has been 3 years since my first surgery. Thank You!!

Answer:

It will help only if the lumps are residual fat. Good luck. JG 12.4.05

Question:

Can liposuction improve cellulite? I am thin and in fairly good shape but my cellulite bothers. I am wondering if it can be surgically removed and if buttock implants can be done after that for a full look.

Answer:

no, liposuction does nothing for cellulite. As to the buttocks implants, they can be done whenever but they will not affect the cellulite either. JG 12.3.05

Question:

I had liposuction on my hips in Aug. the doctor wants to do a little more retouching in Jan. This will be an in office procedure, with just a local. Is retouching a common occurrence? Thanks

Answer:

natioanl average is about 7%, at times higher the greater the amount removed at the original operation. JG 12.01.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I really need your opinion on something. I had lipo under my chin a little over two months ago. After surgery started getting scar tissue and my platysma became very prominant. Afterwards, my PS gave me a shot of Botox to see if that would help the muscle relax, but it didn't do anything. Then I was given a Kenalog shot which still did nothing. When I went in for TT on Nov. 7, he went back in and I don't know what he did, but when I came out of surgery, my scar was bigger, platysma not as noticable so I thought all was better. Now, 3 weeks later I have scar tissue again and platysma is visible again. He wants to start me on Kenalog shots, but I have heard bad things. What do you think of them? Have you ever had any problems with using them? The next thing is to go back in and that scares me also. Not really sure what to do.

Answer:

I do not think kenalog will help your porblem. The platysma is more visible and visually looks scarred from the overlying tissue and fat being thinned out. You may benefit from fat injections to thicken the tissue between the platysma and the skin. JG 11.30.05

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. I had liposuction of 3 areas last year with fab results. I went back again this year for other areas. Same doc. I did not have alot to remove, just a little from several areas (6 to be exact). Out of those 6, I am unhappy with 4 of them. He was very conservative. The results are very minimal. my question to you is, as a cosmetic surgeon, are these minimal changes going to be apparent to him as well? Will he suggest touch ups? Or will I have to voice my concerns over the lack of change to the areas? I am not a very confrontational person and have a hard time standing my ground. I see him for my 4 month follow up tomorrow and am not sure what to say. How can I tell him of my dissappointment without offending him? Would you, as a doctor, be willing to admit touch ups are needed or is this something the patient would have to push for? I don't want to come across as a bit**. I really like my doctor and have reffered many to him. I will continue to use him well into my old age. I guess I am mortified that he will tell me sorry, there is nothing more I can do. Thanks for any advice on this!

Answer:

I think you should voice your concerns as he needs to know what you are thinking. Just ask him if he is happy because you were hoping for a little more visible chnage. I frequently do touch ups for patients when I feel it can be improved. JG 11.29.05

Question:

I'm nearing 4 months since my lipo to my flank area. I seem to still be experience VAST amounts of swelling. (If it's not swelling then it's REALLY bad lumpy lipo. Are patients still EXTREMELY swollen after lipo? I'm fairly sure some of it definitely swelling because my hips seem to dent it SIGNFICANTLY when I wear pants with a wide waist band. I'm not talking a little, it's really strange how moldable my flesh seems right now! My entire lower back seems extremely swollen and I look extremely asymetrical and uneven. It also seems to be ledges of hard area in my lower back and sides. This is so discouraging. I believe my doctor only took 700cc's on each side. At this point of time, can I still be this swollen? If so, what can I do to to bring it down. This is wearing on for so long and my pants don't fit well at all. I haven't gained any significant weight. Is there anything I can take? There is one area near my waist that sticks out so far it looks like I have a tumor or alien trying to burst out! help!

Answer:

Flanks or hips can take a long time to go down as it is an area that bleeds easily. I would guess that about 70-80% of the swelling should be down by now. Hard to tell more without examining you, sorry. JG 11.27.05

Question:

I am thinking of getting lipo on my my legs incl. my knees, calves and ankles. However it seems the calves and ankles tend to develop lumps and bumps later on that arent very pleasant, is this usually the case? I have such poor circulation in my lower extremties that my doc has perscribed water pills for about 4yrs now that doesnt always help. Do you think I may not want to get lipo on these areas because of the risk of damage to the veins? Thank you for your response. TV 11/25/05

Answer:

the lumps can happen but do not always happen, they are usually only temporary when done properly. I think if you have poor circulation and swelling in your legs you need to find out why that is before doing liposuction. JG 11.26.05

Question:

I had lipo on saddle bags 8 months postop now. One side has deep dip in skin long as pencil but deep. Other side isn't even in right area more close to but and near upper hip.. With a huge dent in skin. I am really uneven and clothing doesn't fit right anymore. Looks bad I am only 27 and wished I hadn't done it.. Can this be fixed? Should PS fix this or should I have to pay again?

Answer:

I think fat injections may help. JG 11.26.05

Question:

hi dr, i am young with healthy skin. i do not have any loose skin, but i have LOTS stretch marks on my tummy. have you ever performed liposuction on someone like me and had acheived a good result?

Answer:

I think you will most likely have loose skin as it has lost its elasticity. JG 11.26.05

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia, If lipo is performed under the chin into the neck, is it standard practice to prescribe a compression strap? How long would that compression strap be needed? Would there ever be a time you would perform this and not prescribe a compression strap? Thanks KAL

Answer:

I use a compression strap for one week all the time and then 2 weeks for 6-8 hours per day. I don't remember not using one in the recent past. JG 11.22.05

Question:

Hello, I read all the questions first to make sure mine wasn't there yet. I will be having my tubes tied in a few weeks. Can I get abdominal lipo or a mini tummy tuck at the same time? I know it would involve two surgeons but it would save me a lot of money in terms of the hospital. I am 5 feet 2, 118 labs and very healthy but with a roll over of flab at the belly. Never have had a flat tummy. No loose skin above belly button. Thanks!

Answer:

I think it can be done but it might not save you as much money as you think because your insurance will not pay for the operating room time and anethesia time for the cosmetic portion, so you will still have to pay for that. Letting your insurance company pay for that and you paying the plastic surgeon is fraud and can get you or the doctor in legal trouble. JG 11.18.5

Question:

My wife is anxious to have the fat removed from under her chin. She has talked to a Dr. who says it can be removed by lypo suction. I would like to know the risks, and what questions I should ask before I OK her to proceed. We live close to Mexico and this would be done by a Mexican doctor. Is it safe? I of course would investigate the doctor's credentials and if possible talk to some of her previous patients. J.C.B.

Answer:

well, at times liposuction can be effective but in slightly older patients can leave loose skin. It is a relativley safe procedure in general though. I will say that having it done in Mexico will mean that you will need to return there if you have a problem as most doctors in the US will not see her since she went out of the country, so that is something to consider. Best of luck. JG 11.17.05

Question:

I am post op for lipo of the chin/neck area 12 days...I have a hard lump about the size of a silver dollar under my chin. The surgery tech at my doctors office told me to message the area. Is it likely that this lump will go away?

Answer:

Very likely it will go away in time. JG 11.17.05

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I had surgery about 4 weeks ago, fat transferred into my thigh to fill an indentation from lipo a few years ago and I also had a breast lift at the same time. I have been under a lot of stress at work at lost 8lbs in two weeks, do you think this will affect my thigh? The fat has seemed to stick and I want to keep it that way. Also, will my breast be affect? I know I wont be able to gain weight right now and I know I will probably lose more do to my job. Any advice is greatly appreciated. Thanks so much

Answer:

I don't think it will have a huge effect although we want to decrease stress to optimize the healing period. I think more weight loss though will end up with your breasts not being as firm or tight as they were when you were slightly heavier.Try to control the stress as best you can and make sure you get goo n utrition if nothing else. JG 11.16.05

Question:

Hi dr. thank you so much for your answered. What is Hydrogel? Can it be use as injection on front of thighs to fix the problem from Liposuction? Thank you.

Answer:

hydrogel is a material that was used years ago to try to fill breast implants with , has a fairly long safety record but has not be used for injections so I am unsure how well it will work for your problem. Fat injections may be better. JG 11.16.05

Question:

Why dos the treatment of gynocomastia with liposuction always leave the area looking a deflated balloon even several months after surgery. How can this end result be avoided? I think the saggy skin looks worse than the full breasts!

Answer:

The saggy skin depends on what the skin is like, how much it has lost its elasticity, how much is removed, how old the patient is, lots of variables. It does not always happen. JG 11.13.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I am in the Military and I exercise very frequently. Nevertheless, I have a hard time losing my love handles, and I have accumulated a fatty pocket under both arms (lateral side just posterior to the my peck muscels. I am considering a new procedure/product called lipo Dissolve, which is suppose to be used to target small but hard to lose areas. Can Lipo Dissolve be a safe method to attack these above mentioned areas? Thanks, Robert G. Sirmons Fort Hamilton, NY

Answer:

I think LopDisslve may be safe but I don't think it will work. I think it is a lot of hype with little to no results. JG 11.13.05

Question:

DR. Garcia, Do you know of a PS in the Las Vegas area or do you do thigh lifts? Are they usually done in conjuction w/ lipo? Do you know about how much such a procedure would cost and what the down time is? Thank you! I love your web site, it's so much great info.

Answer:

I do thigh lifts and if needed can be done with liposuction. Cost really to a great extent is determined by time needed so I would need to see you in person. JG 11.11.05

Question:

Love the website and the fab advice! I have a 2 part ??. Ilive out of the USA now, and just had my 2nd lipo, first one 10 yrs ago. I am 47 in Santiago Chile. Happy with PS Dr and results as well. But in here, Chile, the lymphatic massages are a MUST and they will include them in the PS price. Ok these are extremely hard on me, the massages, area of tummy, where the normal burning sentation is present. Are these massages to be done IMMEDIATELY after surgery and must they be soo uncomfortable and every day for 10 days? Also does the transfer of small fat to your lip from your own suctioned area, works for frown (marionette) lines and lips and if this is so for how long? Thank you so much, M

Answer:

We start the massages 7-10 days after surgery and then do two per week. Fat inejctions to the marionette lines do work well but I would say they are not permanent, a year at most. JG 11.11.05.

Question:

Please please please tell me it is normal for me to still have a lumpy appearance on the back of my arms 3 months after arm lipo. I am going to endermologie once a week as you suggested at 6 weeks post.

Answer:

It can be and it may take 6-9 months for all of that to go away. Arms like calves can take a long time. JG 11.09.05

Question:

Hi. Im 34 years old and I went to a plastic surgeon to ask about lipo for my chin. He told me I had lax skin probably due to a large amount of weight I have lost. He says I don't really have enough fat in my jaw for it to work. My question is can fat grafting correct a lax jawline at all? It's not really bad, its just a flabby little droop that detracts from the rest of my face. Thanks

Answer:

fat grafting will not help I am afraid for your condition. It may need skin to be removed so its tighter. JG 11.08.05

Question:

Is it common for a ps to do a touch up for lipo that had minimal results? Not bumpy uneven results, but just minimal? I have a 3 month check up with my ps and am not happy with results. They are so minimal it wasn't even worth my time or money. Does there have to be an irregularity with the results to get a touch up? I really don't even know how to tell him I am unhappy. I don't want to offend him. Is this something that is common or will I have a problem pursuing this? Thank you.

Answer:

It is uncommon and I am sure he/she wil do what they can to get you to where you desire if possible. Just explain it to him/her. JG 11.09.05

Question:

How much fat can you have removed during a lipo. at one time. mbs 11-07-05

Answer:

Well, it depends on your medical history and from how many areas you are removing it from and if you are going to be admittted to the hospital afterwards. Also some surgicenters will place a limit on how much can be removed The most I have taken off in one sitting is 16,000cc's. JG 11.07.05

Question:

I am four weeks post-op from liposuction of legs. I am still experiencing substantial swelling in my lipo'ed areas. I am eating a low salt diet and avoiding other foods that encourage bloating. Can I take anything to help with the swelling like advil or should I not interfere with it (ie is it a key component of the healing process that should not be truncated)? Thank you very much for your time. JG 11/6

Answer:

It is not a key component of the healing but there is little to do except elevate your legs. It is not uncommon for leg liposuction. Just hang in there. JG 11.06.05

Question:

Dr Garcia, I had a platysmaplasty a couple of weeks ago, incision under chin w/some lipo. I was told that the down period would be one week. I noticed a puckering on my neck. My doctor said it was scar tissue, and to aggressively massage it. I'm still bruised, and swollen looking. My chin/neck area have not taken the form I was hoping for. Is it still too soon? What would you suggest? I am wrapping, using vitamin E, and silicone strip. Thanks cb 11/4.

Answer:

I think what you are dong is all I can suggest at this time without examining you, maybe doing neck stretching exercises too. Best of luck. JG 11.05.05

Question:

Dr, Garcia, i had 950 cc lipo on flanks and inner/backs/outer thighs 2 months ago. At 2 weeks post i developed actual banana rolls under both butt cheeks, one has gone away but the other is still there, and tender when i squeeze it(which has become a habit LOL) I never had actual b/r s back there before. Will this go away? if so, when? also, i am going to do Velasmooth treatments at my 3 month mark, if b/r is still there, will VS help smooth it away? Thank you.

Answer:

It should but at times it can be due to inadequate fat removal. VelaSmooth is a good option and should help it. JG 11.03.05.

Question:

i had full body lipo 5 weeks ago. I just did my measurements from before and now and I have lost nothing. The only place even remotely smaller are my breasts and that's because I had a breast lift. Should I be concerned about not seeing any results yet? I know I'm still a little swollen, but nothing?

Answer:

Nope, still quite swollen at this time, measure again after three months and you will be smaller. JG 11.03.05

Question:

Hi! It has been 4 mths now since my lipo. 4 liters from upper arms, chin, flanks, abs, inner and outer thighs, and knees. I see some results in the abs(they are wrinkled up now), chin, even flanks and knees. But, nothing in the inner and outer thigh area. This mystifies me. My PS says that I am still swollen. But, to see nothing at all? He took 500cc from each outer, 200cc from each inner. 500 cc from knees. When i sit down, i can definitely see the knee work. but when i stand, it goes away. I dont understand. My outer and inner thighs look the same-terrible. Has anybody had late results to magically pop up? My ps said that we can do revisions in mid december, but why revise when he didnt do anything in the beginning. Please help if you have words of wisdom. How likely is it that I will FINALLY see results at 6 months? thank you. cindi

Answer:

You should see something by now, it may just need to have more taken out, always safer to remove more at the second sitting than remove too much initially and then be stuck with depressions. You should be about 80-90% of the way to your final result at this time. JG 11.02.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, First of all, I want to say thank you for all of your hard work and for taking the time to listen to us and answer our questions. Sometimes, this is all we have. I have written you before about lipo under my chin, but I just need to know a few more things before heading into revisions for this. I am 35 years old and had lipo under my chin 5 weeks ago. The day I came out of surgery, I had a VERY prominant platysma muscle right in the front. It causes me to not be able to move my head very much which makes me wonder if too much lipo was done or is something else going on with the muscle? If too much lipo were done, it would still feel normal, but it causes headaches etc. I also have many, many bumps and purplish looking places from the side of jaw all the way down and to the other side. It looks really bad.....looks like a bunch of dunes. Now, here's the question. I have to go into surgery Monday anyway and he has mentioned cutting the platysma. Not once has he admitted to doing anything wrong......should I let him cut it or wait and see? He has already tried Botox and Kenalog on the site and nothing has happened...no swelling has gone down and platysma is still there causing headaches and tightness. This is really, really scary.

Answer:

Well, cutting the platysma may help but I think you are seeing it more now because of the aggressive fat removal and now the muscle is probably stuck to the skin, causing some tethering and pain. Releasing it may help. JG 11.02.05

Question:

dear dr garcia I had abdomen liposuction about 5 weeks ago and now I got shingles on the right side of my face. Did I get shingels because of my liposuction.

Answer:

no, it is a virus that lies dormant in your body and at times of stress can flare up. JG 11.01.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, are you familiar with abdominal etching? I am assuming it is a form of lipo but how exactly is it done? Thank you.

Answer:

It is a technique where the fat is more aggresively removed at the edges of the muscle to make them show more, but if you don't have good strong muscles it does no good. JG 10.31.05

Question:

Hello Dr Garcia. I am a 42 yr old makle who just had lipo of abs and flanks 6 weeks ago, 2200 ccs. Tho i an smaller, i feel PS could have taken more or it is just the skin that seems saggy. Would i be a candidate for more lipo or will my skin shrink back in time or would a TT get me a better result. I am 5' 10 195lbs. Would i being male need MR and could i possibly get away with a MTT? Thank you for your time. Also, with skin only, is the recovery quick?

Answer:

very difficult to say without examining you I am afraid. More lipo is not always the answer as it may cause the skin to hang. As to whether a mini tummy tuck is enough depends on how much loose skin you have above the belly button. JG 10.31.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had suction assisted lipoplasty 6 weeks ago on my inner and outter thighs, hip and upper arms. I see very little change is this normal or whould i be worried. Thank You JD 31Oct05

Answer:

It can take some time to see a difference, especially if the aspirate was bloody, I would give it some more time. JG 10.31.05

Question:

I am 2 months post-op from lipo in my flanks and outter thighs. My flanks are extremely hard and swollen. I am bigger now then I was before and can't really differeinciate where exactly he did the lipo because everything seems so big and swollen. He told me right after surgery that I had a lot of scar tissue towards the front of my flank closer to the hipbone probably from a tummy tuck I had years ago. Do you think this might have something to do with the extreme swelling and lumpiness I have right on that flank in particular? Both are still very swollen but that one seems to have giant hard places in it. At 2 months would this be scar tissue? I have been doing a lot of massaging and not noticing much difference. Can I still break that down with massaging myself? Is it ok that I am this lumpy and swollen at 2 months? Also if scar tissues form is there anything that be done about it?

Answer:

That could cause it at the most lateral part, but not towards the spine area. That area though tends to be very bloody and that adds to the potential lumpiness. Most of the lumps should be softening up by now. Massage is certainly OK to continue. JG 10.31.05

Question:

I had liposuction on my tummy 2 months ago. My tummy looks lumpy and it's frustrating whenever i look myself in the mirror. Is this just swelling or leftover fats? It hurts whenever i touch it. How long do i have to wait before they can do a touch up if ever there's still fats left. 10-28-05

Answer:

It could still be some swelling and hard tissues that need to soften, that can take three months or more. I would go see your doctor so he/she can see where you are now and then they can help you decide what if anything needs to be done. JG 10.29.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia: me hice una lipo 6 meses atras,en cintura y piernas...sin saberlo,me someti a la cirugia estando con unos diez dias de embarazo. Llegue a completar 10 semanas de embarazo y lo perdi(el medico me aseguro que no fue por causa de la cirugia)...la cuestion es que esto me afecto mucho y entre en depresion, y aumente 8 kilos en los ultimos dos meses( de esos 8 ,2 los habia adelgazado con la cirugia)...mi pregunta es la siguiente: la gordura que se deposito,es mas facil de perder por ser mas nueva ??? ya perdi la lipo??tengo un retoque pendiente,podria aprovechar para hacerme una nueva lipo junto con el retoque? cuanto tiempo tendria que dejar pasar? la piel queda muy flaccida por causa de hacerse DOS lipo??? Le agradezco desde ya su resouesta y quedo a espea de la misma Muchas Gracias

Answer:

si creo que es mas facil perder la nueva, you esperaria 3 meces por lo menos. Creo que si usted es joven la piel no vas hacer un problema. JG 10.28.05

Question:

Is it possible that liposuction could cause damage to skin in the form of stretch marks?

Answer:

I have never seen it happen in 18 years of doing liposuction. JG 10.28.05

Question:

I had lipo two weeks ago on my hips, abdomen and inner thighs. My hips today starting buldging out again and my inner thighs look no different. My stomach looks great! Why is it that my hips seem bigger than a week ago and my inner thighs dont look at all different. thanks

Answer:

Certain areas swell more easily and they also take longer to go down, just be patient, it will shrink. JG 10.27.05

Question:

I'm an African American women suffering from swelling (I think) after circumfrencial lipo on flanks and abdomen two months ago. My bottom/hips seem to have grown a total of four inches 40 to a 44!! Is this just swelling as everything was pushed down during ther proceedure or do I now have to have these areas treated too!! HELP

Answer:

I think it is all temporary and will go down in more time. JG 10.26.05

Question:

HI, DR.GARCIA CAN I HAVE LIPOSUCTION IN MY STOMACH,THEN TRANSFER THE FAT TO MY BUTT??? IF SO ARE RESULTS DRAMATIC? THANK YOU.NCY

Answer:

You can and in some cases the results can be dramatic but in most cases only a small portion of the fat injected will survive so it will not be as dramatic as most hope for. JG 10.25.05

Question:

What amount of pain and discomfort is usually involved with liposuction? My area of concern is my abdomen and hips. What can I expect? T.V.

Answer:

Most patients are up and about in one week, to light activity in 2 weeks and full activity in one month. JG 10.25.05

Question:

I had full circumfrencial lipo 8/13/05 on tummy, flanks and arms and I'm only just starting to see results. I get extreme burning sensations and stiffness on the treated areas at night. Is this normal? I message and excercise regularly. I also have a hard lump on my left side where I had a seroma. Will endomologie help? This has been very painful and nothing to play around with. I stil have to keep my tummy in to look good but it's a lot better. Arms look great and flanks look awesome. It's talking a LONG TIME though. Please help!

Answer:

The burning can happen as the nerves start to soften in the scar tissue, not an uncommon occurence and will go away in time. I think endermologie may help speed the softening of the tissue too. JG 10.24.05

Question:

What are the hard areas and lumps you start feeling about 10-14 days after lipo? I've been told it's swelling and I've been told it's scar tissue forming. Also, if you don't have the money for ultrasound massage or any other type, what can you do at home to maximize results?

Answer:

Swelling and blood. Too soon for scar tissue, that takes 6 weeks. Just regular massage at home will help them go away. JG 10.24.05

Question:

I had lipo of my upper abs, but my PS didn't touch the lower abs because he wanted to do Tummy Tuck right away. Does a TT involve removal of fat also? I'm slim now all the way down to my lower tummy then it really pokes out. Shouldn't he have done lipo there also? I'm now thinking I should have lipo there, then wait to see how it looks. Not really sure what to do. When I ask him, he just keeps talking about how great I will look after the TT and never really answers my questions.

Answer:

I typically remove some fat when I do a tummy tuck. If the pouch was loose muscle then liposuction would not have helped. JG 10.24.05

Question:

I had full body lipo 4 weeks ago which included chin area. My platysma muscle is very prominant and I was told this past Wednesday that it is spasming. I was given a small dose of Botox in the muscle and told it would help within 2 days, but it has been 4 and still nothing. In fact, the swelling seems to be getting worse in my chin area. I can barely lift my head this hurts so bad...is there anything I can do to help it myself? Also, my PS never said anything about massaging. How would I go about find someone who does endermology? I have really bad lumps and bumps everywhere that was lipoed. Thank you in advance for any info. you can give me.

Answer:

Ultrasound massages amy help. And the Botox Cosmetic injections may take 7-10 days to kick in. Many spas have endermologie, it is used to minimize cellulite. JG 10.23.05

Question:

I just had liposuction 4 weeks ago and still have alot of swelling, bumps and lump. My PS wants to do a full TT in a couple of weeks because he says the skin is in the right condition for it now. Is it ok to do this while I still have so much swelling? Would it turn out right?

Answer:

I suggest you wait 6 months before the tummy tuck because the skin may shrink and you may not need as big of an operation. JG 10.23.05

Question:

I had upper, lower, and love handle liposution 4 weeks ago, however my measurements seem the same as before. Is this normal, although I can see the difference. My clothes don't seem any looser

Answer:

It can take another month before you see measurement changes. JG 10.23.05

Question:

Dr Garcia, its been 4 weeks since I have had upper and lower abdominal liposuction. I still have a little bit of numbness and swelling. Do I need to continue wearing the binder till the swelling is all gone.

Answer:

I would stop the binder but continue the massages. JG 10.23.05

Question:

Dear Dr Garcia, I am a 24 year old male and have some very stubborn areas of local fat on my flanks and abdomen. These areas have always been disproportionality large in my case. I do not have any loose skin, but both areas have moderate stretch marks. Would I be a candidate for liposuction? I don't want a tummy tuck as I feel that the resulting scar is unacceptable. Many thanks.

Answer:

from the sounds of it yes you would. JG 10.23.05

Question:

Dr Garcia, I have very thick ankles & large calves. I am 5'1/124lbs, I have gone down to 110lbs, my calves & ankles are still too big and just man-like. Is there help for this and if so where can I go to look at some pictures? Thank you for your time.

Answer:

Liposuction in some cases can be an alternative. JG 10.21.05

Question:

I had liposuction on my outer thighs 3 years ago but the results left indentations just above my knees, I have heard that fat injections can help smooth the area but as I am quite slim I am not sure where I can get the fat from, is there an alternative to the fat injections?

Answer:

Maybe they can get it from you buttocks or inner knees, you may not need much. There are no other fillers I would suggest for that large of an area.JG 10.20.05

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia, I wanted to get a general idea of how much it would cost to have lipo on my ab area, inner thighs and the area where the bra sits? I am a very active person (run, bike, cycle, swim, weights, etc) and I just can't seem to get slim those areas down. I wanted to also find out if you have heard of mico-lipo and vaser lipo? What is the difference and what kind do you do? Thanks

Answer:

We do Vaser liposuction, but micro-lipo is only good for very small areas.I could quote you fees but that varies greatly form doctor to doctor. I suggest you get a fee quote from the doctor you are considering perform the procedure. I can only quote fees for people that are going to have me do their surgery. If you desire that fee quote, contact us via email at drgarcia@lvcosmeticsurgery.com rather than the message board. Thank you. JG 10.19.05

Question:

Why is it a good idea to wait for 6 months to pass, before a touch up on lipo? Doesn't most changes happen by 3 months? So why wait until 6 months has passed? Is there still more changing going on or another reason why? Thank you, in advance, for answering. Suzy.

Answer:

Well I thought you you said that one area looked like nothing was done and another area had changed some but not much so I was suiggesting you wait so if the two sites need touch up you could do it at the same time,skin shrinking can take up to 6 months, that's why I suggested that. JG 10.17.05

Question:

Why wait 6 months for a touch up for lipo on an area that was totally missed(small area, 1 hip roll, upper butt area, below flank)Id say it is probably a couple ounces. Could that small an amount be successfully done in office with local? I know it was missed because it was never sore and looks the same and other side was a little sore and that hip roll is gone. I am 6 1/2 weeks post, 950 total thighs, flanks/hip(s).

Answer:

well, just because if you have another area that was partially done you don't want to have it done twice as atouch up. That amount is small enough it could be done in the office I think. JG 10.17.05

Question:

What is the absolute earliest for a touch up after liposuction? In an area that has been done, but not enough and and area that was missed? I would think an area that was totally missed could be anytime? Also, how is a touch up done in an office with just a local? Is it as affective as being sedated? what do they use, canula or syringe? I had a tiny one done several years ago on a spot that was missed after lipo in the office, local injection, syringe by request and feel like it didnt do anything. Is canula better?

Answer:

I would wait at least 6 months. The touch up and where it is done depends totally on the amount that needs to be done, at times it requires a return to the OR. Doctors use their preference on the type of anesthesia and suction for the touch ups, it varies from doctor to doctor. Cannula is the metal tip that is used whether with machine or syringe liposuction. JG 10.17.05

Question:

Why is massaging the liposuction area important.

Answer:

I recommend it to all my patients after liposuction. JG 10./16.05

Question:

Thank you for the quick response related to skin reduction in the calf area. Could the incision be placed in the horizontal crease below the back of the knee? Or would it be a vertical incision? Could the stiches be placed internally?

Answer:

I think the horizontal crease will yield very little skin excision so the vertical incision will give more yet be much more visible. The stitches could be placed internally but the scar will in time spread and widen I am afraid. JG 10.16.05

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, is there anything I can do to improve the elasticity of skin prior to liposuction of the flanks and abdomin? (I am in my mid 20s, but unfortunately both areas are covered in striae). Thanks

Answer:

elasticity of the skin is determined by heriditary and previous sun exposure and skin damage, it cannot be changed before or after surgery when on the body. The striae are evidence the skin will not snap back as it has been torn in the deeper layers. JG 10.16.05

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia. I had upper and lower abdomen and love handle liposuction on sept 22/05.. how long does it take for the dicomport ie burning sensation to go away and why is it important to wear the girdle. it is very uncomportble an causes more pain. Is it necessary? g.h.

Answer:

The girdle helps the swelling go down faster and the pain should be better in 4-6 weeks but some discomfort can continue for 2-3 months. I stop the girdle after 4 weeks. JG 10.16.05

Question:

How soon can I exercise after upper and lower abdomen liposucton? and how long after surgery should the binder be worn?

Answer:

Light treadmill walking after two weeks, full activity after 4 weeks. 4 weeks for the binder. JG 10.16.05

Question:

Hello Dr. Garcia- I had liposuction of my calf area and although, the fat is gone, the skin is loose and still gives the appearance of a bigger calf. Is there a way to remove some of this skin, similar to tummy tuck, etc.? Thanks!

Answer:

Skin reduction on the calves I am afraid would leave unsightly scars but it is possible. JG 10.16.05

Question:

I'm not positive if a question of this nature has ever been asked of you before...and if so than I apologize. But I want to know...I am a VERY small person; I always have been. I'm a 17 years old, 5'2, I weigh 110 (on a good day) and well...I'm just small all around...except for my stomach and thighs. I've always been made fun of the way I look...my breasts...well I still shop in the pre-teen department for bras...I can't take it. One breast is A LOT bigger than the other...it's embarrassingly noticeable in bathing suites. I want to have liposuction done to my stomach and thighs and take the access fat and have it inserted into my breasts evenly. Can such a surgery be done? And at what cost?

Answer:

Liposuction of the abdomen and thighs is a good option but I do not recommend fat injections for augmenting the size of the breasts as it can make detecting breast cancer in the future dfficult. JG 10.16.05

Question:

Hi I had lipo to my outter thighs and flanks 5 weeks ago. My flanks still seem huge and definitely have not gotten any smaller. They are very lumpy and strange. My pants are actually fitting tighter now around the waist then they did before and I haven't gained a pound. Lower down my hips seem bigger too although he didn't get lipo. Is it normal to have some swelling this far in the game?

Answer:

Swelling can be significant and especailly in the hips, just give it some time and massage the areas. JG 10.15.05

Question:

Hi Dr. Garcia. I have really enjoyed viewing your website. It is very helpful and makes your patients feel very comfortable. Question: About two years I had liposuction on the outter thighs, it turned out beautifully. But unfortuneality it has come back a little (not nearly what it was before) Are there more risks to do it again? Also I would like to get the inner knee, ankles, calves. How much would that cost approximatley. Thank You

Answer:

The risks are about the same as last time, but at times the swelling takes a little longer to go down. As to the fees, I would need to see you in person as the fees are dependent on the time involved, but approximately somewhere around $75000, but don't hold me to it. JG 10.15.05

Question:

I am 23 yrs old and is 5'8 & 145 lbs and want lipo on my stomach and thigh... how much would it cost?? i want to lose about 15 lbs.... Thank you

Answer:

Liposuction is not done for weight loss. As to the fees, my fees are not what other doctors will charge so it will vary from doctor to doctor. If you email me at drgarcia@lvcosmeticsurgery.com we can send you the quote if you will be seeing us. JG 10.14.05

Question:

Thanks for the reply. I wrote yesterday about the high incision. You said lipo will thin the tissues also.....I am unclear as to whether that would be an acceptable alternative or if in your opinion that will only make things worse. Again, thanks.

Answer:

Well, lipo will take the bulging out and is reasonable as it may leave you with a little skin loosened that if it remains 6 months later you could have the scar moved down a little, so I think its a possible benefit for you. JG 10.14.05

Question:

one other question that I forgot to ask......is the height of the incision based more on how much skin is above the belly button or the area between the belly button and the last rib? What is the ultimate determining factor of being able to have a low incision? While I figured the incision was where it's at because it was put there I just don't understand why a surgeon would put it so high in the first place and think that I would be happy with it. Thanks!

Answer:

The lower abdominal incison is based totally on where it is placed at the begining of the surgery. It might drift up a little from the skin pulling up, but the greatest determinant of its location is where he made the cut to start with. Some doctors place it high to try to avoid wound healing problems from having the blood supply too far away. JG 10.14.05

Question:

Hi Dr Garcia, I had my 4th Velasmooth treatment today. Each treatment takes less time to get to the desired stage(red and warm for up to 5 minute) I am just 6 weeks post lipo, 950 banana roll, hips flanks. I find that today the treated areas seem kind of squishy and a little sunburned/tender feeling. no visible redness tho. Does this mean it might be starting to work or is it just my lipoed areas being sore again because of the Velasmooth? Havent noticed a difference in cellulite yet, maybe just a tiny bit.

Answer:

I think it is way to early to do VelaSmooth. It should be done way after the healing from the liposuction is done. I think you are having some of the firm fluid after the lipo that has started to soften. JG 10.13.05

Question:

Are lumps and ripples par for the course in an arm recovering from liposuction? I know it is for the tummy, but wasn't sure about the arm. Just want to make sure these aren't permanent! Would Endermologie help?

Answer:

yes, even more so for arms. Should not be permanent but they can be in certain cases. Endermologie may help yes. JG 10.13.05

Question:

Hi Dr.Garcia, I had a lipo done on my calves several years ago and it left me with lumps and dents. I was wondering if I could do some kind of exercise or building muscle on my calves to even out the fat. Thanks!

Answer:

nope, only option is maybe to inject some new fat from somewhere else to smooth it out. JG 10.12.05

Question:

Dr Garcia, I am 3 months post lipo and tummy tuck but still haven't seen any much difference, still having a little pooch belly, is that normal? Please let me know what do I need to do. Thanks.

Answer:

You should be seeing some changes by now unless your abdominal contour was due preoperatively to intra-abdominal fat that was not removed. I would ask the doctor that performed the surgery what he or she thinks. JG 10.13.05

Question:

I am 5 weeks post op of lipo to arms and inner thighs. I have seen minimal results so far. How far out can I expect to see results? Are these areas slow to heal? Both are very jiggly. I am 32 years old so elasticity shouldn't be a huge problem. Is it normal for a doctor to have to completely redo areas?

Answer:

It may take 2 months or more in some patients to see an improvement in those areas. They are slow to heal areas, yes. It is unusual for the doctor to redo a complete area. JG 10.12.05

Question:

I had syringe lipo suction 3 months ago. I have a hard spot or ridge about the size of a walnut on the left side of my belly button. Ny PS says that it is just swelling from the surgery. My tummy looks worse than it did one week after the procedure. To me i feel like there is something in there moving around. Can you develope a seroma or something else after this type of lipo? If so how long does it take for the swelling to go away? thanks and God bless, lisa

Answer:

It can be a seroma or a little scar tissue, those things can happen after liposuction of any kind. The swelling should be almost all gone by now. It is hard to give you optioins to do without examining you, but if it can be moved to a place near the incisions then maybe it can be cut out or aspirated. JG 10.11.05

Question:

Good Day Dr. Garcia. I just have an inquiry as to the cost for liposuction in the abdominal area only. I've always had a problem with my stomach area. I work out doing a lot of cardio and crunches, but it seems my stomach will not go down. I have an IUD, would that be an issue? Thanks Dr. Garica, I appreciate your time.

Answer:

IUD is not an issue and the fee would be approximately $4000, all inclusive. JG 10.10.05

Question:

Your the doc..your records give me trust in you. I live in Phoenix. age 62, good health, will make trip for consult,etc.(175lbs, lost 84-doubt I'll lose more). Want lipo dbl chin, upperarms,backfat,thighs... can these be done at same time? Recovery time? hospital time? Just want to firm up and go another 25 yrs feeling good about myself. Can do here,but I like your work. On a budget tho.. How soon can I come up? Thanks, Linda

Answer:

Yes they can be done at the same time and recovery time will be a couple of weeks but at your age the skin may not shrink very well. Please call the office and speak with Sandie and she can expedite your consultation appointment. See you soon! JG 10.9.05

Question:

I am 4 years post gastric bypass and have lost 110lbs. I have been at this weight for three years (185) and appear to be set there. I am looking to get an abdominoplasty with liposuction and breast lift. Do I need to lose more weight and can these procedures be done at the same time? JC 10-09-05

Answer:

the procedures can be done at the same time and I would only lose more weight if you can keep it off, once you are at a stable weight, you can go ahead. JG 10.9.05

Question:

Hi, What would you recommend for someone who stills has a small lump under their belly button. I had lipo of the upper & lower abs on 8/11/05. I have a lump that won't go away. I started my first lymphatic massage yesterday, and it was great. Do you recommend anything else> Thanks

Answer:

I would wait three months and if it persists you could try some dilute kenalog injections. JG 10.7.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I had a consulation with you 09/30/05 (referred by K. Maldonado). At that time, u/l abdominal liposuction, liposuction of the hips and dorsal rolls was discussed. I keep reading about liposuction of the flanks . I'm not sure if this is something I need to consider to get the typical hourglass shape most women have. Do you recommend I come in again to see you? My surgery is scheduled in January. JS 10/06/05

Answer:

I think it is best if you come in so I can show you on your body what the flanks or hips are versus your dorsal rolls. Hips or flanks ar essentially below the level of the navel while dorsal rolls are above the level of your navel up to the bottom of your shoulder blades. Hour glass figures can be related to subcutaneous fat in these areas but more commonly is related to fat inside of your abdomen and the length of space between your ribs and hip bones. Hope to see you soon. JG 10.6.05

Question:

If a person was to have repeated lipo such that the subcutaneous fat was mostly gone - would fat start building up internally if that person later gained weight?

Answer:

absolutely correct! JG 10.6.05

Question:

Dr. Garcia, I have a question I had lipo done on 4/26/05. I had my lower & upper abs done & flanks. I had a touch up on 08/1